Park Royal S h o p p i n g Centre. Taylor W a y a n d M a r i n e Drive. W e s t V a n . 925 9576 shopparkroyal.com 2 5 0 s t o r e s filled w i t h w h a t e v e r y o u ' r e into. CAPILANO COLLEGE www.capcollege.bc.ca NORTH V A N C O U V E R C A M P U S and Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, BC V7J 3H5 604 986 1911 Fax 604 984 4985 TDD (for deaf and hard of hearing) 604 990 7848 SECHELT C A M P U S 5627 Inlet Avenue PO Box 1609 Sechelt, BC VON 3A0 604 885 9310 In the Vancouver area: 604 986 1911, ext. 5900 Fax 604 885 9350 SQUAMISH CAMPUS 1150 Carson Place PO Box 1538 Squamish, BC VON 3G0 604 892 5322 In the Vancouver area: 604 986 1911, ext. 5800 Fax 604 892 9274 Capilano College Table of Contents Maps 5,6, 9 Frequently Called Numbers About Capilano College Campus Publications 11 The Capilano Review 51 13 Student Newspaper 52 General Campus Services GENERAL INFORMATION Bookstore 52 Academic Schedule 19 Student Store—Cap Corner 52 Admission and Readmission 20 Parking 52 Application Dates 21 Lost and Found 53 Admission Requirements 21 Food and Beverage Service 53 Transfer Credit 24 College Policies 54 26 Governance and Administration 64 Registration Right to Register 26 Instructional Year 26 PREPARATORY Math Placement Test (MPT) 26 General Information 69 English Diagnostic Test (EDT) 27 Pre-University Transfer Level Courses 69 Add/Drop/Withdrawal Procedures 27 Career Access Centre 69 Course Overload 29 College Success Strategies Credit Courses 70 Course Challenge 29 Adult Basic Education 70 Fees 30 Adult Special Education Graduation 32 Academic Policies and Procedures 36 Student Services Educational Advice PROGRAMS Alternative Career Training 72 Pre-Occupational Skills Training 73 English as a Second Language 74 First Nations College Preparation Program 75 Speech Assisted Reading, Writing & Math (SARAW & SAM). 77 The Advising Centre 43 Registrar's Office 43 Disability Services 43 UNIVERSITY TRANSFER First Nations Student Services 44 General Information 81 Anthropology 85 Art History 85 Learning Support Services Library 44 Learning Specialist 45 Writing Centre 45 The Mathematics Learning Centre 46 Student Financial Support Employment Centre for Students 46 Financial Aid and Awards 46 Alternative Learning Formats Distance Education 47 Co-operative Education 48 Personal Support Services Counselling Child Care 48 .: 49 Conflict Resolution Advisor 49 Health Services and Sports Medicine Clinic 49 Security 50 Career Planning Information Career Resource Centre 50 Campus Activities 2 Athletics and Recreation 50 Student Union 51 Biology 86 Chemistry 87 Chinese 88 Commerce 88 Computing Science 89 Criminology 90 Economics 91 Engineering 91 English 94 French 95 Geography 96 Geology 96 German 97 History 97 Interdisciplinary Studies 98 Japanese 99 Kinesiology 99 Linguistics 100 Mathematics and Statistics 100 Music Transfer, Bachelor of 103 Philosophy 106 Physics 106 Political Studies 107 Psychology 108 Sociology 108 Spanish 109 Thai 109 Women's Studies 110 CAREER/VOCATIONAL 178 Outdoor Recreation Management 179 Wilderness Leadership 113 Accounting Assistant 114 Accounting Support 115 Administrative Assistant 115 Animation Fundamentals 116 181 Special Education Teacher Assistant 181 Studio Art 182 Textile Arts 185 Theatre 187 Tourism Management 190 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS General Information Online Publishing PROGRAMS Art Institute 195 Asia Pacific Management Cooperative 196 Environmental Science 198 Latin American Management 199 Writing Practices 200 Applied Fisheries and Forestry Science 117 Applied Information Technology (Infotec) 119 Continuing Education 205 Arts and Entertainment Management 120 Community Music School 205 Business Administration CONTINUING ; EDUCATION 123 Eldercollege 205 Business Administration Diploma 127 Certified Financial Planner Program 206 Business Administration Advanced Diploma 129 Professional Film Studies 206 Co-op Education Diploma 131 Aboriginal Film & Television Production Bachelor of Business Administration Degree (BBA) 133 Educational Travel Program 206 206 Computer Specialist Diploma 134 Contracts and Educational Partnerships 206 Technical Computer Professional Diploma 135 Custom-Designed Programs 206 Evening Certificate Programs 136 Provincial Rafting Exams 206 Local Government Administration Certificate 137 International Programs 207 Retail Marketing Co-op Certificate 138 Continuing Education Policies Windows System Professional Certificate 139 . 207 141 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION 211 Business Fundamentals 141 International Student Centre 213 Commercial Animation 142 International Student Information 213 Communications 143 Digital Animation 144 C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS 217 INDEX 333 Professional Accounting Transfer Package Early Childhood Care and Education 146 Film Studies 149 Home Support/Personal Care Attendant 152 Home Support/Resident Care Attendant 154 2001 - 2002 Capilano College Calendar (IDEA) 155 Design and Layout: Media Production Services Jazz Studies 158 Cover Design: Jana Hotkova Illustration/Design: Elements & Applications Published by: Community Relations Labour Studies 166 Landscape Horticulture 167 Legal Assistant 168 Legal Secretarial 171 Media Program 172 Medical Office Assistant 174 Music Therapy, Bachelor of 175 Office Assistant 177 C h a n g e s to C u r r i c u l a , R e g u l a t i o n s , a n d Services Capilano College reserves the right to make such changes in the College Calendar as necessary, including the cancellation or adjustment of programs or courses and changes in fee structure or other regulations or services, without liability for any resulting loss or damage. Although every effort is made to ensure accuracy at the lime of printing, the statements in (he Calendar do not constitute an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. G O L D S **rv visits G Y M "Add-on Insurance See us for insurance on Cars, Homes, Boats, Business, Travel, Special Events i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d e n t 3010 Lonsdale Street (at Queens) North Vancouver, B.C. V7N 3J5 o f f e r Bring in this ad with your Cap College ID to claim this offer 3 5 600 Tel. 983-3323 email: addison@istar.ca website: www.addison-insurance.com Y E A R S L O C A T I O N S 2,500,000 M E M B E R S Park + MEDICAL CENTRE Unit 1005 - 333 Brooksbank Ave. North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3S8 Urgent Care & Out of Hours C Numbers #1 don't IN 1 2 5 - 9 4 9 lie! Neither do FITNESS 3 r d Hours: 9 am - 9 pm - 7 days a week WORLDWIDE 986-9177 W e s t No Appointment Necessary results! Street, North Phone: 983-2442 V a n Find more than a job. Find a future. U B C BCom Each year, m o r e than 4-00 secondary school graduates choose to attend U B C ' s prestigious f o u r - y e a r B C o m p r o g r a m . L i k e y o u , U B C Commerce Forfurther information contact: U B C Undergraduate they have set their sights o n a t o p - c a l i b r e university e d u c a t i o n . P r o g r a m Office T h e y want to impress future employers with their credentials. A n d Faculty o f C o m m e r c e they want to develop the skills a n d confidence to w o r k inside a n d a n d Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n beyond the w o r l d o f business. 103 - 2 0 5 3 M a i n M a l l Vancouver B . C . v6t Discover what the UBC Bachelor of Commerce program can do fory ourfuture. FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Iz2 Phone 6 0 4 . 8 2 2 . 8 3 3 3 o r visit o u r website www.commerce.ubc.ca How To Find Us Campus Address: Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C., V7J 3H5 Take Exit 22 off the Trans-Canada Highway. Proceed up the hill on Lillooet Road to main entrance on Purcell Way. 5 Park Royal Merchants P A R K R O Y A L welcome Capilano College students y/here Everyone Knows Your Ho^e essNeeds • Cleanest Facility in North Shore •All Ladies Facility • Competitive Rates • Free Personal Training Newsagents International Magazines & Newspapers, Transit Tickets & Passes, Lottery, British Candy & Confectionary The Market Park Royal South West Vancouver, B C Tel: 926-3460 P A R K FITNESS & AEROBICS INC Present this coupon to any Buffalo Jeans store in Canada and obtain a $20.00 rebate on any purchase exceeding $100.00 before taxes. R O Y A BOWLING LANES WOME0-\ N/ ZONE -yoga/Pilates - Body Ball/Boot Camp - Cardlo Theatre -Tae-Box -Tanning Capsule - Lady Apex Equipment - Childminding -Towel Service www.womenzonefit.com 926-1414 #M75 Park Royal Shopping Centre South, West Vancouver, BC V7T2W4 — $20 1080 P A R K R O Y A L S O U T H WEST VANCOUVER, B C 925-005 www.bowlbc.com • 36 - 10 Pin Lanes fully automated • 16 Child friendly lanes • Glow-in-the-dark bowling • Large group reservation capabilities • Fully stocked Pro Shop • Fundraiser facility • Food service • Soft drinks and adult beverage service 00 This offer is valid from March 1st to March 31st, 2001 This voucher is not redeemable for cash and has no cash value BUFFALO D A V I D B PARK I T T O N ROYAL the t h e b e s t w S a v e purchase* a y t o s h o p . . . 1 0 % off y o u r w h e n B a y first y o uapply f o r y o u r C a r d today! T h e B a y Park Royal A F a s h i o n s Park 9 2 5 - 1 4 1 1 w h e r e s h o p p i n g •some restrictions apply. See store for details. • W g o o d A f o r W o m e n R o y a l 921 is € (North - R & M e n M a l l ) 4 1 8 8 w w w . a w e a r . c o m NORTH VANCOUVER RECREATION COMMISSION FITNESS HEALTH & WELLNESS Unlimited Access to •9 weight rooms •4 pools, V,, whirlpools & saunas ~ •4 gyms O O Accent GSi Features • ETR A M / F M stereo with C D player • Sport cloth seat trim • Central power door locks • Sunroof • Aluminum alloy wheels • Rear spoiler • Leather-wrapped steering wheel and manual shift knob • Rear window wiper washer • Fog lamps • Sport-tuned suspension This c a r c a n b e yours for $60.00 per week! • 6 racquet court •over 150 exerci classes per week at 17 NV locations Drop in for as little as $4 a day Student Memberships start at $16.87 a month Call 987-Play Burnaby H y u n d a i (7529) www.northvanrec.com 4806 East Hastings Burnaby, B.C., V 5 C 2K9 Tel: (604) 205-7434Fax: (604)205-7439 http://www.hyundai-burnaby.com/ white spot Irresistibly Different 752 M a r i n e Drive W e s t 922-8221 Vancouver North Vancouver Campus Call 983-7526 for a wheelchair access map. NORTH VANCOUVER Y o u r N o r t h RfCREATION COMMISSION FOR V a n c o u v e r STUDENTS ONLY S u b s c r i b e to The H e a d q u a r t e r s ! Globe and Mail n o w a n d save CHECKPOINT < H\UIII S •Squash •Indoor Tennis •Racquetball •Volleyball •Yoga O »lndoor Soccer •Basketball •Swim or skate •Hiking carries all current Games Workshop products including Warhammer 40K & Warhammer fantasy CHECKPOINT CHARLIE'S also features •Magic: The Gathering •Dungeons & Dragons • Role-Playing Gom« (Chess & Board Games •Historical Games •InStore Gaming & Miniatures b j ^ H H l l L . HtMHfatr Tues, Wed & Sat, Sun Noorv5pm Thurs, Fri Noon-8pm Call 987-Play juil a ihort walk from Lomdale Quay CHECKPOINT I'll HUM S Hixmis & (7529) mums Get Canada's best daily information package delivered Monday through Saturday - plus - at no extra cost, Report on Business Magazine monthly Your choice of 13, 26 or 52 week term. UltULAJW I To subscribe and pay 28% of the regular price, call now: 604-687-4435 or 1-800-387-5400. T H E G L O B E A N D M A I L 143 2nd Street East, North Vancouver • 904-8686 Special and www.northvanrec.com Pricing t o Faculty www.theglobeandmail.com Students M e m b e r s ! Save $ *plus up to $ 1000 in extra savings to graduate Students! Call CliveWhitlock Fleet and Lease Manager Floor Mats *some restrictions apply Jim Pattison Toyota 985-0591 849 AutoMall Drive, North Vancouver Frequently Called Numbers General Information Human Services & International 986-1911 Education W e b Site: w w w . c a p c o l l e g e . b c . c a Science & Media Technology Please note: As ofNovember, 2001, all local calls A Accounting Assistant Program 984-4959 Accounting Support Program 984-4959 Administrative Assistant Program 984-4959 Adult Basic Education 983-7578 Adult Special Education 990-7869 Advising Centre 984-4990 Alternative Career Training 984-1711 Alumni Relations 983-7566 Applied Business Technology Programs 984-4959 Applied Information Technology (Infotec) Program Art 984-1727 984-4911 Arts and Entertainment Management Program 984-4911 Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program Athletics and Recreation B Bookstore Programs 984-4972 Business Administration Programs General Information 984-4960 Co-op Education 984-1735 or 983-7557 984-1749 Digital Animation Program 990-7854 Disability Services 983-7526 E Early Childhood Care & Education Program 984-4960 Eldercollege 984-4909 English as a Second Language (ESL) 984-4971 Environmental Science Program 983-7562 F Faculty Association 984-4948 Film Studies Programs 990-7868 Financial Aid 984-4966 First Aid 984-1772 First Nations College Preparatory Program .. 983-7573 First Nations Student Services 984-1762 Fisheries & Forestry Science - Sechelt 984-4981 984-4977 984-1748 Student Services & Foundation within the 604 area code region must he dialed using ten digits, e.g. 604-986-1911. 984-4923 986-1911, ext. 5900 or (604) 885-9310 Foundations Initiatives Graphic Design & Illustration Program 990-7820 H Health Programs 984-4960 Health Services 984-4964 984-4959 Home Support/Personal Care Attendant Capilano College Foundation 984-4983 Home Support/Resident Care Attendant Capilano Review 984-1712 Business Fundamentals Program 984-1759 G Program C Program Career Access Centre 984-1784 Humanities Division Cashiers' Office 984-1786 I Child Care Centre 984-4950 IDEA Program (Illustration/Design Elements Commercial Animation Program 990-7820 & Applications) 984-4960 984-4960 984-4957 990-7820 Communications 983-7515 Impark 983-7593 Community Relations 984-1729 International Student Advisor 983-7539 Computer Services 984-4952 International Student Centre 990-7863 Computer Specialist Program 990-7871 International Student Counsellor Conflict Resolution Advisor 983-7547 J 983-7535 Continuing Education 984-4901 Jazz Studies Program 984-4951 Counselling 984-1744 L Courier Newspaper 984-4949 Labour Studies Program 984-4954 Landscape Horticulture Program 984-4960 D Deans' Offices Latin American Management Program 990-7881 Arts 984-1747 Legal Assistant Program 983-7594 Business 984-4923 Legal Secretarial Program 984-4959 i 11 Security 984-1763 Circulation 984-4944 Social Sciences Division 984-4953 Reference 984-1769 Special Education Teacher Assistant Library Program Local Government Administration Program 986-1911, ext. 2340 Sports Medicine Clinic M Sportsplex 986-1911, ext. 2209 984-4964 i 990-7851 Squamish Campus :.. (604) 892-5322 Media Program 984-4940 Medical Office Assistant Program 984-4959 Music Therapy Program 984-4951 Student Employment Centre Music Transfer Program 984-4951 Student Union 984-4969 Studio Art Program 984-4911 0 (To call from Vancouver, dial 986-1911, ext. 5800) 984-4965 T Office Assistant Program 984-4959 Online Publishing Program 990-7819 Technical Computer Professional Program ... 990-7871 984-4960 Television Lab Outdoor Recreation Program 986-1911, ext. 2171 Textile Arts Program P Peer Support Centre 986-1911, ext. 2229 President's Office 984-4987 Prior Learning Assessment 984-1788 Pure & Applied Sciences Division 984-4955 984-4911 Theatre Box Office 990-7810 Manager 984-1775 Program Information 984-4911 R Tourism Management Program Registrar's Office 984-4900 V Retail Marketing Co-op Program 984-4960 Vice President, Academic Affairs 984-1738 Visual and Performing Arts Division 984-4911 SARAW, S A M 983-7552 W Sechelt Campus (604) 885-9310 S (To call from Vancouver, dial 986-1911, ext. 5900) 984-4960 Wilderness Leadership Program 984-4960 Windows System Professional Program 984-4960 Education is expensive. Getting to it doesn't have to be. If you're a full-time student at Capilano FASTTRAX RIDE FOR 2 or 3 College, there's a great way to save on transportation costs. You can use FastTrax when ZONES t h e PRICE of 1 you travel to school by bus, SeaFJus, SkyTrain or West Coast Express.* All you need to do is: • Go to your student union office and ask for a FastTrax strip**. • Attach the strip to your student ID card. • Purchase a One Zone monthly FareCard, available for sale at any FareDealer outlet: Safeways, London Drugs and convenience stores displaying FareDealer signage. • Then travel with your student ID and One Zone pass throughout all three fare zones for the price of one zone fare travel. For more information about FastTrax, ask at the student union office. Then start making your education a little more affordable. 0 •FastTrax concept applies to West Coast Express, however, fare structure varies. **You may be charged $2.00 by your student union foe your FastTrax strip. TRANS/LINK f Your R e g i o n a l Transportation N e t w o r k 12 For transit information visit us at www.translink.bc.ca or call us at 953-3333. About Capilano College In 1968 Capilano College opened its doors to just over 700 students. Since then, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding colleges, with enrolment nearing 7,000 students. International Education Capilano College is an active participant in the international community. Its multicultural character is enhanced by international students from more than 40 The College is a dynamic source of leadership within the communities it serves. The main campus is in North Vancouver, nestled in a natural setting on the slopes of the North Shore mountains. Regional campuses in Squamish and Sechelt provide educational opportunities to students in the communities of Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast. The College welcomes students from the Lower Mainland, British Columbia, Canada and around the world. countries. Capilano College has earned a reputation for teaching excellence and innovation. Faculty members are experts in their fields and bring extensive knowledge to the classroom. In support of a wide range of educational goals, the College offers a quality learning experience in a variety of program areas: and professional development, or just for pure enjoy- University Transfer Capilano College provides a solid academic foundation that can lead to many educational and career opportunities. The College offers a wide range of courses which are transferable to universities in British Columbia and elsewhere in Canada. Capilano College offers several options, including: • Associate degrees in Arts or Science • Bachelor degrees, offered in partnership with the Open University: Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies, Bachelor of Music Therapy, Bachelor of Business Administration, and Bachelor of Tourism Management • Post-baccalaureate programs in Environmental Science, Asia Pacific Management, Latin American Management, Art, and Writing Practices. Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety of employmentoriented programs leading to certificates, diplomas and degrees. They are constantly reviewed to ensure that students are taught the latest techniques and skills required in today's workplace. Advisory committees, composed of business and community leaders and employers, advise on the content of all career and vocational programs. Preparatory Courses The College offers a full range of preparatory courses to assist students in meeting their educational and career goals. After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students may seek employment or move into a career program or university transfer courses. Capilano College partners with institutions, governments and organizations worldwide, in countries such as Japan, Thailand, China, Vietnam, Columbia, and Lebanon. Continuing Education Each year, thousands of students enrol in non-credit courses, seminars, workshops and lectures for personal ment. Contract Services Capilano College specializes in flexible, customized, short-term training, adapted for the classroom, conference room or computer lab, and offered on-campus or at the worksite. MISSION AND VALUES At Capilano College our mission is to enable student success in current and continuing studies, in a chosen career, in the pursuit of knowledge, and in contributing effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing and diverse global community. To accomplish its mission, Capilano College strives to produce a dynamic and secure learning environment committed to excellence in education and to equity of access. It seeks to offer, either selectively within its own resources, or more broadly in partnership with others, high-quality and flexible preparatory, academic, career and vocational programs that provide opportunities for a wide range of students. It does so in the context of the following values: Students Student needs are the first concern of Capilano College. The College values the diverse backgrounds and cultures from which our students come and strives to provide curricula and support services that will sustain all students' personal growth and cultural enrichment. It believes that students should leave the College with the knowledge, skills and attitudes that will enable them to become independent learners and thinkers; with enhanced skills in literacy, numeracy, and critical thinking, and with a positive attitude toward learning. The College expects and values the commitment of students to the learning process and to the maintenance of secure and supportive learning conditions. 13 Community Accountability The College is an important resource in the educational, economic and cultural life of all the communities it serves. The College is accountable fiscally, educationally, and socially. It commits itself to allocating resources fairly to ensure that students receive an education suited to their needs; to explaining its policies and achievements to the public; and to exercising its influence within the community in a thoughtful and ethical way. To this end it establishes policies and procedures that reflect the best standards of financial management, graduate assessment, personnel practice, and environmental stewardship. It recognizes the unique needs of its regional centres, and of the diverse populations served by its programs. The College offers its expertise and leadership by actively helping all its communities anticipate future problems and opportunities, and actively seeking partnerships to meet those needs which are identified. The College serves as a model for its community by providing equality of access to its services, its facilities and its employment opportunities. Employees The College values everyone involved in the teaching and learning process. It regards its employees as its greatest assets in providing excellent programming and services. The College recognizes that faculty, staff and administrators serve as active models of citizenship, scholarship and professionalism, and expects that they will work together in a responsive, equitable, and collegial manner. The College strives to establish and maintain exemplary teaching, learning, and working conditions. Innovation The College encourages rigorous, continuing analysis and evaluation of its own effectiveness. It supports those wishing to develop instructional methods and curricula to improve the teaching of present programs and to meet the emerging needs of students and the community. It supports the use of appropriate partnerships and technologies to meet these needs. The College accepts the reality of constant change and the need for planning and flexibility to meet the demands of change. ...the very finest in BC Microbrews ...stellar food & services in a turn-ofthe-century Craftsman style home ...student friendly all-season patio BLACK BEAR NEIGHBOUBHOOB PUB Phonr (604) 990 8880 (open dairy 11 am to midnight) 5 Lonsdale Ave North Vancouver N o r t h Van's Pest S o u v l a k i Since 1985 Open f o r lunch a n d d i n n e r 7 d a y s a week Fax: (604) 990 8860 77 Lynn Valley Road, N o r t h Vancouver, B C R e s e r v a t i o n s 9 8 5 - 9 8 5 3 (Conveniently located beside the Lynn Valley Shopping Centre.) Please recycle K E Y E N G I N E E R I N G L T D . C&Mfaetors and Engineers 9620 River Road, Delta, BC V4G 1B5 Telephone: (604) 583-7990 Fax (604) 589-3298 ' 14 this publication when you are done with it BULLETIN PROUD ' SUPPLIERS T < ^ y £ J - r TO C A P I L A N O i l c j z i a t l o n , Aldergrove, BC Tel: Sgl The solution is i n 1.800.661.5772 Toll Free: 1.800.661.5772 AT L Y N N Fax: 436-4745 V4W 2T8 Fax: (604) 856.7768 Silicon Graphics Tel: 436-4747 JCtd. 26121 Fraser Hwy FIRE PROTF.CTION LIMITED 43775 Industrial Way Chilliwack, B C V2R 4L2 Toll Free: 1-877-792-1640 (24hrs) #105 - 4400 Dominion Street Burnaby, BC V5G 4G3 BOARD ATLYNN T R A V E L L T D . ESC REG S3218-5 •A V 113 - 1112 1 Horseshoe Way R i c h m o n d BC V 7 A 5G7 T e l (604)272-5611 Fax (604)272-5822 www.pacificdoor.com * * PACIFIC ENTRANCE SYSTEMS AWWSQNOf PACIFIC DOOR CLCSffi SFflVCt LTD. Office Essentials Dan Peach Owner/Manager 180- 12851 Clarke Place #6 Lynn Valley Centre I 199 Lynn Valley Road North Vancouver, BC V7J 3H2 Phone: (604) 980-8301 Fax: (604) 980-5221 Fax: (604) 276-9949 i sight. \0 HAI DA GLASS COLLEGE MICROSERVE DELIVERING TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS I t U t n USTUU1I0NS SIHCI 1171 - Support • Consulting www.microserve.ca - Network Design - Prompt Delivery info@microserve.ca - Huge Selection • Knowlegeable Staff 407 Mountain Hwy North Vancouver, B C V 7 J 2L1 Tel: (604) 980-7511 Fax: (604) 983-3226 Computer Sales & Services 4295 Dawson Street, Burnaby - 473.9883 Richmond, BC V6V 2H9 Tel: (604) 276-9909 www.officeessentials.com 0 www capcollege, be. ca/con tin u inged 2001 2002 JANUARY T W T FEBRUARY F S S M T T F JANUARY M 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 8 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 APRIL W MARCH S S S M MAY S M T W T F S W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 S M T W T AUGUST W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 8 S S 1 2 3 4 5 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 OCTOBER T 6 9 10 11 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W 7 F 27 28 29 30 31 S S S M T W T F T W T 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 18 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 28 27 30 NOVEMBER F M S M T W T S 8 M T W T F MARCH S 8 M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 29 30 31 24 25 28 27 28 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 18 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 28 29 30 23 24 26 26 27 28 29 26 27 28 29 30 31 30 T F S S M JULY S 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 F W JUNE 2 F T MAY 1 S M T W T 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 .12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 W T F 8 S AUGUST F S S OCTOBER S T M T W T M T W T F S SEPTEMBER F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 8 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 8 7 6 9 10 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 28 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 28 27 28 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 DECEMBER S FEBRUARY F APRIL M SEPTEMBER T 12 29 30 31 T W 12 13 14 16 17 23 24 25 26 27 28 M T 18 19 20 21 15 22 S M T S 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16 17 16 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 24 25 26 27 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 JULY W S 8 T 8 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 T F 15 M M JUNE T 22 S S S M T W T NOVEMBER F S S M T W T F DECEMBER 8 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 18 17 18 19 20 21 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 28 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 30 31 NORTH VANCOUVER RECREATION COMMISSION HOCKEY LEAGUES AND LEARN TO PLAY LConica Business Technologies Inc. Is proud to bring Digital Photocopying to Capilano College 2< Call 987-Play (7529) www.northvanrec.com 18 Capilano College Calendar is coordinated by ept to March Evening Student Leagues Men's & Women's Learn to Play Noon Hour Drop in Advertising in the ©MITEL Mitel Communications Solutions #100, 4299 Canada Way, Burnaby, B.C. V5G 1H3 Telephone: (604) 437-9090 Fax Line: (604) 412-4305 InPrint Media Sales Ltd COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY ADVERTISING. (604) 7 3 1 - 8 8 0 3 www.inprintmedia.com Academic Schedule 2001 - 2002 2001 FALL TERM 2002 SPRING TERM J U L Y 9 - A U G U S T 3: Registration for selected J A N U A R Y 3 - 9 : University Transfer & Business Career/Vocational programs. A U G U S T 6: B . C . Day. College closed. A U G U S T 20 - 29: University Transfer & Business Administration In-person Registration (This date under review and subject to change). S E P T E M B E R 3: Labour Day. College closed. S E P T E M B E R 4: Classes commence. Note: Career/ Vocational courses commence on various days. Consult your program coordinator for further information. S E P T E M B E R 4 - 17: Add/Drop period. S E P T E M B E R 17: Last day to add or drop a course, change sections, change from audit to credit or from credit to audit. Students will be invoiced for full fees after this date. S E P T E M B E R 18 - O C T O B E R 15: Withdrawal period. During this period, withdrawals will be noted on the permanent student record as a " W " . O C T O B E R 5: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for 2001 Fall Convocation. O C T O B E R 8: Thanksgiving Day. College closed. O C T O B E R 15: Last day to withdraw from a course and final date for payment of tuition fee balance for 2001 Fall term. N O V E M B E R 12: In lieu of Remembrance Day. College closed. N O V E M B E R 22: Fall Convocation, Sportsplex, 7:30p.m. N O V E M B E R 13 - D E C E M B E R 14: Early registration for 2002 Spring term for Career/Vocational programs, "open" Career courses, and Art, Music, Asia Pacific Management, Environmental Science (coordinator signature required). N O V E M B E R 30: Last day of classes. Note: Some courses/programs continue on until the last day of the Administration In-person Registration (This date under review and subject to change). J A N U A R Y 14: Classes commence. Note: Career/ Vocational courses commence on various days. Consult your program coordinator for further information. J A N U A R Y 14-25: Add/Drop period. J A N U A R Y 25: Last day to add or drop a course, change sections, change from audit to credit or from credit to audit. Students will be invoiced for full fees after this date. J A N U A R Y 28 - F E B R U A R Y 22: Withdrawal period. During this period, withdrawals will be noted on the permanent student record as a " W " . F E B R U A R Y 8: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for Spring 2002 Convocation. F E B R U A R Y 22: Last day to withdraw from a course and final date for payment of tuition fee balance for 2002 Spring term. F E B R U A R Y 2 1 - 2 2 : Reading Break. M A R C H 29 - APRIL 1: Easter break. College closed. APRIL 12: Last day of classes. Note: Some courses/ programs continue on until the last day of the examination period. Consult your program instructor for further information. APRIL 15-26: Examination period, 2002 Spring term, (may include Saturday, April 20). 2002 SUMMER TERM D A T E T B A : Registration for 2002 Summer term. M A Y 6: First day of Summer term, Session I. M A Y 20: Victoria Day. College closed. examination period. Consult your program instructor M A Y 23: Spring Convocation, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. for further information. J U L Y 1: Canada Day. College closed. D E C E M B E R 3 - 14: Examination period, 2001 Fall J U L Y 2: First day of Summer term, Session II. term, (may include Saturday, December 8). D E C E M B E R 24 - J A N U A R Y 1: College closed to public. J U L Y 8 - A U G U S T 2: Registration for selected Career/Vocational programs for 2002 Fall term. A U G U S T 5: B . C . Day. College closed. 19 Admission and Readmission BECOMING A CAPILANO COLLEGE STUDENT 1. Read the Calendar for more information on your area of interest The table of contents and index will be helpful in finding particular subjects in the Calendar. Contact Advising at 984-4990 to see if there are information nights available for the program you are interested in — information sheets are available. The College's Web site is a useful source of information as well: www.capcollege.bc.ca 2. Submit an application Your application must include: • Application for Admission form • high school and post-secondary transcripts • a $20 application fee (plus an additional $25 is assessed for applicants whose academic records orginate outside B . C . The fee is waived if documents originate from a secondary school located in Canada.) or a $100 application fee for international students (document evaluation fee is included) Submit your application in person or by mail to: Registrar's Office, Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B C V7J 3H5 There may be other documents or procedures required. See Admission Requirements. Notices of acceptance are issued by Admissions, Registrar's Office 3. Register University Transfer and Business Administration Students: The Registrar's Office will send you complete information on how and when to register, as well as a timetable of all the courses to be offered in the coming term. This information will arrive prior to the beginning of term. Career/Vocational Students: If you have been accepted into a specific Career/Vocational program, consult the department for your timetable and registration procedures. 4. Pay your tuition A non-refundable deposit is due on the day you register. The remainder of the tuition is due by the sixth week of each term (fall and spring); check your timetable for the specific date. Full fees due on the day of registration for summer term. Note regarding medical insurance: 1. Students are not covered by Workers' Compensation while attending Capilano College. Students are responsible for acquiring their own Medical Services Plan (MSP) and accident insurance coverage. 2. International students must have medical insurance while studying at the College. Medical insurance for the first 90 days in British Columbia is available at the cost of approximately $115 Cdn. After the first 90 days, international students are eligible to subscribe to the government-operated Medical Services Plan of B.C. This plan costs approximately $40 Cdn per month, single person rate. Contact the International Student Centre for information (604) 983-7544. General 20 Information — Admission APPLICATION DATES Generally, applications for admission to the College may be submitted at any time. However, early applica- If the College then decides you need additional instruction in English you will be asked to take an English examination suitable to the program area in which you wish to enrol. tion deadlines have been established for specific Specific testing requirements for admission: programs and terms. Acceptance of applications after University Transfer, Career or Vocational Programs the deadlines may not be possible. TOEFL Term Early Application Date Acceptance Deadline Mailed Fall March 31 May 15 Spring September 30 as processed Summer January 31 as processed Applicants from other countries who require a student authorization (student visa), must submit their applications at least two months prior to the commencement of 220 (560 paper-based score) ELA 145 IELTS 6.5 overall, and no one score less than 6 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program E S L Placement Test TOEFL 97 (400 paper-based score) OR: ELA 55 - 144 the term in order to be considered for admission to that ADULT BASIC EDUCATION PROGRAMS term. Applicants to the Adult Basic Education program should be at least 18 years old and have been out of the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS public school system for at least one year. Exceptions will be made only with departmental approval. While there is no educational prerequisite for entering ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT the A B E program, placement in courses is based upon A l l students must have a level of English sufficient to an assessment of writing and mathematical skills. write assignments, understand class lectures, and take part in class discussions. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PROGRAMS If English is not your first language, or you have • British Columbia Secondary School Graduation received your education in another language, you are (Grade 12) or equivalent with a minimum grade required to submit, along with your application, one of point average (GPA) of 2.0 (60%) calculated on the following: English 12 and three academic Grade 12 courses T O E F L Score (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Contact: Educational Testing Service, Box 898, Princeton, New Jersey U S A 03540 OR: E L A (English Language Assessment Test) Contact: Vancouver Community College, King Edward Campus, 1155 East Broadway For students applying only for E S L : E S L Placement selected from: Applied Geometry 12 Mathematics 12 German 12 Applied Physics 12 History 12 Biology 12 Information Technology 12 Calculus 12 Japanese 12 Chemistry 12 Latin 12 Comparative Law 12 Civilization 12 Mandarin 12 Computer Science 12 Mathematics 12 Test, contact: E S L Department, Capilano College, Economics 12 (604) 986-1911, ext. 2971 for testing appointment. English Literature 12 Probability & Statistics 12 Note: If you have written the IELTS this will also be acceptable. The College reserves the right to also give consideration to the following: • How long you have lived in an English-speaking country • The number of years of secondary school or postsecondary education (e.g. college or university) and if English was the language of instruction • A secondary school or post-secondary degree or diploma, the grades received and the level of English used. Physics 12 French 12 Punjab 12 Francais-Langue 12 Spanish 12 Geography 12 Survey Math 12 Geology 12 Western Civilization 12 Writing 12 OR: • British Columbia Adult Dogwood Graduation Diploma, or • General Education Diploma (GED), or • Mature Student Status Additional admission requirements are noted in the individual program descriptions in this publication. General Information — Admission 21 Admission average will be based on English A30, B30 Concurrent Admission Secondary students with superior academic records may apply for limited admission which will allow enrolment in one or two university transfer courses while still attending secondary school. and the three best courses in group two. Note: English is a double course so this average is over five courses but only four subject areas. The application must be co-signed by the applicant's Manitoba parent or legal guardian and must be accompanied by a Applicants must supply evidence of completion of an letter of recommendation from the school principal or academic program which will lead to graduation and designate, and an official copy of the secondary school includes at least four courses selected as follows: academic record. Inquiries should be directed to the 1. English 40G or 40S (except Language and Techni- Registrar's Office. cal Communication); and Mature Student and Discretionary Admission Status 2. at least three additional courses selected from Biology 40S, Chemistry 40S, Computer Science 40S, History 40S, Language 40S, Mathematics 40G Applicants who lack the minimum admission require- or 40S, Physics 40S. ment may apply as mature students provided they have Note: Mathematics 45A may not be used. not attended secondary school for at least two years. Written requests for admission as a mature student will be considered by the Admissions Office. Applicants should provide details of other qualifications or experiences and an academic transcript of education completed. A n interview may be required. Admission average will be based on English 40G of 40S and the three best courses in group two. Ontario Applicants must supply evidence of completion of the OSSD (or OSSHGD) including four O A C s and including the following: Other Canadian Provinces The admission average is calculated on the required senior English course or courses (i.e. group require- 1. one O A C English (Language and Literature recommended) or O A C Francais; and ment #1) and on the three best academic courses 2. at least three additional O A C courses selected from offered in the other course groups as shown below. English, Francais, other languages, Algebra and Geometry, Calculus, Finite Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Physics, Geogra- Alberta and Northwest Territories Applicants must supply evidence of academic grade 12 completion leading to graduation and include at least four courses, selected as follows: 1. English 30; and 2. at least three additional courses selected from among: Biology 30, Chemistry 30, Language 30, Language 31, Math 30, Math 31, Physics 30, Social Studies 30, Science 30, World Geography 30 Admission average will be based on English 30 and the three best courses in group two. phy, History, Economics or Law. Admission average will be based on O A C English or Francais and the three best courses in group two. Quebec C E G E P : Applicants from a C E G E P must present either a completed D E C or at least one year of an approved academic program. Grade 12: Applicants from Quebec Grade 12 must present the following: 1. English 12 or Francais 12; and Saskatchewan 2. at least three additional university preparatory grade Applicants must supply evidence of completion of academic level three (grade 12) leading to graduation, including at least five academic subjects selected as follows: 2. at least three additional 30 numbered courses selected from among: Algebra, Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Francais A or B, French or other languages or Physics 22 Information — Geography Admission average will be based on one course from group one and the three best courses in group two. 1. English A30 and B30; and General 12 courses selected from Mathematics, Sciences, Languages, Literature, Social Sciences, History, Admission New Brunswick Applicants must supply evidence of completion of an academic (i.e. college preparatory) program which will lead to graduation and includes at least four courses as 2. any three of Biology 3201, Chemistry 3202, Geology 3203, Physics 3204, Mathematics 3201 or 3203, Geography, History or languages at the 3000 level. follows: Admission average will be based on English and the 1. English 12, 121 or 122 (or Francois 121 or 122); three best courses in group two. and 2. at least three additional grade 12 academic (college preparatory) courses selected from among Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, English, Francais, French, Geography, History, Mathematics, Physics. Admission average will be based on English 120, 121 or 122 and the three best courses in group two. Other Countries International students are eligible for admission if they have completed the equivalent of secondary school graduation (Grade 12) in British Columbia. Examples of Equivalence: China Senior Middle School Diploma Prince Edward Island France Applicants must supply evidence of completion of an Baccalaureate (2ieme partie) (Series A-E) academic or advanced academic program which will lead to graduation and includes at least four academic and/or advanced academic subjects selected as follows: 1. English 621 or English 611; and 2. at least three additional courses numbered 621 and/ or 611 selected from among Biology, Chemistry, Francais, French, Geography, History, other languages, Physics, or Mathematics (621 or 611). Germany and Austria Reifezeugnis or Abitur Hong Kong Passes in five G C E / H K C E E subjects, two of which must be at the Advanced Level. Indonesia Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA) Leaving Certificate Japan Grade 12 Diploma from Koto Gakko Admission average will be based on English 621 or Korea 611 and the three best courses in group two. High School Grade 12 Diploma Malaysia Nova Scotia Applicants must supply evidence of completion of an academic (i.e. university preparatory) program which will lead to graduation, including at least four subjects selected as follows: S P M / S T P M or C O S C / C O H S C Singapore Singapore-Cambridge General Certificate of Education (GCE) with two Advanced level subjects Taiwan High School Grade 12 Diploma 1. English 441 or English 541; and United Kingdom and Commonwealth 2. at least three additional courses numbered 441 and/ or 541 selected from among the following subjects: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Francais, French, History, Math, other languages, Physics or Math 442, Economics, Geography or Law. Passes in five G C E subjects, two of which must be Admission average will be based on English 441 or 541 and the three best courses in group two. Newfoundland at the Advanced Level CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS British Columbia secondary school graduation (grade 12) or equivalent. Additional admission requirements are noted in the individual program descriptions in this publication. Applicants must supply evidence of completion of an academic program which will lead to graduation and includes at least 13 credits as follows: 1. Language 3101 and either English 3201 or 3202; and General Information — Admission 23 Computer Science - those completing A P Computer TRANSFER CREDIT Science A will receive credit for C O M P 120. All public B.C. colleges accept each other's credit upon transfer if applicable to a program at the admitting college and if there is suitable equivalency. Economics - those completing A P Economics will receive credit for Economics (6) unassigned. English - those completing English Language/Composition will receive credit for E N G L 100 (3). Those Transfer credit may be granted for courses completed completing English Literature/Composition will at other post-secondary institutions. receive credit for E N G L 103 (3). In addition, the Students seeking transfer credit must complete the "Request for Transfer Credit" form, attach official transcripts, if not already submitted, or note that transcripts will be sent from another institution, and submit all to the Registrar's Office. For courses completed at out-of-province institutions, detailed course outlines must also be submitted. All approved transfer credit is noted on the permanent student record. While the credit awarded does not affect the grade point average, the credit will be included in the total number of credits completed and may be used to complete certificate or diploma requirements if applicable. For diplomas and certificates, 50 percent of the credit Capilano College. (This may vary for some programs. See Graduation section of this Calendar for more information.) For students who are no longer residents of the College region and lack one or two courses for certificate or diploma completion, credit may be granted for an additional one or two courses from another institution. This arrangement must be made in consultation with the Registrar's Office in advance of enrolment at another institution. For the Associate degrees, at least 30 of the 60 credits must be completed at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of the degree. (See Associate Degree information under the Graduation section of this Calendar.) Physics - those completing Physics B will receive credit for PHYS 110 (3) and P H Y S 111 (3). Those completing Physics C (Mechanics) will receive credit for PHYS 114 (3). Those completing Physics C (Electricity) will receive credit for PHYS 115 (3). Note: Transfer credit granted for International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement courses will apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. Students INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE COURSES Applicants who have completed the International Baccalaureate Diploma will receive credit or waivers for some higher level subjects passed as follows: Anthropology -students presenting a mark of 4 will receive credit for A N T H 121 (3). Biology - students presenting mark of 6 will receive credit for BIOL 110 (3) and BIOL 111 (3). Chemistry - students presenting mark of 4 or better will receive credit for Chem J10 (3) and Chem 111 (3). Computing Science - students presenting mark of 4 or better in Computing Science A will receive credit for C O M P 120. Economics - students presenting mark of 4 or better in Economics will receive credit for Economics (6) ADVANCED PLACEMENT unassigned. Applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement Examination administered by the College Entrance Examination Board, with a mark of 4 or better will receive credit as follows: English - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for English Language A will receive credit for E N G L 103 (3). Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for English Language B will receive credit for E N G L 100 (3). In addition, the E D T requirement is waived for Biology - those completing A P Biology will receive credit for BIOL 110 (3) and BIOL 111 (3). Chemistry - those completing A P Chemistry will receive credit for C H E M 110 (3) and C H E M 111 (3). 24 and M A T H 126 (3). may not accept these courses for transfer credit. required must be completed while in attendance at Information receive credit for M A T H 116 (3). Those completing Calculus B C will receive credit for M A T H 116 (3) should be aware that other colleges and universities Limit of Transfer Credits General E D T requirement will be waived. Mathematics - those completing Calculus A B will —Admission those with a mark of 6 or better on English Language AorB. Mathematics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Higher Level Mathematics will receive credit for M A T H 116 (3). Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Further Mathematics will receive credit for M A T H 116 (3) and M A T H 126 (3). Physics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better will receive credit for PHYS 110 (3) and PHYS 111 (3). PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT An innovative process is available at Capilano College whereby students may receive college credits for learning acquired in formal and informal situations. This process, called Prior Learning Assessment (PLA), will be of immense benefit to mature students who have work and life experiences that equate to courses offered at the College. For example, if you have on-the-job work experience in computers you may be able to receive credits offered in one or more office or business administration courses. You will need to prove that you have acquired the knowledge, skills and values required in the formal course you are requesting credit for. This is done by providing evidence of what you have learned. This might include any one or combination of the following: a work site visit, documentation, interview and oral presentation, portfolio. At present only the following program areas offer P L A credits: Applied Business Technology, Business Administration, Early Childhood Care and Education, Home Support/Personal Care Attendant, Home Support//Resident Care Attendant, Jazz Studies, Labour Studies, Legal Assistant, Music Therapy (prerequisite courses only), Tourism Management. More courses will be assessed as the number of individual inquiries increases. For more information, contact the College's P L A Office at 984-1735. Registration RIGHT T O REGISTER MATH PLACEMENT TEST (MPT)* A student who has not maintained satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to The Mathematics and Statistics Department offers register in that program in a subsequent term. Indi- placement tests as alternative admission instruments vidual programs may require a GPA higher than that for students who lack the prerequisites for the entry stated in the Probation Policy to continue enrolment. level courses listed in the table below. For each placement test there is a study guide which provides suggested review material and lists the scheduled test INSTRUCTIONAL YEAR dates. With the exception of the placement test for admission into M A T H 091 students are not allowed to The instructional year is comprised of three terms: rewrite the same level of placement test within a twelve Fall: September through December month period. The waiting period to rewrite the Spring: January through April placement test for entry into M A T H 091 is one month or longer. For more information please contact the Summer: Advising Centre or the Pure and Applied Sciences Session #1: May through June Division, or visit the Mathematics and Statistics Session #2: July through August Department web site at http://www.capcollege.bc.ca/ Full Term: May through August dept/math. Note: A limited number of courses are offered during Students wanting to enrol in an entry level course listed the Summer term. in the table below must write a placement test if they do not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for the course. Note that MATH 096, 105, 107, 108, 116, and 124 require that the prerequisite be completed within twelve months prior to the starting date of the course. Mathematics and Statistics Department — Prerequisite Grid for Entry Courses Minimum Grade Requirement — Any one of the Courses Listed MATH MATH MATH MATH 105 107 Within Period Capilano Princ. Princ. Applic. BMTH BMTH Course 11 12 12 045 046 091 C- C- 096 C+ C+ C+ B- 12 101 C c C- C- N/A 090 o r 091 095 or 096 N/A 105* C B C+ 12 107* C B C+ 12 108 B G- C- 116 A** C- C- 12 124 A** C- C- 12 190 c C B B C- C- 12 N/A * Students who have completed within the last twelve months MATH 096 with a " C - " or " C " grade are permitted to enrol in MATH 105 or 107 only if they enrol in MATH 096 concurrently ** or at least a "B" grade in both Principles of Math 12 and Calculus 12 General 26 Information — Registration ENGLISH DIAGNOSTIC TEST* The E D T (or the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Test) is required before registration in any English course at the College, unless the student has achieved one of the following which allows exemption: " A " in English 12, or " A " in Literature 12, or " A " in B E N G 042, or 4 or higher in A.P. English Composition, or 4 or higher in A.P. English Literature, or 6 or higher in I.B. English A or B, or " C - " or better in an English transfer course from another college or university, or a degree from an English-speaking university. Note: Successful completion of ESL 099 does not qualify a student to directly enter a regular English 010 or English 100. 3. With the exception of complete withdrawals, drops will not be printed on the official transcript, but will be maintained in the permanent student record for accounting and statistical purposes. ADD/DROP PERIOD Add/Drop Period: 1st through the 10th day of each term for regular, full-term fall and spring courses. Add/Drop Procedure 1. Students wishing to add or drop a course(s), change from credit to audit, or change from audit to credit, must complete a Course Change form, and take the form to the instructor for approval and signature. 2. With the instructor's signature appearing on the Course Change form, students must then submit the form to the Registrar's Office. 3. Instructors may indicate a 48 hour deadline for submission of the Course Change form, in order to allow other students to gain entry to the class during this period. Students who wish to enrol in any university transfer 4. With the exception of complete withdrawals, course English course who do not qualify for an exemption drops will not be noted on the student transcript must submit the results of the Language Proficiency during this period; however, a record for drops will Index Test (LPI), or must sit the Capilano College be maintained on the permanent student record for English Diagnostic Test (EDT) prior to registration. accounting and statistical purposes. E D T schedules will be printed in the timetable. 5. If a course change is requested by the instructor or student to a lower or less difficult level of instruc- * Note: Students may register for both the EDT and MPT, through the Registrar's Office, North Vancouver campus. Students may also register for Sechelt or Squamish sittings of the EDT through those campuses. A writing fee is charged for both exams. tion in a subject, the course change form must bear the signatures of the instructor of each course. 6. If a complete withdrawal is requested, the request will be granted with the signature of the instructor of each course. Note: Failure to attend classes does not constitute a course drop. Students who do not formally drop a course(s) will be assessed tuition fees, refunds will not A D D , DROP, WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURES permanent student record. Requests for late adds or ** See also: procedure for condensed courses/terms student was unaware of, or neglected to comply with, and procedure for Summer term in this section ** the College policies and procedures. be made, and a grade of Fail (F) will be noted on the late drops will not be granted simply because the BEFORE CLASSES COMMENCE Course Change Procedure 1. Students may drop or add courses or change sections following their registration appointment and until the first day of classes. A course change form must be submitted to the Registrar's Office. 2. Prior to the commencement of classes faculty signatures are required only for changes to career/ vocational programs. General Information — Registration COURSE CHANGE PROCEDURES (ADD, DROP/WITHDRAWAL) ALLOWED T O DROP/ REQUIRES C H A N G E BETWEEN FACULTY APPEARS ON TRANSACTION TRANSCRIPT FEE** REFUND** PERIOD ADD WITHDRAW CREDIT AND AUDIT SIGNATURE before classes start yes yes not applicable no no*** no partial 1st to 10th day of term yes yes yes yes no*** yes partial 11th to 30th day of term no yes no yes yes yes no 31st day until end of term no no* no no yes not applicable no * check " W E " , Grading System section. * * please refer to Fees section. * * * complete withdrawals show on transcript. 2. The student transfers to a lower level of the same WITHDRAWAL PERIOD Withdrawal period: 11th through the 30th day of each term (third week through the end of the sixth week) for regular, full-term fall and spring courses. course by instructor request. In this instance, only the final course of enrolment will show on the official transcript. A record of the change will also be maintained on the permanent student record. 3. Exceptional circumstances, usually for medical Withdrawal Procedure: 1. During this period, with the signature of the appropriate instructor(s) on the Course Change form, students may withdraw from a course(s). 2. The Course Change form must be submitted to the Registrar's Office. 3. A withdrawal ("W") will be noted on the permanent student record. 4. Complete Withdrawal: If a complete withdrawal is requested, the request will be granted if the Course Change form bears the signature of each faculty member instructing each course of withdrawal. reasons. Official documentation is required to substantiate all claims of such circumstances and should be submitted on the Request for Course Withdrawal form available from the Registrar's Office. This form must be supplemented with official documentation such as a typed letter from the physician, an official copy of an accident report, or official documentation of a family emergency, death certificate, and so forth. Note: A completed Course Change form is required for (1), (2) or (3) listed above. - The Course Change form listing the request for complete withdrawal must be submitted to the Regis- Procedure trar's Office no later than the end of the 30th instruc- 1. Students who wish to apply for special status under tional day (end of the sixth week) of term. (3) above must submit the Request for Course - A withdrawal ("W") will be noted on the official Withdrawal form with a letter explaining the circum- transcript and the permanent student record. AFTER THE WITHDRAWAL PERIOD After the 30th day (or after the end of the sixth week) of the term, and until the end of the term, course withdrawals or complete withdrawals are not permitted stances leading to withdrawal, and the Course Change form, to the Registrar with official documentation. If, in the opinion of the Registrar, the request does not fall under (3) above, or the documentation is insufficient to support the request, the request will be denied. If the request is granted, the Registrar will inform the student's instructors of the " W E " status. 2. The permanent student record will be annotated as except for the reasons listed below: 1. The student record is incorrect as the result of an withdrawal for extenuating circumstances ("WE"). 3. Withdrawal with extenuating circumstances will not error by the College. be granted for lack of academic performance on the part of the student. General 28 Information — Registration AFTER THE ELEVENTH WEEK OF CLASSES INCOMPLETE GRADE "I" deposit fee for the course dropped will be retained and the minimum deposit will not be refunded. 3. If a course add increases the number of credits, the 1. If the student believes an exceptional circumstance student will be responsible for the non-refundable exists which prevents him/her from completing the minimum payment of the deposit at the time of the course during the regular time frame, the student may petition the course instructor for an incomplete ("I") grade. addition. 4. However, if the deposit is paid before June 30 for Fall term and/or November 30 for Spring term, 2. A n incomplete ("I") grade may be given where, in students may have the deposit refunded by with- the judgment of the instructor, the student should drawing from the College on or before June 30 or have reasonable expectation of passing the course, November 30. Those who pay this deposit after June but has not completed the required work. 3. A n incomplete is assigned only when the instructor 30 or November 30 are not eligible for any refund of deposit. and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date which is noted on the grade sheet class list. If the student does not complete the work by the specified date, the instructor will automatically assign a predetermined grade reflecting the work not completed. 4. If the student completes the work by the specified time, the instructor will assign the final grade. 5. If this incomplete procedure cannot be applied in the opinion of the instructor, the instructor is directed to contact the Registrar directly for resolution of the issue. PROCEDURE FOR CONDENSED COURSES/TERMS Deadline will be prorated to the duration of the intensive courses. COURSE O V E R L O A D 1. Registration in more than five academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a career program constitutes a course overload. 2. Students may choose to register for a course overload (up to a total of 21 credits) as long as they have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor or advisor and the Course Change form bears the counsellor's or advisor's signature. Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the total credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise from registration in more than five courses. 3. Students may not register for a course overload until after the in-person registration period. PROCEDURE FOR SUMMER TERM Same process as above, with the following restrictions: 1. For Summer courses seven or eight weeks in length: a) The Add/Drop Refund Period is five instructional days. b) The Withdrawal Period ends on the 1 Oth instructional day. 2. For Summer courses 12 to 15 weeks in length: a) The regular Add/Drop/Refund/Withdrawal policies apply. COURSE CHALLENGE Registered students may request a course challenge whereby an examination for achievement may be awarded for a very specific and limited selection of courses at the institution. Certain courses may not be challenged. Students interested in this procedure should contact their instructor. The regular tuition fee must be paid for a challenged REFUNDS — Add/Drop/Withdrawal Periods course. A course challenged successfully will be 1. If a course is dropped and another course is added at apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. the same time and on the same course change form, the deposit will be applied to the course added, provided the number of credits remains the same. 2. If the number of credits falls below the original recorded on the permanent student record. Note: Credit for courses challenged successfully will Students should he aware that other colleges and universities may not grant credit or transfer credit for credit received by course challenge. number of credits of enrolment, the difference of the General Information — Registration 29 Fees listed in this Calendar are those in effect at the time of publication and are subject to change subsequent to the printing of this publication. Tuition fees are generally $42.50 per credit. A typical full-time student who enrols in 15 credits will pay fees of $715.50 per term or $1,431.00 for a two-term TUITION FEES The standard tuition fee for most base funded programs is $42.50 per credit hour with no maximum. The following programs or courses have varying tuition fees: • academic year. The table on the following page includes some exam- Office Assistant, Home Support/Personal Care ples of tuition fees plus incidental fees for the students' Attendant, Home Support/Resident Care Attendant, union, student newspaper and application/enrolment all Office Technology programs: $42.50 per credit fees. Some program or course tuition fees will vary from those stated above. Early Childhood Education, Fisheries Science, Landscape Horticulture, Legal Secretarial, Medical to a maximum of $637.50 per term. • Bachelor of Music Transfer, Bachelor of Music INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Therapy and Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies: As of September 2000, international student tuition $1,225 per term. fees are $275 per credit hour. $42.50 per credit with a possible fee maximum of • Business Administration 300 and 400 level and all Evening courses: $75 per credit. • TUITION A N D RELATED FEES • Senior Citizens: Persons 60 years and older, providing proper identification may enrol in most courses on a tuition-free basis. There are exceptions, and these include all Art Institute courses, Private Music APPLICATION FEE - ADMISSION AND RE-ADMISSION A $20 ($100 for international students) non-refundable Private Music Instruction: $43 per instructional hour Instruction and courses where the standard tuition fee exceeds $42.50 per credit. • Students' Union Fees: A compulsory fee of $3.80 application fee is payable by all applicants. per credit, to a maximum of $38.00 per term, is TERM ENROLMENT FEE This fee is optional for students at other campuses. A $20 non-refundable term enrolment fee is payable by payable by all North Vancouver campus students. • Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee: A compulsory fee of $.75 per credit to a maximum of $10 per term is all students registering. DOCUMENT EVALUATION FEE payable by all students. • all students. whose academic records originate outside B.C. and are required for admission, transfer credit or advance Building Levy Fee: A compulsory fee of $1.00 per credit to a maximum of $ 10 per term is payable by This non-refundable fee (is assessed for applicants • Graduation Fee: A graduation fee of $20 is payable standing. The fee is waived if the documents originate by all students in their final term of enrolment and from a secondary school located in Canada. must be submitted with their application for program evaluation. • Laboratory Fee: The College may assess additional laboratory or materials fees in specific courses or programs. Students will be notified of these fees. • Late Payment Fee: A fee of $25 or $3 per credit, whichever is greater, is charged to all students paying tuition fees later than the fee deadline dates established by the College. General 30 Information — Fees REFUNDS Base Funded Courses Cost Recoverable, Non-Base-Funded Courses Students who officially withdraw within the first 10 All fees (e.g. tuition and program fees) relating to cost recoverable non-base funded courses are non-refund- days of the fall or spring term (or within the first five able. If a student withdraws prior to the start of class, a days of the summer term) will receive a refund of refund may be given if the enrolment can be replaced. $26.50 per credit. Students withdrawing after the 10th day in fall or spring (or after the 5th day in summer term) are not eligible for a refund of tuition or tuitionrelated fees and are responsible for all fees incurred. Refunds are not processed until after the 10th instructional day of the term. FEE EXAMPLES Canadian & Landed Immigrant Students International Students Application: admission/re-admission $20.00 $100.00 Document Evaluation (tuition and related fees) $25.00 no fee (included above) English Diagnostic Test $25.00 $25.00 Math Placement Test $10.00 $10.00 Registration (term enrolment) $20.00 $20.00 Late Registration Penalty (past 10th day of term) $45.00 $45.00 $3.00 (minimum $25.00) $3.00 (minimum $25.00) Tuition ($/credit) $42.50 $275.00 Graduation $20.00 $20.00 Letters, forms to be completed and signed by the Registrar $10.00 $10.00 Course Change Transaction (per form) $10.00 $10.00 Grade Appeal $42.50 $42.50 Student Card Replacement $5.00 $5.00 T2202A Education Deduction Form Replacement $10.00 $10.00 Transcript Fee (each transcript) $5.00 $5.00 Student Union Fees ($/credit) $3.80 (max $38.00) $3.80 (max $38.00) Student Paper (Capilano Courier) Late Payment Penalty ($/credit) 0.75 (max $10.00) 0.75 (max $10.00) Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) ($/credit) $42.50 $275.00 Diploma/Certificate Replacement $20.00 $20.00 Course Challenge ($/credit) $42.50 $275.00 Refunds - Base Funded Courses All fees are non-refundable unless specified as "partial refund" in the Course Change Procedures section. Partial refund = course fee minus deposit. Deposits retained for the purpose of refunds - $ 16.00/credit for Canadian and landed immigrant students and $105/credit for international students. See "Refunds" section above for information on cost recoverable, non-base funded courses. General Information — Fees 31 Graduation Convocation ceremonies are held in the Spring and Fall terms. Diplomas and certificates are issued only at these two ceremonies. Students completing all coursework before the ceremonies will have their permanent student records and transcripts annotated as Program Requisites complete. The date that the diploma or certificate is awarded will then be placed on the permanent student record and transcript at the date of the appropriate graduation. Students who believe they will complete their program of study by the end of their current semester of enrolment must submit a Request for Program Evaluation form to the Registrar's Office, together with the $20 program evaluation fee (See Fee Schedule) no later than the deadlines listed in the Academic Schedule at the beginning of this calendar. ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE To be eligible for the Associate of Arts Degree, a student must have: 1. completed 60 credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100level or higher at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, the University of Victoria, or the University of Northern British Columbia; 2. completed at least 30 of these 60 credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree; 3. completed at least 30 of these 60 credits at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; MINIMUM DURATION AND NUMBER OF CREDITS REQUIRED FOR CERTIFICATES AND DIPLOMAS 4. completed at least six credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; 5. completed at least 18 credits in Arts courses (other Diploma: requires completion of 60 credits, than English) that have assigned or unassigned Certificate: requires completion of 15 credits. university transfer credit at the 100-level; at least six Citation: requires completion of 6 to 14 credits. Statement of Completion: offered for particular courses in Labour Studies, and other contract courses to fulfil Ministry and business requests, and where documentation other than a transcript is required. With Distinction Designation: A student completing university transfer, career, vocational, adult basic education, or English as a second language program with a minimum program cumulative grade point average of 3.75, with no grade lower than a C+ in the program requirements, will be awarded Graduated with Distinction. Sciences, and no more that six credits shall be in any one subject area; 6. completed at least 18 credits in Arts courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher, these credits must be in at least two different subject areas; 7. completed at least nine credits in Science courses, including at least three credits in Mathematics or Computing Science or Statistics (i.e. any statistics course that transfers to a university as a 100-level or higher Science course — Psychology 213 may be Science course (i.e. any course in the Science's list worth three credits or more and with a lab of at least Capilano College offers a variety of diplomas upon completion of two years of study at the university Note: A previously-awarded Academic Studies Diploma may be exchanged for an Associate Degree in Arts or Science as appropriate, provided that all the requirements for the Associate Degree are met. This includes the five-year requirement which is applied to the date of exchanging a diploma for an Associate Degree. Information two hours, but excluding any course in Applied Science or Computing Science); 8. completed at least nine credits in courses that have transfer level. 32 least six of these credits must be in the Social used) and at least three credits in a Laboratory DIPLOMAS General of these credits must be in the Humanities, and at — Graduation assigned or unassigned transfer credit at the 100level or higher; credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Business Administration, Communications, Media); 9. achieved a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00 over all of the courses counting towards ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE To be eligible for the Associate of Science Degree, a the requirement. Note: History courses are considered as Humanities credits for the purpose of the Associate Degree. student must have: 1. completed 60 credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100level or higher at the University of British Colum- General Course Requirements for Associate of Arts Degree bia, Simon Fraser University, the University of Courses/Programs Credits Conditions Columbia; English 6 100 Level 6 Arts Courses 100 Level Humanities 6 Social Sciences 6 - excludes English 3. completed at least 30 of these 60 credits at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of courses which have assigned or unassigned univer- 6 18 2. completed at least 30 of these 60 credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree; the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in Social Sciences or Humanities Victoria, or the University of Northern British - only six credits max.in one subject area sity transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; 4. completed at least six credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; Arts Courses 200 Level or Higher 5. completed at least three credits from the following - credits must be in at Capilano Calculus courses: Mathematics 108, 109, least two subject areas 18 116, 117, 126, 127, 230, or 231; plus an additional 3 credits of Math. Science Courses 100 Level or Higher 6. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that Mathematics or - Psychology 213 may be used credit at the 100-level; no more than six credits Comp. Science or Statistics Laboratory Science* Science Course 3 3 3 9 shall be in one subject area; - *requires min. two-hr. 9 have assigned or unassigned university transfer course in Applied or credit at the 200-level or higher; these credits must 100 Level or Higher 9 Total 7. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that lab and excludes any Computing Science Electives** have assigned or unassigned university transfer 60 **May be Arts or Science courses or other subjects, e.g. Commerce, Business Administration, Communications, Media with university transfer credits. be in at least two subject areas; 8. completed at least six credits in Arts courses that have assigned or unassigned transfer credit at the 100-level or higher, excluding English and excluding any course that has university transfer credit in both Arts and Science (e.g. Mathematics); 9. completed at least six credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher; these credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Business Administration, Communications, Media); 10. achieved a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.0 over all the courses counting towards the requirement. General Information — Graduation 33 Social Sciences: General Course Requirements for an Anthropology Associate of Science Degree Criminology Courses/Programs Credits Conditions English 6 100 Level Mathematics 3 - from Mathematics 108, 109, 116, 117, 126, 127, 230 or 231 Economics Geography (Human) (100, 101, 102, 106, 108, Political Studies Psychology Sociology Women's Studies (100, 102, 110, 113, 122, 140, Mathematics 3 - additional 3 credits of transferable Mathematics Science 18 100 Level Applied Science - only six credit Biology max. in one subject Chemistry area Computing Science Science 18 200 Level or Higher - must be in at least Arts Elective 6 Physics in both Arts and Science (e.g. Mathematics) _6 100 Level or Higher 60 **May be Arts or Science courses or other subjects, e.g. Commerce, Business Administration, Communications, Media with university transfer credits. Classification of Subjects for Associate Degrees Only those Capilano College courses with university transfer credit at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, the University of Victoria, or the University of Northern British Columbia will count towards the Associate Degree. For the purpose of the above requirements, Capilano College courses are categorized as follows: ARTS Humanities: Art History Music Chinese Philosophy English French Spanish German History Thai Theatre Japanese Women's Studies (100, Linguistics 106, 130) Information — General 34 Studio Art 104, Graduation 221) Geology 100 Level or Higher have transfer credit Electives** Geography (Physical) (112, 114, 214, Kinesiology and courses that 220) SCIENCES two subject areas - excluding English 200, 201,202, 205) Mathematics & Statistics Note: Some courses in the subjects listed above may not carry transfer credit and/or satisfy major requirements at a particular university. Please consult the B.C. Transfer Guide, university calendars, or the Advising Centre. DIPLOMA IN ACADEMIC STUDIES To be eligible for a Diploma in Academic Studies, a student must have: 1. completed 60 credits, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College; 2. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better; 3. Successfully completed at least 45 credits from the following subject areas (List A and B), including at least six credits from English (100-level or higher), at least six credits from subjects in List A ; and at least 15 credits selected from 200-level courses; 4. A l l courses must be university transferable courses. B Applied Science Anthropology Biology Art History Chemistry Chinese Computing Science Commerce Geography (Physical) Criminology Geology Economics Kinesiology English Mathematics French Physics Geography (Human) DIPLOMAS IN CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS To be eligible for a Career/Vocational program diploma, a student must have: 1. completed program requirements, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College; 2. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. CERTIFICATES IN CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS To be eligible for a Career/Vocational certificate, a student must have: 1. completed program requirements, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College. 2. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. DIPLOMAS/CERTIFICATES IN ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ESL German To be eligible for a diploma or certificate, a student must have: History 1. completed program requirements, 50% of which Japanese Linguistics Music must be completed at Capilano College. 2. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. Philosophy Political Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Studio Art Thai Theatre W o m e n ' s Studies DIPLOMA IN GENERAL STUDIES To be eligible for a Diploma in General Studies, a student must have: 1. completed 60 credits at the 100 level or higher, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College; 2. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. General Information — Graduation 35 Academic Policies and Procedures EXAMINATION PERIOD ATTENDANCE Students are expected to attend all classes, seminars, labs in which they are officially registered, as evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative and based on class assignments, participation and examinations. The last two weeks of the fall and spring terms are designated as an examination period. If a final examination is to be given, it will take place during the examination period and will be up to three hours in duration. The last week of each summer session is designated as the examination period. For some Career/Vocational programs, classes will ENROLMENT STATUS continue as regularly scheduled throughout the exami- Full-time status: A student registered in a minimum of 12 credits is classified as a full-time student. Generally, for provincial and federal financial aid purposes, a student registered in a minimum of nine nation period. In addition, a special examination schedule may be set. Detailed information is available from instructors or program coordinators. The examination schedule will be posted by the end of credits will be considered to have met the enrolment the eighth week of instruction for the fall and spring requirement for financial aid. terms. Audit: A n audit enrolment indicates the student has registered in and will attend a course without writing STUDENT RECORDS examinations or submitting work, papers, lab reports, etc. Full fees are required for audit enrolment. Attendance at lectures, labs and seminars is required. How- 1. All official permanent student records are kept in ever, for those students who do not meet the attendance the Registrar's Office, and are considered confiden- requirement, their permanent student record and tial. The information on file for a student is always transcript will be annotated with the comment A U D I T available to that individual. Information will not be DENIED. Audit status in a particular course is not given to any agency or person other than the student, calculated in the G P A , does not have credit attached, unless the student has given their permission in and may not be used toward completion of a diploma, writing, or for institutional research projects ap- certificate, associate degree, or degree. proved by the College. Students are permitted to register for audit status in a particular course only as of the first day of classes, on a space available basis, with the instructor's signature. Students may change their registration in a course from credit to audit or audit to credit on or before the last day of the two week Add/Drop Period with the instructor's 2. Grade statements: • Grade statements are mailed out by the Registrar's Office at the end of each term; 3. Transcripts: • Official transcripts are issued by the Registrar's Office, only at the request of the student, and are approval and signature. mailed directly to the institution or agency or to the Second Year Standing: Second year standing is based student in a sealed envelope. The cost of each on the number of credits completed within a program as transcript produced is $5. • Unofficial transcripts are issued by the Registrar's noted below: Office at the request of the student. i) University Transfer: successful completion of 24 credits in that program; ii) Career programs: successful completion of 50 4. The records of First Nations students (including registration, transcripts and grades) held by the percent of the total credits required for a two-year Registrar's Office may be released to the sponsoring diploma in a specified program, or 30 credits. band or the Capilano College First Nations Advisor only if a release has been signed by the student. A copy of this release must be on file in the Registrar's Office. Alternatively, a band may submit a copy of a release signed by the student, together with their General 36 Information — Academic Policies and Procedures request for information. Requests must be received in writing and shall be responded to by letter from the Registrar or the Registrar's designate. Requests will not be received by telephone. Band officials are requested to direct their inquiries to designated EQUIVALENCE, EXEMPTION, SUBSTITUTION, TRANSFER CREDIT College representatives, including the Registrar and/ or project coordinator. All requests for equivalence, exemption, substitution or transfer credit must be submitted to the Registrar's Office, on the Transfer Credit Request form. A deci- USE OF PERSONAL EDUCATION NUMBER sion will be made with the recommendation of an appropriate program coordinator, if applicable. The credit or action will be noted and approved by the Personal information contained on your student record will be used to verify your Personal Education Number (PEN) or to assign one to you. The main uses of the P E N will be for measuring participation in post- Registrar's Office. Students will be notified in writing of the final decision. Equivalence: An equivalence indicates two courses within the institution deemed to be practically equal in content and credits, although they may be offered in secondary education and for student registration purposes. As well, the P E N will be used for program research and evaluation but any personal information disclosed for these purposes will be in non-identifiable two different program areas under different course numbers. Exemption: An exemption indicates a student is not form. These uses have been reviewed and approved by required to complete a particular course(s) in a pro- the Information and Privacy Commissioner. Students gram because of successful completion of a combina- are required to supply this information to complete tion of post-secondary courses which, overall, consti- their registration in courses or programs at the institu- tute equal content. tion. If you have any questions about the use of PEN please contact the Freedom of Information coordinator in writing at: vcochran@capcollege.bc.ca or Transfer Credit: Transfer credit is credit given for V. Cochran work successfully completed at another institution. The 2055 Purcell Way transfer credits reduce the total number of credits North Vancouver BC Substitution: A substitution indicates a Capilano course used in lieu of another Capilano course to complete a program requirements. Credit must be equal. required to complete a certificate, diploma, or associate V7J3H5 degree. Approved transfer credit is noted on the Permanent Student Record. While grades are noted on the student record system, they are not included in the calculation of the G P A , nor are they printed on an PROTECTION OF PRIVACY A N D ACCESS T O INFORMATION official Capilano College transcript. Capilano College gathers and maintains information used for the purposes of admission, registration, alumni and other fundamental activities related to being a member of the Capilano College community and attending a public post-secondary institution in British Columbia. In signing an application for admission, graduation, or registration form, all applicants are advised that both the information they provide and any other information placed into the student record will be protected and used in compliance with the B.C. Freedom of Information and Privacy Protection Act (1992). General Information — Academic Policies and Procedures 37 Grade Point Average (GPA) GRADING SYSTEM Grade performance is expressed in terms of a grade point average (GPA). GPAs are reported on each The College employs a letter grade system. permanent student record. T o find the term G P A , the grade point value for each grade is multiplied by the Grade Point credit hours to produce a number of grade points for Letter Value Classification A+ 4.33 A 4.00 A- 3.67 B+ 3.33 B 3.00 B- 2.67 C+ 2.33 C 2.00 C- 1.67 D 1.00 Minimal Pass F 0.00 Fail each course. For example: an " A " received in a threecredit course would become, for purposes of the calculation: Excellent A = 4.00 x 3cr = 12 grade points To find the term GPA, the sum of the grade points is then divided by the number of credit hours taken in one term only. Similarly, the cumulative G P A recorded is Good the sum of total grade points for all terms, divided by the number of credits for all terms of enrolment. The minimum grade point average for graduation is 2.00. Satisfactory Audit An audit indicates the student has registered in and attended a course without writing examinations or submitting work, papers, lab reports, etc. A n Audit status is not calculated in the G P A , does not have credit attached, and may not be used toward completion of a Non-Grade Designation diploma, certificate, associate degree or degree. CIP* - Course in Progress Withdrawal — Extenuating Circumstances CR* - Credit Granted Withdrawal from a course after the end of the with- NC* - No Credit Granted drawal period given for circumstances usually related NGR* - No Grade Reported I* - Incomplete W* - Withdrawn WE* - Withdrawal — to a medical situation. C R or N C Grade Extenuating Circumstances AUD* - Audit ADN* - Audit Denied The grades " C R " or " N C " are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion but is not included in the G P A calculation. F Grade All Fail or " F " grades recorded on the student's transcript are assigned a value of zero in the calculation * not calculated in grade point average of a student's term and cumulative GPA. I Grade An "I" grade or Incomplete may be assigned in exceptional circumstances when the student can achieve a passing grade by completing one or more units of the course. It is the student's responsibility to determine from the instructor what must be done to complete the course. If an Incomplete is not cleared within four months, the grade will be changed to the evaluation attained at the time the "I" was assigned. General 38 Information — Academic Policies and Procedures G R A M APPEALS REPEATED TERMS Students must take immediate action for a grade Students who enrol but withdraw from all courses in appeal. Students must contact a counsellor no later than two consecutive terms will be ineligible to re-register two weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade for one term, Fall or Spring. Students who receive Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and grades of " F " (fail), " W " (withdraw), or a combination appeal procedure with the student and with the instruc- of these grades in all courses of enrolment in two tor, will provide the student with a "Final Grade consecutive terms shall be ineligible to re-register for Appeal" form, and will submit a report to the Appeals one term, Fall or Spring. If following a third term of Committee. enrolment, students who receive grades of " F " , " W " , or a combination of these grades in all courses of enrol- If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, he/she must ment, will not be allowed to enrol for two terms, Fall complete the "Final Grade Appeal" form and submit it and Spring. to the Appeals Committee, along with a fee of $42.50 for each grade to be appealed, within 14 days after the Students who must withdraw from all courses in two counsellor's report has been received by the Appeals consecutive terms due to medical reasons may appeal Committee Secretary. Failure to meet this timeline will to the Registrar for a permit to re-enrol. be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College deans. The Committee A C A D E M I C PERFORMANCE consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the appeal process all term grades, Students at Capilano College are expected to maintain including the final examination mark, are taken into acceptable standards of scholarship. Specifically, they consideration. In all cases the students are informed in are expected to maintain a minimum 1.80 G P A and writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark C G P A (cumulative grade point average). A student be changed, the fee is refunded. who does not maintain this minimum C G P A will be Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. considered to be performing unsatisfactorily. The following procedures will apply for evaluating the % student performance in accordance with policy governing continuance, withdrawal and readmission. 1. Academic performance will be evaluated on courses REPEATED COURSES for which Capilano College grades have been A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade, but no more than once. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the cumulative G P A . No course may be taken more than twice if the student has received two failures, or made two withdrawals or any combination of failure and withdrawal. Subsequently, a student will not be allowed to enrol in a third attempt unless all of the following have been satisfied: assigned. (Assigned grade will include grades A+ through D , F, but will exclude W, C R and A U D ) . 2. Following admission, no formal assessment will take place until the student has completed a minimum of nine credits of assigned grades. 3. Students who were admitted to the College with an admission average below 1.80, and who have attempted nine credits at a previous post-secondary institution, will be admitted on academic probation. a. a term G P A of 2.5 or better is achieved; b. the signature of the instructor and the faculty coordinator responsible for that subject is entered on the registration form. The Repeated Courses Policy also applies to courses deemed to be equivalent, have a similar curriculum, and the same subject material; for example, Biology 106 and 107, and Biology 110. A C A D E M I C PROBATION Students who have received assigned grades for at least nine Capilano College credits with a G P A of less than 1.80 based on the four-point scale, will be placed on academic probation. Students will be notified in writing of their status and may be advised to book an appointment with an advisor or counsellor prior to reregistering. General Information — Academic Policies and Procedures 39 Students permitted to register will be limited to enroll- A C A D E M I C APPEALS POLICY ing in nine credits or a maximum of three courses. Following completion of the nine credits or three courses, the student records will be reassessed. If, at the end of the probation period: If a student is considering appealing a final grade, it is • the term G P A on assigned grades during the proba- recommended that, if at all possible, a student first tion period and the cumulative G P A are 1.80 or contact his/her instructor for discussion and clarifica- higher, the student will be returned to good aca- tion of the grounds/rationale for the assigned grade. demic standing; • the term G P A on assigned grades during the proba- 1. tion period is 1.80 or higher, but the cumulative G P A is less than 1.80, the student will continue on The Purpose of the Academic Appeals Policy The purpose of the Academic Appeals Policy is to academic probation; provide a process that ensures students have recourse • the term G P A on assigned grades during the proba- to an independent, impartial body to review policy tion period is less than 1.80, the student will be application in the following areas: required to withdraw from the College for at least 1. 1 Final Grades* (Grades throughout the term can one term (fall or spring). only be appealed to the Academic Appeals Committee after final course grades have been assigned and inasmuch as in-term grades form REQUIRED T O WITHDRAW part of the final grade). 1.2 Students who have been Required to Withdraw (RTW), Probationary continuance, restricted enrolment, or discontinuation of a student in a program/ may not apply for readmission for one full term (fall or course(s). spring). We strongly advise students to contact an advisor or a counsellor before submitting an applica- * tion for readmission. The word "grade" is used to mean either a percentage or a letter grade. Human errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades will be Students who have been required to withdraw must corrected as soon as identified without appeal or make application for readmission. Permission for readmission will be granted by the Registrar or desig- cost to the student and are not the subject of * nate in consultation with the appropriate department consideration by the Academic Appeals Commit- and an advisor or counsellor, if necessary. If admitted, tee. the nine credit enrolment limit will apply, as consistent with the probation policy. Required to Withdraw students granted readmission in the original program of registration or a new program 2. Responisibility for Development of Academic Policy and Its Application 2.1 All instructors are responsible for informing students of the basis for the assignment of final must achieve a grade point average of 2.00 or better on those credits attempted. Students who do not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College grades in courses. 2.2 The College Policy, which clarifies the circumstances and procedures for putting students on for one full year and may only be readmitted by probationary status in the program, restricting a application to the Registrar's Office. student's enrolment, or discontinuing a student's Note: Some Career/Vocational programs reserve the enrolment may be supplemented by written policy right to review performance after each term. This review could result in denied permission to register. developed by departments/divisions. 3. The Academic Appeals Committee 3.1 MANDATE The Academic Appeals Committee will consider appeals in the areas specified by the Academic Appeals Policy. General 40 Information — Academic Policies and Procedures 3.2 COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP 6. The Appeals Process The Academic Appeals Committee is comprised 6.1 MEDIATION of the following members: 6.1.1 • The Dean responsible for Student Services — Chair; Counsellors will refer students first to the • A Counsellor selected by the Counselling Depart- instructor, and then to the Department ment for a one year term that is renewable; Coordinator and Division Chair. • Two faculty representatives selected by the C C F A 6.1.2 for a one year term that is renewable; guide the student in the Appeals process Student Union for a one year term that is renew- and give information. able. 6.1.3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST If a member of the Committee is either an appel- the mediation process, the Counsellor will lant or respondent in an appeal, he/she will be provide the student with information replaced by an alternate during that particular about the adjudication process. 6.1.4 Grade Appeal Form. demic Appeals Policy on the following grounds: 6.1.5 For appeals under 1.2, the Counsellor will • failure by the instructor to follow the evaluation provide the student with information profile, grade assignment and operational details about how to develop a letter to the as stated in the Course Outline. Students must be Academic Appeals Committee that notified in writing of any changes to the distrib- presents the grounds for appeal. uted course outline; 6.1.6 • failure of the instructor to treat the student with The Counsellor will prepare for the Committee a Counsellor's report that fairness or the degree of equity extended to other reviews the Counsellor's interview with students in the class; the student and provides information • failure by the instructor or departments/divisions about the mediation attempts. Within two to follow approved college policies and proce- weeks, the Counsellor's report will be dures. submitted to the Chair of the Academic Appeals Committee for filing or use in the 5. Deadlines for Initiating and Resolving Appeals 5.1 A student wishing to appeal a final grade must contact a Counsellor within two weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade notification. 5.3 For final grade appeals, the Counsellor will provide the student with a Final Grounds for Appeal A student may make an appeal under the Aca- 5.2 If the student is not satisfied that the concerns raised have been addressed in appeal process. 4. The Counsellor does not act as a student advocate. The role of the Counsellor is to • Two student representatives selected by the 3.3 In all appeals, attempts may be made to mediate the situation. To this end, adjudication process. For appeals under 1.2, the student must contact a Counsellor within two weeks after being advised in writing that a policy is being applied. 6.2 ADJUDICATION The Appellant's Role and Responsibility 6.2.1 If a student wishes to appeal a final grade, the student must complete and mail the Grade Appeal Form to the Academic Appeals Committee Chair within 14 In adjudication processes, the Academic Appeals calendar days of the date of receipt of the Committee shall attempt to resolve the appeal as Grade Appeals Form from the Counsellor. soon as possible and by no later than the end of the following term. 6.2.2 For appeals under 1.2, the appellant must write and mail a letter outlining the nature and reasons for the appeal to the Academic Appeals Committee Chair within 14 calendar days after the completion of the mediation process. General Information — Academic Policies and Procedures 41 6.2.3 6.2.4 With the Grade Appeal Form or appeal 6.2.12 Upon a request to the Chair of the Aca- letter, students should submit the fee of demic Appeals Committee, the student the amount specified in the College will be provided with a copy of the calendar. For grade appeals, the fee is Faculty Report or letter of response and applicable on a per course basis. the Counsellor's Report. Failure either to meet the above timetable or to submit the fee with the Grade Appeal Form is grounds for dismissal of the The Academic Appeals Committee's Role and Responsibility — Final Grade Appeals 6.2.13 For final grade appeals, the Committee appeal. 6.2.5 may request that the instructor's grade If the final grade is changed, the fee for book be submitted for review by the the grade appeal will be refunded. Committee. 6.2.14 For final grade appeals, the Committee The Respondent's Role and Responsibility 6.2.6 may request that all course material be After receiving a copy of the student's submitted by the appellant for review by Grade Appeal Form (or appeal letter) and the Committee. the Counsellor's Report, the respondent 6.2.15 For final grade appeals, the Committee (instructor or departments/divisions) is required to complete the Faculty Report shall not consider the appellant's grades in Form (for final grade appeals) or provide a other courses. letter of response for the Academic 6.2.16 In the event that the Committee decides a Appeals Committee. final grade should be revised, it may: • request the instructor to re-evaluate the The Academic Appeals Committee's Role and material that is the subject of the appeal; Responsibility — General 6.2.7 6.2.8 The Academic Appeals Committee shall • in exceptional circumstances, seek a re- review the Grade Appeal Form (or appeal evaluation of work in dispute by another letter), Faculty Report (or respondent's discipline expert chosen by the Commit- letter), and the Counsellor's Report. tee; • base the new grade on a proportionate The Committee may request either the weighting of those graded components appellant or the respondent to appear that are not in question, excluding in part before the Committee. If the Committee or in entirety those that are in question. asks either one to appear, the invitation must be extended to the other. The 6.2.17 The Committee will only change final appellant and respondent shall not appear grades for the following reasons: before the Committee at the same time. 6.2.9 • failure by the instructor to follow ap- Except in exceptional circumstances and proved college policies and procedures; on request of the Committee, neither • failure by the instructor to follow the appellants nor respondents may appoint evaluation profile, grade assignment and representatives to appear for them before operational details as stated in the Course the Committee. Outline. Students must be notified in 6.2.10 The Chair of the Committee shall notify writing of any changes to the distributed the appellant and respondent in writing course outline; informing her/him of the outcome of the • failure of the instructor to treat the student Committee's decision. with the degree of equity extended to 6.2.11 The decision of the Committee is final. other students in the class. The Chair will provide a written rationale of the appeal within one week to both the student and the respondent. General 42 Information — Academic Policies and Procedures Student Services EDUCATIONAL ADVICE DISABILITY SERVICES Faculty THE ADVISING CENTRE Jolene B O R D E W I C K , B.Sc. (Ed) (Idaho), M.Ed. (UBC), PDP (SFU); Registered Rehabilitation Admissions Advising/ Educational Planning/ High School Liaison Professional — Office of Educational Planning Anna Lee B O U L T O N , Supervisor, B A (Alberta) Lucas FOSS, B A (Carleton), M A Counselling Psychol- Jean B E R R Y , Academic Advisor and International ogy (Adler School of Professional Psychology), R C C , RRP — Office of Educational Support Student Advisor, B.Sc. (Wisconsin) Rosemary M E E C H , Academic Advisor, B.Ed. (UBC) Alison P A R R Y , B A (York University) — Learning Specialist Suzanne N O R M A N , Academic Advisor, B A (McMaster) Jan SHIELL, M.Ed. (UBC), RRP — Assessment Specialist Marni B U S H , B.C. Standard Teaching Certificate, Educational Planning Assistant The Advising Centre • provides prospective students with educational planning consistent with their career goals • assists students and prospective students in making course selections consistent with their career goals • organizes admission and course planning workshops on campus to help prospective students make an easy and successful transition into college • provides on-going educational planning for students on campus • assists students in planning their transfer to other institutions • provides the general public with information on Capilano College programs through the telephone • visits high schools in the lower mainland to provide information on College programs and to assist students in their transition from high school to college. Appointments may be made at the Advising Centre in Birch Building, Room 238 or by calling the Advising Hotline at 984-4990. Drop-in advising is also available. Support Staff Sandra C O O P E R , Secretary Intake services for students with disabilities are provided in the Office of Educational Planning for Students with Disabilities (Birch 284). Admitted students will be referred for on-going technical equipment, classroom accommodations, assessments and learning support services. The Office of Educational Support (Birch 272) and the Learning Specialist (Birch 278), both in the Counselling Department, as well as the Assessment Specialist (Birch 285) are all available to support students with disabilities. There is a $100 charge for L . D . assessments. Contact in the Office of Educational Planning must be made up to F O U R months prior to classes beginning. This will ensure that equipment and accommodation needs can be arranged in a timely fashion. Following admission and receipt of current documentation, a variety of services may be made available for students: • transition and educational planning Email: advising@capcollege.bc.ca • college orientation and access information REGISTRAR'S OFFICE • instructor notification for classroom accommodation Itidal S A D E K , Registrar, B.Arch, B.Sc. (Egypt) • individualized equipment and technical support • registration assistance • exam invigilation Cheryl H E L M , Associate Registrar, B A (UBC) • equipment funding facilitation T B A , Office Manager • taped and enlarged font texts • interpreting services The Registrar's Office is responsible for admission, • maintenance of all permanent student records, registra- • L D assessments tion procedures for all prospective and continuing • exit planning notetakers students, and administration of College policies pertinent to those areas. In addition, all semester and examination Faculty are available Monday through Thursday. For timetables and official course articulation and graduation more information about Disability Services call Sandra is coordinated by the Registrar's Office. Cooper at 983-7526 for an appointment. Tel: 604-984-4900 • Fax: 604-984-1798 General Information — Student Services 43 FIRST NATIONS STUDENT SERVICES Judy S T E A R , Circulation Services Faculty Jocelyn V A N NES, Audio Visual Services Deborah SWIGART, Circulation Services Peggy S H A N N O N , M.Ed. (UBC), First Nations Advisor Library Hours The First Nations Student Advisor provides direct North Vancouver Campus Monday - Thursday 8:00 am - 9:30 pm Friday 8:00 a m - 4 : 3 0 pm information concerning College resources; advisor for Saturday - Sunday 1:00 p m - 5 : 0 0 pm special programs; liaison with First Nations Band Audio Visual Services education officers and college instructors; consultation Monday - Thursday 8:00 am 9:30 pm Friday 8:00 am 4:30 pm services to First Nations students in a variety of ways: assistance with course selection and registration; regarding personal and educational matters. The advisor also acts as a resource to the student-based First Nations Issues Committee. Student and Instructional Media Services Monday - Friday The Advisor is located on the North Vancouver Squamish Campus campus, Birch Building, third floor, Room 327. Monday - Thursday Friday Internal calls 1762, external calls 984-1762. 8:30 am - 4:00 pm 9:00 am - 7:00 pm 9:00 am - 4:00 pm Sechelt Campus LEARNING SUPPORT Monday - Thursday Friday 9:00 am - 7:00 pm 9:00 am - 4:00 pm SERVICES Call ahead for summer hours. Collections LIBRARY Students have access to a book collection of over Administration 100,000 volumes, periodical and newspaper collections James C O O K E , Dean, Student Services and of 750 current titles, and collections of videos, online Foundation Programs databases, maps, government documents, annual Faculty reports and pamphlets. Reference workstation comput- Karin H A L L , B A , M L S (UBC) David L A M B E R T , B A (U of A), M L S (UBC) Annette L O R E K , B A , M L S (McGill) George M O D E N E S I , B A , M L S (UBC) Sidney M Y E R S , B A (UBC), M L S (Western) Karyn SCHMID, B A (SFU), M L S (UBC) Maureen W I T N E Y , B A (Trent), M L S (U of T) ers provide access to the Library Web page, I N N O P A C Staff research methods class during the first year of English online catalogue, online periodical indexes, full-text databases, the World Wide Web, and other online information resources. Research Assistance and Instruction Students receive a Library orientation and basic Kathleen C O S G R O V E , Audio-Visual Services and Psychology courses. Other courses often include a Sharon F E Y E R , Audio-Visual Services class in the use of Library materials specific to the Glen G R E E N L Y , Technical Services subject area. Individual research assistance is available Karen K L A V E R , Circulation Services Dianella KNIGHT, Student and Instructional Media Services from the Reference Librarian on duty whenever the Library is open. Guides to resources and services are available in print and electronically through the Library James K W O K , Circulation Services Web page. Anne M O Y E , Secretary Kelly M U L L I N , Audio-Visual Services Circulation Services Carol N O O N A N , Technical Services Nola O'BRIEN, Technical Services Students are required to present current Capilano Gail O W E N , Circulation Services College I.D. to borrow library materials. I.D. cards Karyn SCHMID, Circulation Services must be renewed each term. For loan periods and other Joanna SPURLING, Circulation Services policies see the "Library Guide for Students" available in the library. General 44 Information — Student Services Note: Fines are charged on all overdue Library materials. Hourly and daily charges vary depending on whether the item is on reserve, recalled, or on regular LEARNING SPECIALIST Faculty loan. Please note the due date on each item borrowed Alison P A R R Y , B A (York) and return materials on time. Failure to return materi- The office of the learning specialist offers the follow- als and pay all fines at the end of each term will result in debt listing (transcripts are withheld and further registration is prohibited). Audio-Visual Services A variety of audio-visual software and equipment is available for use in the Library or may be booked for classroom presentations. Films, videos, records, cassette tapes, and CDs are listed in the Library's catalogue. Projectors, video players, cassette recorders, C D players and record players are available for individual use at Library study carrells or for small group use in the Library's preview room. Overhead acetates, ing services to Capilano College students who wish to improve their learning efficiency: 1. Scheduled study skills workshops on topics such as Time Management, Lecture Notetaking, Textbook Reading, Exam Preparation/Exam Writing, and Giving Oral Presentations. 2. Credit courses, team taught with counsellors, that help students adopt attitudes and methods that promote student success. 3. Individual assistance to students with specific academic concerns and difficulties. 4. Support to students with documented learning colour photocopies, video and audio tapes can be disabilities in the form of individual learning purchased. strategies instruction, and peer tutoring. Student & Instructional Media Services For more information about the study skills workshops, the Student Success course or to make an appointment Services include duplication of audio and video tapes, to see the learning specialist at the North Vancouver overhead transparencies (b&w and colour), audio, campus, visit the Counselling Department (Birch 267) video and photographic production assistance, film during regular office hours or call 984-1744. For processing, slide and flatbed scanning, C D - R O M information on the services offered by the learning burning, slide sorting, drymounting, lamination and specialists at the Sechelt and Squamish campuses, vinyl signage. please contact the local College receptionist in Appointments and sign-in required for some services. Computer Learning Centre The Computer Learning Centre provides instructional services to students in a microcomputer lab setting. Squamish at 986-1911, local 5800 (toll free from North Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local) and in Sechelt, call 986-1911, local 5900 (toll free) or 885-9310. WRITING CENTRE College. The Centre is located on the main floor of the All students registered at the College are welcome to visit the Writing Centre (FR402) for advice on written assignments or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service but aims to help students develop their writing ability. Library and assistance is available during posted hours. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet These services include an introduction to word processing, the setting up of e-mail accounts, solutions to hardware and software problems and the provision of general information about computing resources at the Sechelt and Squamish Campuses The primary library collection is housed at the main Capilano College Library in North Vancouver and only space, a collection of reference books, information sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing and printing facilities. The Writing Centre is staffed by faculty members from limited library resources are available at the Sechelt the English, E S L and A B E Departments. Hours of and Squamish campuses. Sechelt and Squamish operation are posted. students have full access to the main library collection through the online library system and inter-campus lending. General Information — Student Services 45 THE MATHEMATICS LEARNING CENTRE Students studying mathematics at Capilano College benefit from one of the most comprehensive learning centres in the province. The Mathematics Learning Centre (MLC) is located in the Birch Building, Room 289. During scheduled hours students may obtain individual assistance from the lab supervisor or instructor on duty. The M L C also contains an extensive collection of learning materials including software, FINANCIAL AID AND AWARDS Location: Birch Building Room 238 Doug C A M E R O N , Financial Aid Officer Iris C U N N I N G H A M , Financial Aid Assistant Valerie K E N D R I C K , Financial Aid Clerk Direct Telephone: (604) 984-4966 Fax: (604) 983-7563 videos, and reference texts. Programs Administered by the Financial Aid and Awards Office STUDENT FINANCIAL SUPPORT (Funds may be limited. Early application is recommended) • Adult Basic Education Student Assistance Program EMPLOYMENT CENTRE FOR STUDENTS The Student Employment Centre offers a variety of valuable services to support students with their impor- (ABESAP)* • Canada Study Grants for High-Need Part-Time Students (HNPT-CSG)* tant search for employment — whether full-time, part- • Training Assistance Benefits (TAB)* time, seasonal or casual employment. Students may • Other government programs as they become avail- access the Centre's services in two ways — drop-in and by appointment. able • Internal scholarships and awards Deadlines: Drop-in Service • job postings • resume and cover letter critique Fall Term October 1 Spring Term January 31 • on-line strategies for help with company research, resume posting, and awareness of other valuable employment links • potential employer lists available for perusal (Early application is recommended) • interview suggestions • appointments are easily scheduled Location: Contact: • Information and applications for British Columbia Student Assistance Programs* Birch 270 Dave Sharrock, Advisor Tel: (604) 984-4965 -BCSAP ~ Loan Remission - W o r k Study Fax: (604) 990-7866 • Assistance in preparing reassessments or reviews for Individual Employability Coaching (by appointment) B C Student Assistance Programs* • Applications for the student assistance programs of • long-term support, even after graduation • customized approach to recognizing your generic employability skills other provinces • Information on other sources of educational funding • resume and job posting dissection • Emergency Aid (limited). Includes emergency loans • interview strategies and emergency bursaries • motivation Location: Contact: Services Provided by the Financial Aid and Awards Office Birch 332 Lynne Somerville, Employability Coach Tel: (604) 986-1911, extension 2392 Fax: (604) 990-7866 • Emergency individual financial counseling • Workshops and information sessions on financing an education, and budgeting • Application forms for external assistance and awards General 46 Information — Student Services • Note: Government loan/grant programs are in- cumulative grade point average, and who has attained tended to assist students who do not have the resources this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit available to pay for their education. Student and, in hours per term, or full program load as outlined in the some cases, family resources may be required to form Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College. the basis for funding. The amount of money a student will receive will not necessarily cover the entire costs The Lieutenant Governor's Silver Medal associated with post-secondary education. It is Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to expected that students create a financial plan and the College and community to a graduate in a Career/ budget their funds for each educational year. Students Vocational program of less than two years' duration. are expected to have arranged finances prior to registration. Publications • "Financial Aid and Awards - A Student Guide" • Government and internal pamphlets and brochures related to student financial aid • External pamphlets and brochures Scholarships, Bursaries, and Awards Various awards which recognize achievement, and/or ALTERNATIVE LEARNING FORMATS DISTANCE EDUCATION Capilano College offers a variety of courses by distance education. Some courses are offered on line. Other distance education courses are offered via video conferencing with our regional campuses. Such courses are part of our regular course offerings. financial need are available through general and individual application forms. A detailed listing of these awards is contained in the free booklet: "Financial Aid and Awards - A Student Guide" and available for review on the College web site, (http:// www.capcollege.bc.ca/services/financial_aid) Scholastic Awards Fish Culture Technician Program The Fish Culture Technician program is available in distance learning format only. Students may register in one or more courses. Upon completion the student is awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. The distance learning program has been designed for individuals who are currently working or seeking The following notations and awards are determined by employment in the fish culture field and wish to the Registrar's Office based on criteria as noted: upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. Dean's List Deans' List criteria will receive a congratulatory letter Legal Assistant Certificate On-Line Program from the College recognizing their achievement. The part-time Legal Assistant Certificate program is To be eligible for the Deans' List, the student must available in distance learning format for students living Full-time students completing a term and meeting the have a 3.67 or higher grade point average, have no outside the Vancouver and Lower Mainland areas. Incompletes, no Credit Granted or Fail grades and Students must be employed as a legal secretary while completed a minimum of 12 credits for that term. completing the program and have at least two years of Merit List content of this program is identical to the content of the such experience before starting the program. The Part-time students with a cumulative grade point part-time Legal Assistant Certificate program. Please average of 3.67 or higher upon the completion of 30 or refer to this program in the calendar for course listings. 60 credits will receive a congratulatory letter from the For more information, or to receive a brochure, call the College recognizing their achievement. Legal Assistant Department at 983-7594 local 2361, or The Governor-General's Collegiate Bronze Medal legal_assistant/ This award is presented to a diploma graduate from a visit the Web site at: www.capcollege.bc.ca/programs/ or send e-mail to: de-lgas@capcollege.bc.ca. two-year program who has achieved the highest General Information — Student Services 47 CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION Co-operative education integrates a period of classroom learning with periods of work experience to PERSONAL SUPPORT SERVICES enable students to apply their knowledge and skills. Students alternate periods of full-time study with periods of paid employment in business, industry, COUNSELLING government and non-profit organizations. The goal is Faculty to develop high calibre graduates, better able to assume Maggie FEIST, M.Ed. (UBC) Daniel F R A N K E L , B A (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) productive jobs. Employers may use co-op students to assist in building a work force that meets the short-term needs of their organization. Students can undertake special projects and provide relief for permanent staff who may be undertaking other tasks. In the longer term, employers have a cost effective means of evaluating potential future employees. The co-op experience provides students with a superior, well-rounded education enriched by the practical application of their skills. They obtain valuable "handson" experience and are able to evaluate their career choices. The College receives immediate feedback on the quality and relevance of the program areas and on the quality of the students. Co-op education also helps the College develop contacts with the business community in general. The following are co-operative education programs at Capilano College: Yvonne M c C O L L , B A (Simmons), M . E d . (Harvard) Ethelyn M c I N N E S - R A N K I N , B A (University of Winnipeg), M A (UBC) Susan M I T C H E L L , B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M A (UVic) Karen P E A R D O N , B A (Univ. of Regina), M A (UBC) Sukhi SOHI, M A (UBC) Suzanne W A L L S T E R , M.Ed. (Montana) Support Staff Lynne H A M I L T O N , Divisional Assistant Betty G E R E L A , Receptionist General Information The counsellors at Capilano College are professionals trained to provide a variety of counselling services designed to promote and support students' academic success, identification and achievement of appropriate career goals, and personal growth. At present, the Counselling Department offers the following services to Capilano College students: Educational Counselling is available to help students Asia Pacific Management plan their college education according to their interests, Business Administration Accounting aptitudes and career goals. Computing Students are advised to consult with a counsellor when experiencing academic difficulties. Students must see a counsellor before registering for an overload or when considering filing a formal grade appeal. General Management Marketing Latin American Management Program Retail Marketing Career Counselling offers help to students who are Tourism Management Details on these programs are available in the appropriate program area of this Calendar. For detailed information please contact the co-op education office at 604-983-7557 or co-op@capcollege.bc.ca. Visit our web site at www.capcollege.bc.ca/co-op. having trouble deciding on a career, who perhaps feel unsure, confused, or lacking motivation. Counselling and testing can help students make realistic career plans based on their interests, abilities and values. Personal Counselling is available to help students who are experiencing personal difficulties which affect their ability to succeed in college. Counsellors can help students to clarify issues, overcome obstacles and find effective ways of dealing with their problems. Counsellors can also refer students to community agencies for further assistance. Workshops and Outreach Programs designed to help students succeed are offered throughout the term in such areas as career exploration, goal-setting, test anxiety, procrastination, stress management, communication skills, assertion training and emotional intelligence. General 48 Information — Student Services I CSS. 100, College Success Strategies, is a three credit, complainants initiate a formal complaint under the full term course co-taught by a counsellor and the College Sexual Harassment Policy (see Policies and Learning Specialist. Procedures in this Calendar). The Counselling Department is located in Room 267 of The advisor also offers presentations and workshops on the Birch Building. Appointments to see a counsellor campus on many topics, including harassment, conflict may be made through the receptionist, or by calling resolution, anger management, dating violence, cross- 984-1744. Appointment times are available Monday gender communication, and assertiveness training. The through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Drop-in advisor and her resource library are available to all counselling is also available to accommodate students student researchers with questions about harassment, in crisis or emergency situations, or for short consulta- conflict resolution and related topics. tions. All counselling is confidential. Those living in the Pemberton - Howe Sound region requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish campus. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. Sunshine Coast region residents should call the Sechelt campus, 885-9310. The advisor is located in the Birch Building, Room 329. Appointments may be arranged by calling 990-7863. HEALTH SERVICES AND SPORTS MEDICINE CLINIC Dr. Bill M A C K I E , B . S c , M . S c , M D (UBC), CCFP, Dip. Sport Med., Director of Medical Services Dr. Anne D A R R A G H , M D , C C F P Peer Support Centre Dr. F.V. D E N H O E D , M D , FRCS (C) Plastic Surgeon The Peer Support Centre (PSC) is made up of a group Dr. Debbie C O L L I N S , BSR, M D , CCFP, Dip. Sport of students who volunteer their time to assist other Med. Capilano College students. Volunteers act as buddies to Dr. Mona L E E , M D , C C F P International students to help facilitate their transition Located in the Birch Building, Room 249. to Capilano College and to Canadian culture. They also lead conversation groups for E S L students and assist E S L students in classroom settings. The PSC is also involved in activities such as orientation, campus tours and outreach events. The volunteers are trained and supervised by the Counselling department and financial support for the PSC is provided by the Capilano Students' Union. Students who are interested in becoming volunteers can contact the Counselling Department at 984-1744. CHILD CARE Capilano College offers child care for infants, toddlers and 3 - 5 year olds. Some part-time spaces are avail- General medical services are available to students at no charge on Tuesdays and Thursdays during the Spring and Fall terms. Appointments may be made through the receptionist. Internal calls: 4964, external calls: 9844964. Physiotherapy Zenil H A S H A M , B.Sc. (PT), M C P A Paige L A R S O N , B.Sc. (PT), BPE, M C P A , Sports Physiotherapist Denise M O R B E Y , B.Sc. (PT), M C P A Anne S T E V E N S O N , B.Sc. (PT), M C P A Located in Birch Building, Room 249A. able. Priority is given to Capilano College students. Physiotherapy appointments may be made through the Applications for child care are available at the Child receptionist. Hours are: Monday - Friday 7 a.m. to 7 Care Centre or by calling 984-4950. CONFLICT RESOLUTION ADVISOR Janet K E E , B A , L L B (U of T) The primary work of the Conflict Resolution Advisor is to assist campus members to informally resolve disputes, including sexual harassment and other harrassment issues. This work can include discussing p.m. Internal calls: 7851, external calls: 984-4964 or 990-7851. First Aid First Aid is administered through the Facilities Department. Internal calls: 1772, external calls: 984-1772. First Aid Services are available on campus 24 hours a day, seven days a week. effective responses, facilitating communication between the concerned individuals, and helping General Information — Student Services 49 SECURITY Capilano College is concerned with the safety and security of students, faculty, staff and visitors on campus. Security at the North Vancouver campus is provided by uniformed officers. These officers are available to escort any member of the College community. A d - C A M P U S ACTIVITIES ATHLETICS AND RECREATION Administration Joseph I A C O B E L L I S , BPE, M P E (UBC), Manager vance notice is appreciated, but not required. Campus Faculty security may be reached at 984-1763. Milton W I L L I A M S , B P E (UBC), Campus Recreation A security awareness orientation is provided to every Programmer class at the beginning of each term. Faculty, particu- Support larly those teaching evening classes, promote and John B R A I T H W A I T E , Weekend Attendant actively encourage the buddy system. Students are advised to walk with a friend or, if possible, travel in groups to parked cars or to other locations, or get a ride to their vehicle if they are parked some distance away from others. Staff Dianne C O T T R E L L , Program Assistant Michael F R A N K O W S K I , B P E (U of C), Senior Attendant Matthew HARRISON, Attendant Tom SMITH, Evening Attendant Athletics Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia CAREER PLANNING Colleges' Athletic Association, which is the governing INFORMATION body for all intercollegiate athletics in the province. Provincial championships are determined annually, CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE with winners advancing to national finals. This affords The Counselling Department assists students considering career options by providing information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. our College's highly skilled student athletes an opportunity to meet with and compete against the best college athletes in Canada. The Career Resource Centre is located in the Birch Intercollegiately, Capilano Blues teams compete in Building, Room 267. It houses a collection of self-help baseball, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and badminton books, vocational literature and information on labour both for men and women. Each year, our many excep- market trends. The Centre also contains calendars from tional athletes, working with the experienced Blues Canadian and foreign universities and colleges, and coaching staff and managers, have combined to free informational brochures on campus and commu- produce both provincial and national championship nity resources. Copies of past and current course teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplish- outlines for Capilano College are available for refer- ments of its student athletes and of its growing reputa- ence in choosing courses and instructors. In addition, tion for athletic excellence. For athletes seeking there is a computer located in the Career Resource information about their sport status, call the Athletic Centre to allow students to find career and occupa- Director, Joe Iacobellis at 983-7533. tional information on the Internet. For assistance, contact the Counselling Department receptionist. The Career Resource Centre is open from 8:30 a.m. 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Campus Recreation The department offers an expanding intramural program, utilizing the College's Sportsplex facility and the Weight Training Centre, together with recreation and fitness programs, which are available during Fall and Spring terms. Some examples of the scheduled activities are: co-ed volleyball, basketball, indoor soccer, yoga, badminton, aerobics, Tae Kwon Do, rowing, weight training and many more. The Sportsplex is located in the south east corner of the south campus parking lot across from Birch Building. General Information —- Student Services For detailed gym schedule and game times call 984- The activities of the Students Union are coordinated by 1737. For intramurals, recreational programming call an elected Executive Committee and various Union Milt Williams at 983-7532. For general information committees. Elections of all vacant and expiring please call the Sports Line at 990-7845. The fax positions are held during the first five weeks of each number is 984-1736. college semester. It's easy to get involved with your Students' Union: drop by the Student Union office in Sportsplex and Fitness Centre the Maple building for an orientation, check out our The Sportsplex is one of the finest multipurpose Union lounge, consign your old texts, work on cam- facilities in the province. It houses intramural programs, athletics, gymnasium-based programs, extension courses in sports and recreation as well as general activity drop-in programs for those requiring scheduling flexibility. Each of these programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the recreational needs of the student body. Facilities include a 14,500 sq. ft. gymnasium with seating capacity for 1,700, suitable for basketball, web page, join a Union committee, study in the Student paigns to keep post-secondary education accessible or run for an executive position. To obtain a copy of the Union's Constitution and Bylaws please stop by the Union Office, Room 116 in the Maple Building. Get involved with your Students' Union and begin your adventure in the student movement! Web Site: www.csu.bc.ca Email: csu@capcollege.bc.ca volleyball, badminton, indoor soccer, wrestling, martial arts and many other activities; a 2,400 sq. ft. aerobics gym; weight and fitness centre; dressing rooms and sauna. A wide range of services including towel service, locker rentals, first aid, laundry service and equipment loans are available. C A M P U S PUBLICATIONS THE CAPILANO REVIEW The Capilano Review is a tri-annual magazine of the Current hours of operation during the term (September arts, publishing poetry, fiction, visual art and drama to April) are: from all over Canada and the world. Since its inception Monday to Thursday: 8:30 a.m. to 11 p.m. Friday: 8:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. the magazine has been recognized seven times for Saturday/Sunday: Please call 984-1737 for excellence by the National Magazine awards, three schedule in 1972 in the Capilano College Humanities Division, times by the Western Magazine awards, once by the Journey Prize Awards, and has been cited by the STUDENTS' UNION Canadian Studies Association. Its distribution spans The Capilano Students' Union (CSU) is a democratic the Capilano Press Society; it receives support funding nine countries. The Capilano Review is published by autonomous organization dedicated to advancing the from the Canada Council, the B.C. Arts Council, interests of students by working to achieve a system of Capilano College, and the B.C. Gaming Commission. post-secondary education which is accessible to all. Subscriptions are $25 for one year (three issues) or $45 Membership in the Student Union commences at for two years. The student rate for one year is $15. The registration and includes both part time and full time Capilano Press Society welcomes donations to its students. The Union works to protect the rights of Friends and Benefactors Program and its endowment students and to advocate wherever decision making fund, both of which are tax deductible through The affects the quality of life for students at Capilano Capilano College Foundation. Write to: The Capilano College. For example, the Union appoints student Review do Capilano College. Telephone: (604) 984- representatives to college committees to ensure that 1712. Fax: (604) 990-7837. student perspectives are a part of the college's decision making processes. The Union also organizes social, political and cultural events and provides a variety of Web site: www.capcollege.bc.ca/dept/TCR Email: tcr@capcollege.bc.ca low-cost services to members. Capilano students are also members of the Canadian Federation of Students (CFS), an alliance of 400,000 students across Canada. Through the Canadian Federation of Students the Union works to advance post-secondary education policies in areas such as tuition fees and student financial assistance. General Information — Student Services 51 STUDENT NEWSPAPER PARKING The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier is run by an independent staff of students, autonomous from the student society and College administration. Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on campus, there is always a need for help. Students are encouraged to take part in news and feature writing, Pay parking is in effect 24 hours a day, seven days a week, all year. Pay parking applies to all parking spaces at the North Vancouver campus, including all those on College roadways, and is strictly enforced. Please Note: Parking on Purcell Way is reserved for the residents of reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, Purcell Way. desktop publishing, graphic design, and advertising. Northwest Boarding Kennels' pay parking Lot is a The Courier welcomes input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to students, staff, and faculty), letters, and other contributions can be submitted to their offices. private entity. Tickets/permits purchased from their lot are not valid for parking on College property and Capilano College tickets/permits are not valid on their property. The following areas are not owned by the College and vehicles may park for free*: GENERAL CAMPUS SERVICES • East side of Monashee, just north of Northwest Kennels is on District land and not under the College's pay parking program. • Gravel road north of Parking Lot 4 (east to west BOOKSTORE between Monashee and upper Lillooet Road). Located in the southwest corner of the Birch Building, • Small area between Lillooet Road Entrance 2 and the Bookstore offers required and recommended texts, Parking Lot 3. stationery, clothing and sundry items. • Some areas of Lillooet Road allow parking. The first six weeks of classes, the Bookstore is usually open 8:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday; and 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Fridays. After six Observe signage in areas near driveways. • There may be exceptions. Watch for signs. weeks, closing time changes to 6:30 p.m. but remains The administration and operation of pay parking 4 p.m. on Fridays. Summer session hours are 8:30 a.m. including permit sales, equipment, parking violation to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. The Bookstore notices, courtesy notices and towing is handled by accepts cash, Visa, MasterCard, Interac and cheques Imperial Parking Canada Corporation. with proper ID. Phone: 983-7593 Fax: 990-7887 For information regarding used books, please contact the Capilano Students' Union. s Fees for Pay Parking STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER • The student store, located in the Library building, is operated by the Retail Marketing students. $2/day: Daily tickets are purchased from meters located throughout the campus (2 x $ 1 coins or 1 x $2 coin) • $30/month (first day - last day) The store serves as a teaching aid allowing students to • $ 100/term (four calendar months) put into practical use the skills they learn while in the • $180/twelve months (September - August) classroom. Monthly, term and yearly permits are purchased from The store sells Capilano College sweatwear, school Imperial Parking Canada Corporation located in the supplies, common pharmaceutical items, gifts, candy, Arbutus Building, Room 030 (basement level). snacks and cold drinks. Special sweatwear orders for clubs, organizations, and various athletic teams can be arranged. Hours of operation are Monday to Thursday from 10:15 a.m. to 4:15 p.m. during the spring and fall semesters. Occasionally the store is closed due to fieldtrips or exams. General 52 Information — Student Services Pay parking permits are sold during the following times: Each month during the first and last five business days: Monday through Friday 10:15 - 10:45 a.m., 12:15 - 12:45 p.m., and 2:15 - 2:45 p.m. On all other days during the month: Monday through Friday 12:15 - 12:45 p.m. Additional extended hours will be available and advertised during rush periods at the beginning of Fall and Spring terms. FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE The Food Court (located main floor, Birch Building) Hours of Service: Monday to Thursday: 8 a.m. - 8:30 p.m. Friday: 8 a.m. - 3:00 p.m. Saturday: 8 a.m. - 2:30 p.m.* The Specialty Coffee Bar (located in the Food Court) Hours of Service: Monday to Thursday: 7:00 a.m. - 2:30 p.m. Friday: 7:00 a.m. - 1:30 p.m. Cedar Building Kiosk (Cedar Building, 1st floor) Car Pooling = Free Parking Persons wanting to take advantage of car pooling may obtain application forms from the Purchasing Department located in Arbutus Building, Room 018 (basement level). Registered groups of three or more individuals arriving and unloading at the same time, in one vehicle, in the designated parking area, will be provided with free parking. Hours of Service: (when classes are in session) Monday to Thursday: 8:00 a.m. - 1:30 p.m. Friday: Closed Fir Building Kiosk (Fir Building, 2nd floor) Hours of Service: (when classes are in session) Monday to Friday: 8:00 a.m. - 3:00 p.m. Maple Building Kiosk (Maple Building) Hours of Service: (when classes are in session) Monday to Thursday: 8:00 a.m. - 1:30 p.m. LOST AND FOUND Friday: Closed Students may inquire about lost or found items at the Vending services are available throughout the campus. Checkout counter of the Library. Catering services for meetings or other on-site occasions are also available. Contact the Director of Food Services at 984-4970. * May be altered with notice. General Information — Student Services 53 College Policies Student Responsibilities STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES It is your responsibility to acquaint yourself with course outlines, content, evaluations and methodology. You are also responsible for conducting yourself in a Capilano College recognizes a set of student rights and holds students responsible for their understanding and conduct in view of College policies, rules and regulations. reasonable manner and in accordance with College policies as set out in the Calendar. You are responsible for: 1. inquiring into the availability of your instructors (time and place). Student Rights 2. communicating with instructors and/or counsellors You are entitled to have your rights respected by fellow in order to solve any of the problems that you may encounter. students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the College. In addition to your 3. attending classes and being punctual. rights guaranteed under the Canadian Charter of 4. submitting your assignments in the required format Rights, you have the right to: to your instructors within the deadline; or, if you 1. a healthy and safe learning environment free from cannot do so, for making other arrangements with the agreement of the concerned instructor. harassment and discrimination. 2. the confidentiality of information regarding all student records and grades unless you consent in writing to its disclosure. You also have a right to ethical behaviour from College personnel who have access to your student records. course outlines and for seeking from your instructors clarification of any areas of concern. 6. undertaking to complete course requirements as described in the course outline and to observe 3. seek redress through appropriate College committees for any potential infringement of your rights, according to the procedures in effect at the College. 4. access to documents contained in your student records, and to add pertinent comments or docu- deadlines and schedules contained therein. 7. discussing any dissatisfactions with the instructor concerned before attempting further redress through appropriate College channels. 8. respecting the rights of students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the ments as appropriate. 5. be informed in advance of the basic content and general procedures of a course and to be sure that the course will not change substantially after registration. You also have the right to receive at College. 9. respecting other people's health and their right to security and dignity. 10. adhering to College policies including: the beginning of a course a written outline and to a) cheating and plagiarism; receive written notification of changes in the course b) improper behaviour; outline. The course outline normally will include c) sexual harassment. course objectives, teaching methods, evaluation system, and due dates and late penalties for major assignments. 6. reasonable access to information on program and graduation requirements, academic regulations, and university admission. 7. be notified of class cancellations as soon as possible and to expect that classes will start and end on time. 8. be informed of your performance on occasions spaced throughout the semester. 9. have your instructor keep designated office hours. 10. review any of your examinations and major course assignments up to the beginning of the following semester. 11. retain intellectual property concerning your assignments, essay, theses, and other written work. General 54 5. being familiar with the information contained in the Information — College Policies ACCESS AND ACCOMMODATION POLICY FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES AT CAPILANO COLLEGE 2. Applicants may be assisted with the following: a) Completion of the Application process. The Office of Disability Services provides information about the completion and submission of application forms and admissions procedures. b) Development of an Educational Plan I. PREAMBLE The Office of Disability Services, in collabo- Capilano College recognizes the importance of providing ration with the Advising Centre, helps access to learning opportunities for all. To this end, the applicants to select courses and programs in College endeavours to provide access to courses and which they have a reasonable opportunity to programs for applicants with disabilities and/or special succeed. education needs. c) Development of an Accommodation Plan Capilano College is also committed to supporting the The Office of Disability Services, in collabo- successful learning of students after they have been ration with faculty in various program areas, admitted. Following admission, the College will strive to assists applicants to develop an accommoda- provide, within reasonable time and resource limits, tion plan which will serve them when they access to a range of appropriate services which will assist are accepted as students. students to meet their educational goals. The approach chosen by Capilano College is one of selfadvocacy and one in which each student takes personal responsibility for meeting his or her own needs. While primary responsibility for the provision of services to students with disabilities rests with the student and the III. 1. ELIGIBILITY FOR AN ACCOMODATION AND SERVICES Eligibility for Accommodation a) Eligibility for an accommodation is based upon the assumption that each student will Student Services and Foundation Programs Division, the be able to demonstrate an ability to benefit supportive physical, academic, and social environment is from the accommodation and services the responsibility of the entire College. provided for him or her; attempting to ensure that such accommodation and services donot II. INTAKE PROCEDURES FOR APPLICANTS WITH DISABILITIES 1. The Office of Disability Services is the identified first point of contact for all applicants with disabilities. offer an advantage over other students. b) To be eligible for an accommodation through the Office of Disability Services, students are required: i) to be a qualified student who meets college eligibility and admissions criteria Timely contact with the Office of Disability Services will allow for an accommodation or classroom modification to be in place when classes begin. Applicants with disabilities must meet College and program admissions and eligibility criteria and provide current documentation to receive services as outlined in college calendars. ii) to self-disclose the disability or condition for which accommodation is being requested, and iii) to provide evidence of the specific disability, through current psychoeducational or medical documentation, prior to an accommodation or service being arranged. General Information — College Policies 55 Identification of a Reasonable Accommodation or Service STUDENT C O N D U C T POLICY a) Through a consultative process, Disability Services seeks to identify and meet individual student needs and, in a timely fashion, to arrange for a reasonable accommodation and appropriate services. b) Although past recommendations provided in intake documents will be considered,the College reserves the right to decide which To enhance their opportunities for educational success, the College expects all students to conduct themselves so as to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. 1. The College regards certain forms of conduct as classroom accommodation is most reasonable improper and unacceptable and will deal with such and appropriate based upon: behaviour following processes which regard both the i) evidence in the documents provided, rights and safety of the College community. The purposes of this policy are: ii) the course or program in which the student is registered 1.1 iii) evidence of current service and accommo- To facilitate: • Creation of an environment conducive to learning dation needs and teaching • Development of a community based on civility c) A classroom accommodation, and any modifi- and mutual respect cations or services will be determined by Disability Services personnel in consultation • Respect for diversity and free intellectual inquiry with the student and various faculty in specific • Respect for property departments and/or program areas. • Maintenance of individual safety. d) Once classes begin, students will be referred within the College for direct services and 1.2 Appeals Process for an Accommodation a) The Office of Disability Services will inform students that an accommodation review process is available. b) At any point during the first six weeks of classes, students may request an accommodation review by the Office of Disability Services. c) If a student and the Office of Disability Services cannot agree upon an appropriate accommodation, the Dean of Student Services and Foundation Programs will establish a review panel in keeping with College guidelines. d) The review panel will be comprised of one representative selected from each of the following: C C F A , OPEIU, Students' Union, and the Administration. of Student Services and Foundation Programs, who will cast the vote to break ties. The decision of the review panel is final. Information — College This policy does not cover behaviour which is subject of a complaint under the Sexual Harassment Policy or the Academic Policies of the College. 2. Appropriate Conduct The College recognizes that most students make considerable sacrifices to be able to attend classes. To enhance their opportunities for success, the College expects everyone to conduct themselves so as to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. One of the most important of those goals is to develop the skill of critical thinking through the free expression and exploration of a wide range of ideas. This may involve challenges to students' and faculty's strongly held beliefs and values. As long as such challenges are clearly directed at ideas, and are not merely personal attacks on those who hold them, the College accepts e) The review panel will be chaired by the Dean General To ensure that violations of this Policy are dealt with in an equitable, unbiased and timely manner. technical equipment provision. 56 Aims of this Policy and encourages them as part of the learning process. Nothing in this policy shall be construed as to prohibit peaceful assemblies and demonstrations or reasonable expressions of free speech. Policies 3. • Damage, misuse, or threat to, or the unauthorized Improper Behaviour removal of, College property or the property of Improper behaviour is defined as either disruptive students or College employees; behaviour or as threatening and dangerous behaviour. • Actions which are arguably violations of the 4. Criminal Code of Canada; Disruptive Behaviour • Aiding, inciting, abetting or acting as an accomplice Some kinds of expression and behaviour do not further in the commission of any of the foregoing acts. the learning process; they may become disruptive to all concerned and may hinder the College's basic purpose: 6. to foster both learning and a constructive, positive College employees are governed by the Human attitude toward learning. Therefore, the College will not accept disruptive behaviour in any Collegesponsored activities whether conducted on or off campus. Resources policies of the College. The following procedures and sanctions apply to students. 6.1 with the situation. In class, the instructor may • Speech or action that seriously distracts others work by failure to complete one's own work; make such determination as appropriate. 6.2 outside of class should report these incidents with learning process and that creates an atmosphere of as much information as possible, including the hostility, intimidation, ridicule, or anxiety among names of witnesses, to the Dean responsible for other students, staff or instructors; Student Services who will deal with the incident • Action that impedes the delivery of College • Falsification of identification or provision of false and inform the complainant of any outcomes. 6.3 situation to the Coordinator, the Division Chair, a sentative in the performance of his/her duties; Counsellor or the Conflict Resolution Advisor. • Action that abuses College property and services The instructor may also immediately employ the by using them for unauthorized purposes; sanction described in article 7.1 of this policy. • Excessive and unreasonable demand for attention 6.4 explicit warnings) in class or a major example of • Actions which are arguably violations of the B . C . improper behaviour in class, the instructor should Human Rights Code or municipal bylaws; report the incident(s) to the Coordinator, Division • Aiding, inciting, abetting or acting as an accom- Chair, and to the Dean responsible for Student plice in the commission of any of the foregoing Services. acts. Threatening and Dangerous Behaviour 6.5 investigate the situation and may have recourse to show respect for the College and its students and the services of the Counselling department for employees. Behaviour that is threatening or dangerous mediation purposes or may request the aid of the to others is unacceptable and will be dealt with quickly employees against such conduct. Conflict Resolution Advisor. 6.6 issue are apology, restitution or community not limited to: service. • Assaulting, threatening, physically or verbally College community; • Acting in a way which endangers the health, safety or well-being of others; Among the recourses available to achieve a mediated settlement of an improper behaviour Threatening or dangerous behaviour may include but is abusing or intimidating another member of the In incidents of improper behaviour reported to the Dean responsible for Student Services, he/she will All members of the College community are expected to and firmly. The College will protect its students and If there are repeated minor examples of improper behaviour (i.e., after a student has been given two detriment of other students; 5. In minor examples of improper behaviour in class the instructor may consult with or refer the information to any College employee or repre- or special treatment from faculty or staff, to the A l l members of the College community who observe serious examples of improper behaviour • Speech or action that is clearly not part of a services; At their own discretion, employees who observe improper behaviour should intervene and deal Disruptive behaviour may include but is not limited to: from the task at hand, or the hindrance of others' Procedures — Student Improper Behaviour 6.7 When an incident of improper behaviour is particularly serious or when danger may exist to students or others, an instructor or supervisor of a College-sponsored activity has the prerogative to cancel the class or activity in progress. General Information — College Policies 57 6.8 If the Dean responsible for Student Services does ted to re-enrol in any course or program or take not believe the incident(s) of improper behaviour advantage of any College-sponsored activity or can be successfully mediated or subject to conflict service. The terms of this measure will be provided resolution, he/she may apply any of the sanctions to the student in a written communication. outlined in articles 7.2 through 7.6 or recommend 6.9 that the President apply the sanction outlined in 8. article 7.7 Individuals who wish to appeal may do so and be In determining a sanction to be applied, the Dean responsible for Student Services will consider Appeal Procedure assured that the principles of natural justice will be observed, including the right for representation at all whether a student has been previously involved in hearings. incidents of improper behaviour at the College. 8.1 students of sanctions will outline the possible 6.10 When an incident of improper behaviour is appeal procedure. particularly serious or when danger may exist to the student or others, the student may be immedi- sanctions 7.2 and 7.3 or an Instructor's imposition of sanction 7.1. 8.3 Exclusion from a class — Requirement that a written appeal to the Student Behaviour Appeals student immediately leave class. Committee within five working days after the imposition of the sanction. Written reprimand — The student is advised in 8.4 administrator plus one faculty member, one staff reprimands will be kept on file by the Dean member and two students, elected by their responsible for Student Services. respective unions, who each serve a one-year term. The committee is chaired by the Academic Probation — Conditional permission for a student terms of this measure will be provided to the Vice-President. 8.5 student in a written communication. 7.5 Activity/Access Restriction — Restriction or exclusion of a student from certain College activities; restricted, or denial of, access to certain areas of the College or to the use of certain facilities or equipment. The terms of this measure will be provided to the student in a written communication, but should not be designed to inhibit a student's ability to complete course requirements. Expulsion — Immediate exclusion of a student measure will be provided to the student in a written communication. Refusal to enrol or re-enrol — Refusal of the courses or a program. The terms of this measure will be provided to the student in a written Suspension from the College — Immediate exclusion of a student from all classes and College services. In future, the student will not be permit- 58 Information days after the imposition of the sanction. SEXUAL H A R A S S M E N T POLICY 1. Capilano College is committed to providing a working and learning environment that is free from sexual harassment. For the purpose of this policy, members of the College community include students, staff, faculty, and administrators. — College of British Columbia and the Canadian Human Rights Act and considers sexual harassment to be one of the eight prohibited grounds for discrimination under the B . C . statute. Actions contravening this policy may constitute grounds for a communication. General appeal to the College's Board within ten working Capilano College abides by the Human Rights Act College to enrol or re-enrol a student in a course, 7.7 Students who wish to appeal the President's imposition of sanction 7.7 must make a written from one or more courses. The terms of this 7.6 The Committee is composed of one academic iour may result in more severe sanctions. Written to enrol or re-enrol in a course or courses. The 7.4 Students who wish to appeal the Dean's imposition of sanction 7.4, 7.5 or 7.6 must make a writing that further incidents of improper behav- 7.3 There is no appeal to the Dean's imposition of services pending further investigation and resolution of the case. 7.2 8.2 ately excluded from all classes and College 7. Sanctions 7.1 A l l written communications informing the Policies disciplinary response. A l l members of the College community have a responsibility to ensure awareness of, and adherence to this policy. 2. b) make appropriate recommendations to the Sexual harassment is comment or conduct of a President; and sexual nature, including sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, suggestive comments or c) be available to the President for consultation gestures, or physical contact when any one of the regarding the selection of the Conflict Resolu- following occurs: tion Advisor, and the development of a list of mediators. a) the conduct is engaged in, or the comment is made by, a person who knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the conduct or 5. comment is unwanted or unwelcome; option, continue to have access to any applicable b) the conduct or comment has the effect of grievance and problem resolution procedures creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive approved by the Board, or included in collective environment, and may include the expression agreements, as appropriate; but a complainant of sexist attitudes, language and behaviour; may not concurrently pursue a particular sexual harassment complaint through these sexual c) the conduct or comment exploits the fiduciary harassment procedures if he/she pursues any other relationship between students and employees of problem resolution procedure whether at common the College; law, under statute or under any other College d) the conduct or comment is accompanied by a policy or collective agreement to which the reward, or the express or implied promise of a College is a party. reward, for compliance; e) the conduct or comment is accompanied by reprisal, or an express or implied threat of reprisal, for refusal to comply; f) the conduct or comment is accompanied by the actual denial of opportunity, or the express or PROCEDURES FOR ALLEGATIONS INVOLVING EMPLOYEES OF THE COLLEGE AND/OR STUDENTS OF THE COLLEGE 1. believes that she/he has a complaint of sexual failure to comply. harassment is encouraged to make a direct request This policy is not intended to infringe upon the of the harasser that the offensive behaviour or ability of instructors to academically discuss actions cease. If the request is unsuccessful, or if issues of harassment, sexism and sexuality. it is considered inappropriate, or uncomfortable to make such a request, the complainant may seek The College shall appoint a Conflict Resolution Advisor: the confidential advice of the Conflict Resolution Advisor a) to serve as the first official College contact in allegations of sexual harassment; and b) to provide a confidential advisory/information service to the parties involved in sexual harassment allegations; and 2. Consultation with Conflict Resolution Advisor 2.1 The Conflict Resolution Advisor will assist all parties involved in allegations of sexual harassment, in determining the basis, if any, for a c) to make appropriate recommendations to the President's Advisory Committee on Sexual Harassment; and complaint of sexual harassment; in formulating the complaint and/or response; and by explaining the options available through College policy or d) to provide the College Community with collective agreements. With the written agree- information on the issue of sexual harassment ment of the complainant, the Advisor may discuss and to lead the effort to educate the campus the complaint with the alleged harasser (the community on the Sexual Harassment Policy. 4. Complaints A member of the College community who implied threat of the denial of opportunity, for 3. Notwithstanding this policy and its corresponding procedures, the complainant shall, at his/her respondent) in an effort to reach a mutually A President's Advisory Committee on Sexual acceptable resolution without recourse to formal Harassment comprised of representatives from the procedures. C C F A , O T E U , Student Union and Capilano College administration shall: a) review, from time to time, the effectiveness of the sexual harassment policy and procedures; and 2.2 Following consultation with the Conflict Resolution Advisor the complainant has the following options: General Information — College Policies 59 in a confidential file for a period of six years from a) to proceed to mediation; the date of mediation and shall be destroyed b) to proceed to formal administrative action; c) not to take further action. thereafter. 4. Formal Administrative Action If the complainant decides to take no further action, the Advisor will not proceed and the 4.1 to formal administrative action in the following matter will be closed. 2.3 circumstances, and within the time limits indi- If the matter becomes the subject of any other cated, by notifying the Advisor in writing: problem resolution procedure, including the a) if the respondent or the complainant does not subject of a charge laid pursuant to the Criminal agree to participate in informal mediation, Code of Canada, the Advisor shall not take any within ten working days of the rejection of further action until the other process has been mediation; concluded and further action is requested by the b) if informal mediation does not resolve the complainant. 3. The complainant or the respondent may proceed dispute, within ten working days of completion of the mediation process. Mediation If a complainant wishes to proceed to informal media- 4.2 If formal administrative action is invoked the tion, the following shall occur: following shall occur: 3.1 4.2.1 The complainant must provide the Advisor with a written complaint to the President who sexual harassment as defined in Section 2 of the will forward it to the appropriate senior Sexual Harassment Policy, including dates, times, administrator. places, names of individuals involved in the incident(s), names of any witnesses and any other 4.2.2 3.3 inform both parties, in writing, of the Within five working days from the date of receipt receipt of the complaint, provide a copy of of the written complaint, the Advisor shall inform the written complaint if it has not already the respondent of the allegation(s) and shall been made available pursuant to the provide the respondent with a copy of the written informal mediation procedure, and invite a complaint. written response from the respondent within ten working days. The complain- Within ten working days of the action in 3.2 ant shall be invited to deliver a written above, the Advisor shall, if the respondent agrees, reply to the response within five working select a mediator from a list of potential mediators days after a copy of the response has been and shall receive agreement of the choice of received by the complainant. mediator from both the complainant and the respondent. The mediator chosen must be 3.4 4.2.3 The senior administrator shall review the unbiased and independent of both parties. The list complaint or arrange for such review by of mediators shall be established by the President an experienced fact finder. This process following consultation with the President's shall involve interviews with the com- Advisory Committee on Sexual Harassment and plainant and with the respondent and, if the Conflict Resolution Advisor. required, with any witnesses. If a fact finder is chosen he or she shall report to Within a period of thirty working days from the the senior administrator concerned. This date of appointment of the mediator under 3.3 process shall be completed within 15 above, the mediation process shall be concluded. working days of receipt of the documents The options for resolution shall be of a voluntary under 4.2.2 above. or informal nature and shall not include the power of formal administrative action such as discipline. 4.2.4 The complainant and the respondent may each be accompanied by a person of their choice when interviewed by a fact finder. 4.2.5 Within ten working days of the conclusion If resolution is achieved as a result of mediation, a written copy of the resolution shall be signed by the complainant and the respondent. A copy of the written complaint, the mediator's report and the resolution shall be maintained by the Advisor General 60 Within five working days of the action in 4.2.1 above the senior administrator shall relevant information. 3.2 The Advisor shall forward a copy of the written complaint giving details of the alleged Information — College Policies of the review under 4.2.3, the senior administrator will submit a report on the CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM POLICY allegation to the Director of Employee Relations. Such report may include the senior administrator's conclusions as to whether sexual harassment has occurred. Copies of that report will be provided to 1. Definitions the complainant and the respondent. 1.1 Cheating is an act of deceit, fraud, distortion of Within ten working days of receipt of the the truth, or improper use of another person's report of the senior administrator the effort to obtain an academic advantage. Director of Employee Relations will submit a recommendation to the President. 1.2 Such recommendation may range from one's own. It ranges from an entire assignment complete exoneration of the respondent to which is not the student's own work to specific disciplinary action in accordance with passages within an assignment taken from a established policies and procedures and source without acknowledgement. may include proposals for remedial or preventive action. 4.2.6 Within 20 working days of receipt of the recommendation of the Director of 2. 2.1 these matters, students should consult their parties in writing with copies to the instructor, the Writing Centre or the Library. Conflict Resolution Advisor and senior 3. In cases where a senior administrator is accused of sexual harassment the President will act as the appropriate senior 3.1 Responsibility for Development and Administration of Policy Departments or divisions may develop their own sanction for first cases of cheating and plagiarism administrator as contemplated in 4.2.1. 4.2.8 Students are responsible for ensuring that they documentation and scholarship. If in doubt about make a decision and shall advise the 4.2.7 Responsibility for Knowledge of Proper Academic Practice understand and follow the principles of proper Employee Relations the President will administrator involved. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's or source's words and/or ideas as if they were or may refer students to College Policy (See this Policy 5.1, 5.2). Reasonable efforts will be made to protect the complainant from any subsequent harassment, discrimination, or reprisal 3.1.1 which might arise as a result of the 5. Records 5.1 The Conflict Resolution Advisor shall maintain his/her records, including the President's final decision, under this procedure in the strictest confidence. 6.1 Other Policies and Agreements by the Education Council. 3.2 Second incidents of cheating or plagiarism, or first incidents deemed by a department/instructor to be particularly serious, will be dealt with according to the College policy. 4. Informing Students 4.1 instances, as is reasonably necessary, by the terms 4.2 statement of sanctions for cheating and plagiarism collective agreements. Amendments 7.1 No changes will be made to the Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures without consultation with the appropriate faculty, staff, administrative and student organizations. All course outlines must provide students with a clear definition of cheating and plagiarism and a of existing College employment policies and 7. Students will be provided with a copy of the College Policy on Cheating and Plagiarism. The application of the Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures may be modified in specific Departmental or division policies on cheating and plagiarism will be reviewed complaint. 6. Departments or divisions must inform students of the applicable sanctions. which the department/instructor may apply. 5. Procedure 5.1 Before assigning a grade to an assignment which is suspected as resulting from cheating or plagiarism, an instructor may require the student to take an oral examination on the content of the assignment. General Information — College Policies 61 5.2 5.6.5 If an instructor or department determines that a student has cheated or plagiarized, the instructor 5.3 may impose a sanction ranging from a failing and college services. In future, the student grade for the assignment to a failing grade for the will not be permitted to re-enrol in any course. course or program or take advantage of any college-sponsored activity or service. If it is determined that cheating or plagiarism has The terms of this measure will be pro- taken place, the instructor will inform the student vided to the student in a written communi- in writing of the reasons for applying sanctions cation, and will indicate that the Dean responsible for Student Services will be informed of the instruc- 5.7 involved will be interviewed by the Dean before a decision is made. office of the Dean responsible for Student Serv5.8 ices for five years. Dean may invoke sanctions 5.6.1 through 5.6.4 or may recommend that the President invoke sanc- have cheated or plagiarized on a second or tion 5.6.5. subsequent occasion or in first incidents deemed by a department/instructor to be particularly 5.9 rism must be made in writing to the College The Dean responsible for Student Services may Academic Vice-President within ten working days impose or recommend imposition of the following after the imposition of the sanction. sanctions, singly or in combination, for a first incident deemed to be particularly serious or for a 5.10 Appeals of the President's sanction 5.6.5 must be made by written appeal the College's Board within second or subsequent incident: ten working days after the imposition of the Notice of the incident(s) placed in the sanction. student's file. The length of time such a record is to be maintained in the file will 5.11 Appeals made under 5.9 or 5.10 may include the imposition of a sanction and/or the extent of a be specified. 5.6.2 Appeals of the Dean's decision to impose sanctions 5.6.1 through 5.6.4 for cheating or plagia- serious. 5.6.1 For a first incident deemed to be particularly serious or for a second or subsequent incident, the The Dean responsible for Student Services will review the case of all students who are reported to 5.6 When the Dean proposes to invoke a sanction for or for a second or subsequent incident, the student A record of all cheating or plagiarism cases, with appropriate documentation, will be kept in the 5.5 i a first incident deemed to be particularly serious tor's decision. 5.4 Suspension from the College — Immediate exclusion of a student from all classes Probation — Conditional permission for a student to enrol or re-enrol in a course or courses. The terms of this measure will be provided to the student in a written communication. 5.6.3 Expulsion — Immediate exclusion of a student from one or more courses. The terms of this measure will be provided to the student in a written communication. 5.6.4 Refusal to enrol or re-enrol — Refusal of the College to enrol or re-enrol a student in a course, courses or program. The terms of this measure will be provided to the student in a written communication. sanction. COPYRIGHT POLICY Terms 1. Capilano College will seek to ensure that its employees are aware of the terms of the Canadian Copyright Act and will take all reasonable steps to ensure that its employees do not violate the law. 2 Printed matter, computer software, television programs, or any other copyrighted or patented material for which the rights are not owned by the College or a College employee or for which the rights are not in the public domain shall not be reproduced without the written permission of the owner of those rights unless the use falls into the "fair dealing" category of the Canadian Copyright Act. It is understood that the reproduction of all or a substantial portion of any copyrighted work is not permissable under the "fair dealing" clause even for private study, research, criticism, review, or educational purposes. General Information — College Policies 3. College equipment, services, or other resources shall not be used to support infringement of copyright. MISUSE OF COMPUTER SYSTEM POLICY Procedures 1. Employees wishing to reproduce copyrighted materials shall be responsible for obtaining, in writing, permission to do so. 2. Upon request the Library will undertake to negotiate copyright clearance on behalf of departments for materials to be used in the classroom. Costs associated with the clearance and a service fee of $20.00 per request will be charged back to The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer access in a course, which may result in an " F " grade. Repeated offences may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. the requesting department. 3. A 'Request for Copyright Waiver" form shall be submitted to the Library for each such request. Upon completion of the services the Library will notify the requestor of the results and a "Requisition for Library Services" form itemizing costs will be sent to the department's coordinator for authorization of funds transfer from the requesting department to the Library. 4. The authorizing signature for materials to be printed or duplicated by the College's Print Shop will certify that the material is free from any copyright infringement. Permission notices will be included where applicable. 5. The Library will accept copies of periodical articles, excerpts from books, or sound cassettes for the reserve collection, but will immediately request permission from the copyright holder to do so. If refused, the article will be removed and returned to its requestor. Where available, publishers' reprints will be purchased. 6. 7. The Library will not record off-air any program for which permission to do so has not been obtained. Faculty may not use in a classroom setting video or audio programs taped off-air at home or rented from a home-use video outlet. A l l material to be included in an audio-visual production will be free of copyright restriction or permission will be secured. This includes the use of print, graphic and audio material as well as the recording of a performance of a work covered by copyright. 8. Employees shall not use unlawfully duplicated computer programs for instructional or administrative purposes. General Information — College Policies 63 Governance and Administration CAPILANO COLLEGE BOARD Two-Year Terms, Faculty The Board of the College, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, consists of 15 One vacancy David Bates Diane Blaney members, including 8 appointed by the Minister of Advanced Education Training and Technology, two elected from the College community, one ex-officio member drawn from the administrative group, the President of Capilano College, and the Chair of the College's Education Council. These members serve as trustees of the College. The Board is responsible for governing the College, and in that capacity determines the policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance of the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly to fulfil its statutory responsibilities and to conduct its general business. Frank Harris Pat Hodgson Paul Mier (Chair) Ruth Scheuing Cam Sylvester Doug Tait Yolande Westwell-Roper One-Year Term, Students Two vacancies Alexandra Hansen Kimberley Spademan Two-Year Terms, Support Staff Naomi Yamamoto, Chair One vacancy Bob Walker Donnaleen Miller, Vice-Chair Diane Blaney James Cooke Education Administrators Jacqueline Dion Jim Cooke Alexandra Hansen Bill Gibson Dal Hothi Carol McCandless Barbara Howard Itidal Sadek Jean Karlinski Greg Lee Ex-Officio Members Paul Mier Magdalena Carrasco Wayne Henry Greg Lee Frances Moorcroft Jennifer Nordstrom Sam Weller Lauren Mulholland Jennifer Nordstrom Jody Wilson EDUCATION COUNCIL Education Council, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, is the advisory body to the College Board on major institution-wide issues and CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to build community support for Capilano College. As a volunteer community organization established under educational policy. Voting members on Education the Societies Act, the Foundation raises and adminis- Council include 10 faculty members (elected by ters funds to assist students and enhance the develop- faculty), four students (elected by students), two ment of a well-balanced learning environment. support staff (elected by support staff), and four education administrators appointed by the College For information, or to make a tax-deductible contribu- president. tion, contact: Capilano College Foundation, Capilano , College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B . C . V7J 3H5. Telephone: (604) 984-4983; Fax: (604) 990-7880; E-mail: fdn@capcollege.bc.ca. General 64 Information — Governance and Administration ADMINISTRATION Financial Services Mark Vernon, B A , C A President Vice President, Finance and Administration Greg F. Lee, B.Sc., M . S c , PhD Alan Ng, B . S c , C G A Vice-President, Academic Affairs William Gibson, B A , PhD, Dip. Ed Comptroller Dean of Arts Manager, Financial ReportingAVorkload Systems Greg Gates, M C S D , C M A Dorothy Jantzen, B A , M A Carole Selig, C A Manager, Project Accounting Dean of Business Catherine Vertesi, M B A Dean of Human Services, and International Education John Potts, B A , M P A Human Resources Valerie Cochran, L L . B . Dean of Science and Media Technology Carol McCandless, B A , M A Cindy Rogers, B A Vice President Dean of Student Services and Foundation Programs James E. Cooke, B A , M A Kathryn Taft, B A Managers International Student Centre Gary Henkelmann, B.Ed. Manager Athletics and Recreation Joseph Iacobellis, B P E , M P E Manager Planning and Institutional Research Alan P.D. Smith, B A , M A Executive Director College Foundation Lana Robinson, B A Director, Development Executive Director, Capilano College Foundation Regional Centres Director TBA Computer Services Steve Gallagher, B A Director, Computer and Communication Services Bill Green, B . A S c , M.Sc. Manager Registrar's Office Itidal Sadek, B.Arch., B.Sc. Registrar Cheryl Helm, B A Associate Registrar Continuing Education Lynn Jest, M.Ed. Director Supply and Services David Brewer, RCPP Director Facilities Ian Robertson Director, Buildings and Grounds General Information — Governance and Administration 65 A* Preparatory Programs Many students who enter Capilano College require prepatory courses to meet entry level requirements for a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial Level (regular or adult Dogwood Certificate). Students who have been out of school for a number of years and want to resume their education often find that the Adult Basic Education program best meets their needs. Most courses in the program are self-paced and PRE-UNIVERSITY TRANSFER LEVEL COURSES For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for University Transfer or Career programs, the College offers upgrading and flexible selfstudy courses. may be taken on a part-time basis. Full-time students Courses attend classes in which they work up to five hours a C H E M 030 — Introduction to Chemistry day in the classroom with college instructors. In addition, some courses require independent study outside of class. The level of courses in the Adult Basic Education program ranges from Basic Literacy to E N G L 010 — Language Skills M A T H 091 — Introductory Algebra M A T H 096 — Intermediate Algebra with Functions Provincial (Grade 12) level. Many of the upper-level courses, taken alone or as part of a larger program of studies, will meet entry requirements for university CAREER ACCESS CENTRE transfer and career/vocational programs. The preparatory courses which are offered by a number of departments at the College are designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for university transfer and career/vocational programs. Many of these courses are taught in two-hour classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16 weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is required outside of the formal instruction period. Either the Adult Basic Education program or the preparatory courses offered in the University Transfer departments may satisfy the student's upgrading needs. Students should refer to the Adult Basic Education section of the Calendar or contact the program coordinator. For information on other preparatory courses consult the Advising Centre at 984-4990 (Birch Building, Room 238). Faculty M . A C I M O V I C , B A (Belgrade), T E S L Cert. (George Brown College), M.Ed. (OISE/UT) J. B E N N E T T , B A (SFU) (Sechelt) J. B R O O K S , B A (SFU) M . FEIST, M.Ed. (UBC) (Squamish) C. H O P P E N R A T H , B A , M.Ed. (UBC) C. J U N G , B A , T E S L Cert., M A (UBC) S. M U R R A Y , B.Ed. (TESL), M A (Applied Linguistics) (Concordia) J. M A C D O N A L D , E C E Diploma J. ROSE, B A (Western), B . C . Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. (UBC) D. TWISS, B A , M A , (Guelph), B.Ed. (Nipissing) D. V O L L B R E C H T , B A (Regina), Prof. B . C . Teacher's Cert. (UBC) S. W A L L S T E R , M.Ed. (Montana) Contact North Vancouver Campus: 983-7573 Sechelt Campus: 885-9310 (Toll Free: 986-1911, local 5900) Squamish Campus: 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-1911, local 5800) General Information The Career Access Centre is a learning and resource centre for students on B C Benefits. Its purpose is to help B C Benefits recipients access college services and receive support during their time on campus. The program provides continuous intake tutoring and Preparatory Programs 69 support for both full and part-time learners to begin their upgrading in a self-paced setting with English, Courses CSS. 100 math, computer, transition planning, and student — Academic and Personal Success Strategies success strategies. For those students who are parents CSSF 105 — Reading and Study Skills of young children, the Family Focus program is CSSF 110 — Reading Dynamics available. Through the C A C students can bridge into the program of their choice as efficiently as possible and receive continued support as they move through Note: Students may not take CSS. 100 and CSSF 105 in the same term. their college program. The Sechelt and Squamish campuses offer programs tailored to their particular needs. For information, contact the campus directly and ask for the IBT Project Manager. ADULT BASIC EDUCATION Please note: Offerings and procedures at the Sechelt campus and Squamish campus are slightly different. Contact the local ABE coordinator. Registration Students are referred to the Project Manager before registration to establish an educational plan and confirm eligibility for the program. For more information, contact 983-7573. Faculty D.J. A T H A I D E , B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. A . B E L S H A W , B . S c , U B C , M A (Princeton) D. B E N T L E Y T.R. B R A N D , B.Sc.(SFU), B.Ed.(UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert. COLLEGE SUCCESS STRATEGIES CREDIT COURSES M . C . CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. D. C A P O N D. D H A M M I , B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry & Energy Faculty R. D ' H O L L A N D E R , B.C. Teacher's Cert., B.Ed., M.Ed. (McGill), C A S (Harvard) D. F R A N K E L , B A (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) Y . M c C O L L , B A (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard) E. M c I N N E S - R A N K I N , B A (Univ. of Winnipeg), M A (UBC) Studies (U. of Brighton), Cert. Teacher Training, England. B. D R U R Y , B.Sc. (Brock) J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (University of Queensland) V. G I E S B R E C H T , B A (Western Washington U.), M . E d . (UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert. S. M I T C H E L L , B.Sc.Ed. (N. Illinois), M . A , (UVic) S. M U R R A Y , B.Ed. (TESL), M A (Applied Linguistics) (Concordia) A. P A R R Y , B A (York) K . P E A R D O N , B A (Univ. of Regina), M.Ed. (UBC) S. SOHI, M A (UBC) D. TWISS, B A , M A , (Guelph), B.Ed. (Nipissing) S. W A L L S T E R , M . E d . (Montana) J. HIND, B A (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M A (UBC) P. H O D G S O N , B A (Hons.), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) L. J E N S E N , B . S c , B.Ed. (Calgary), B . C . Teaching Certificate C. B. M A C L E A N , B.Ed. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert. G . N E W M A N , B A (Hons.), Post-graduate Certificate of Education (Leeds University), B . C . Teacher's Cert. Contact For CSS. courses: 984-1744 (Counselling Department) J. PASS, B A (UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert. For CSSF courses: 983-7577 (Foundations Department) J. RITCHIE, B A , M A , Adult Education (St. F.X.) J. ROSE, B A (Western), B . C . Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. General information College Success Strategies courses are intended for students who wish to increase their learning efficiency and develop attitudes and skills that will help them to be successful students. Preparatory 70 Programs (UBC) G.B. R U D O L P H , B.Sc. (UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert., M . E d . (UBC) C. S C H O E N , M.Ed. (McGill), B A (Carleton) A . G . T H O M L I N S O N , B A , M . S c (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. S. T R U D E L , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Ed. (U. of Ottawa) R. W E D E L , B A (SFU), B . C . Teacher's Cert. D. E. Y O U N G , B A (SFU), SRN. (London), S C M . Students who need more than four months to complete a (Scotland), Dip.T.N. (London), M F A . (UBC) course may re-register if they are attending and progress is satisfactory. Students who finish a course before the Contact end of the term may immediately register for the next Email: sdrzazgo @capcollege. be. ca higher course in the given subject. High enrolment may North Vancouver Campus: 983-7578 necessitate limiting students to a maximum of three Sechelt Campus: 885-9310 classes in a subject area. Squamish Campus: 892-5322 Class times are as follows: General Information Morning classes: 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. The Adult Basic Education (ABE) program enables p.m. and 2:30 p.m., Tuesday, and Thursday-2:30 p.m., Afternoon classes: Monday and Wednesday—12:30 students to upgrade their knowledge of English, Friday-1:30 p.m. mathematics, biology, chemistry, earth sciences, physics, geography, history, social studies and computers. Students may select from one to five subjects, Evening classes: 7 p.m. Admission Requirements depending upon their educational and occupational goals. Students can pursue any of the following goals: Students should be at least 18 years old and preferably • preparation for employment out of the public school system for a minimum of one year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental • personal desire to upgrade or refresh mastery of a • subject approval. Students should apply at least three months secondary school qualifications demanded by prior to anticipated date of entry. Some students may be employers referred to the English as a Second Language Department as certain language restrictions do apply. • vocational training (including apprenticeships) • career training • technical training Registration • academic studies (including college and university programs) All students must attend an information session to be The program operates year-round, offering instruction registration in order to determine the course(s) or in two-hour classes. Both self-paced and term-paced program which best meets their educational goals. followed by a personal interview and assessment before classes are offered. Placement in courses is based on Regular attendance and satisfactory progress are pre-registration assessment of academic background. conditions for re-registration in A B E courses. Students may be directed to other programs if their attendance Many students benefit by enrolling in A B E courses and performance in A B E does not match their stated while registered in university transfer or career/ educational goals. vocational programs at the College. Courses Fundamental Intermediate Advanced Provincial Level BENG 021* 021 031* 040 or 041* BSCI 052* 033, 034* BMTH 021* 033, 034* 043, 044* 053, 054 ~ BCHM BESC BPHY 043, 044 041 BBIO 043, 044 053, 054 — *Choose 2 043, 044 BGEO *Choose 3 053, 054 053, 054 052 BHST BSOC BCMP • 052 031* 041 031 041 or any 2 PLUS an advanced Social Science course. 051 or 052 * Required for Certificate or Diploma Advanced math is a prerequisite for B.C. Adult Dogwood Graduation Diploma. For further details please arrange an assessment/interview by phoning 983-7578. Preparatory Programs 71 ABE Certificates & Diploma The A B E program offers courses at four levels as outlined in the table: The B . C . Adult "Dogwood" Graduation Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Education, Skills and Training, provides an alternate route for adults to achieve a MATHEMATICS B M T H 021 — Fundamental Level Mathematics B M T H 033 — Introductory Algebra B M T H 034 — Intermediate Algebra & Geometry B M T H 043 — Advanced Algebra I B M T H 044 — Advanced Algebra II & Trigonometry Grade 12 standing to post-secondary institutions in B M T H 053 — Precalculus I B.C. B M T H 054 — Precalculus II Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and vocational programs throughout the province. Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading and writing skills and number skills. A B E certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as transfer credit toward A B E certificates. The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12 equivalency) tests. Advanced and Provincial level A B E courses may also be used for transfer credit towards a B . C . Regular or Adult Dogwood Certificate. SCIENCES BBIO 043 — A B E Advanced Biology I BBIO 044 — A B E Advanced Biology II BBIO 053 — A B E Provincial Biology I BBIO 054 — A B E Provincial Biology II B C H M 043 — A B E Advanced Chemistry I B C H M 044 — A B E Advanced Chemistry II B C H M 053 — A B E Provincial Chemistry I B C H M 054 — A B E Provincial Chemistry II B E S C 041 — Advanced Level Earth and Evironmental Sciences B P H Y 043 — A B E Advanced Physics I B P H Y 044 — A B E Advanced Physics II B P H Y 053 — A B E Provincial Physics I B P H Y 054 — A B E Provincial Physics II Courses BSCI 021 — Fundamental Level General Science ENGLISH BSCI033 — A B E Intermediate Science I B E N G O i l — Basic Literacy Level English BSCI 034 — A B E Intermediate Science II B E N G 021 — Fundamental Level English: Writing Skills, Spelling and Word Attack B E N G 031 — Intermediate Level English B E N G 040 — Advanced Level English: Short Report Writing B E N G 041 — Advanced Level English: Advanced Report Writing B E N G 052 — Provincial Level English: Critical Reading and Writing SOCIAL STUDIES B S O C 031 — Intermediate Level Social Studies B S O C 041 — Advanced Level Social Studies B G E O 052 — Provincial Level Geography B H S T 052 — Provincial Level History ADULT SPECIAL EDUCATION Faculty Terry B Y R N E S , M A (UVic) Ron D A M O N Jann GIBBS, RSW. Priscilla ST A N B U R Y , B A (UBC), Cert, of Ed. (London) R S A Literacy Cert. (London) Laverne T H O M P S O N , M.Ed. (Lesley College) ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING PROGRAM (ACTP) Contact COMPUTER STUDIES Terry Byrnes, Coordinator B C M P 031 — Intermediate Level Computer Studies Tel: 984-1711 B C M P 041 — Advanced Level Computer Studies E-mail: B C M P 051 — Provincial Level Computer Studies B C M P 052 — Provincial Level Computer Studies tbyrnes®capcollege.be.ca General Information The Alternative Career Training program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and approach. The program is based on a developmental Preparatory 72 Programs perspective and is committed to working with young adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities of independent living as young adults, as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address social or emotional issues which could act as barriers to employment. The A C T program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance of skills which may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals will be set and Courses A C T P 001 — Job Search and Maintenance, Techniques A C T P 002 — Occupational Preparation and Safety in the Workplace A C T P 005 — Visual and Print Communication Skills A C T P 006 — Leisure Education A C T P 007 — Consumer Preparation A C T P 008 — Interpersonal Communications A C T P 009 — Work Experience monitored throughout the year. Student Profile Students who will find the A C T program beneficial are learning or developmentally delayed, as well as individuals who have physical disabilities that still allow them to meet employment requirements. In addition, they may present any or all of the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) b) persons with a disability. Students who will obtain the most benefit from the A C T program are those who have reached a moderate level of independence (i.e. they are responsible for selfcare: they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Admission Requirements The A C T Foundations program is in session for eight months (two terms). Classes are offered for nine weeks, with community work/volunteer practicums offered for an additional six weeks in the fall term. During the spring term, classes will be held for six weeks with an additional nine weeks of work/volunteer practicums. Entry is by referral and interview. Students may combine their in-class work with self-selected volunteer or employment training sites based upon aptitude, attitude, ability and interest. Each candidate is interviewed by the program faculty, and a maximum of 13 students will be admitted. Students may be accepted for a second year by faculty permission. Appointments for interviews take place between January 15 and April 15, with interviews and letters to PRE-OCCUPATIONAL SKILLS TRAINING PROGRAM (POST) Contact: Terry Byrnes, Coordinator Tel: 984-1711 E-mail: tbyrnes @ capcollege. be. ca General Information The Pre-Occupational Skills Training program provides both technical knowledge and personal and practical skills training through a combination of classroom theory and on-the-job experience. To provide the practical training we have teamed up with a number of leading retail and service businesses that are offering on-the-job experience. Areas of specific training include customer service, oil and lube and transportation detailing. Class instruction emphasizes the development and maintenance of skills, which may be used in employment situations - students will meet with faculty to discuss an individual plan to set personal goals that will be monitored throughout the program. Student Profile Students who will find the POST program beneficial are those with disability issues which may include learning disabilities, physical disabilities and barriers to employment that still allow them to meet employment requirements. Admission Requirements The POST program is a combination of classroom instruction and practical application in the community. Practical applications take place in industry work sites throughout the program duration and constitute 50% of the program. the successful candidates sent by May 30. Preparatory Programs 73 Entry is by referral and interview. Candidates are Contact interviewed by the program faculty and a maximum of Tel: 984-4971 12 students will be admitted. Fax: 984-1718 E-mail: srentz @capcollege.be. ca Courses O C T R 001 — Occupational Aptitudes and Strategies English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer landed immigrants and international students a variety OCTR 002 — Occupational Health & Safety of Intermediate, Advanced and College Preparatory O C T R 003 — Employability Skills English courses to help them improve their competency O C T R 004 — Customer Service in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary O C T R 005 — Occupational Training study. Courses cover reading, writing, grammar, speaking and listening skills. E S L courses are offered part-time and full-time. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Admission Procedures/Requirements Application Faculty M . A C I M O V I C , B A (Belgrade), T E S L Cert. (George Brown College), M.Ed. (OISE/UT) J. A C O S T A , B A (UC, Berkeley), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State U.), Ontario Professional Teaching Certificate D. B O U V I E R , B A (London School of Economics), P G C E Postgraduate Certificate in Education (London University), M A (UCSD), B . C . Professional Teaching Certificate L. CECHINI, B A (SFU), M A (San Diego State U.), Dipl. Educ. (McGill) Application for Admission forms are available from the Registrar's Office. Applications and supporting official transcripts and documents should be submitted to the Registrar's Office, by the following dates: Fall Term (Sept. to Dec): July 1 Spring Term (Jan. to Apr.): October 1 Summer Term (May to Aug.): February 1 Address all applications to: Registrar's Office Capilano College E. C H A N G , B A (Calgary), M.Ed. (UBC) 2055 Purcell Way N.J. COLLINS, B A (London), M A , Professional North Vancouver, B.C., Canada Teaching Cert. (UBC) J. F A R N A N , B A (Hons.) English (SFU), PDP B . C . Telephone: (604) 984-4900 Fax (604) 984-1798 Professional Teaching Cert. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC) S. H A L S A L L , B A (SFU), M B A (McGill) C. H O P P E N R A T H , B A , M.Ed. (UBC) W. H U G H E S , BIS (Waterloo), M F A . (UBC), T E S L Cert. (VCC) D. J O H N S T O N E , B A , M A , T E S L (American University in Cairo) C. J U N G , B A , T E S L Cert., M A (UBC) L. P O L L A R D , B A , M A (UT), T E S L Cert. (George Brown College) M . R E A G H , B A (Dalhousie U . — King's College), M A T E S O L . (SIT Vermont), Vermont Professional Teaching Certificate J. RITCHIE, B A , M A Adult Education (St.F.X.) A . S E D K Y , B A , M A , Ph.D. (Ain Shams University) H. S L O A T , B A (Queen's), T E S L Cert. (UVic), M A — T E S L (Concordia) A. S O U Z A , B A , M A (UBC) E. WITKOWSKI, M A (Jaqiellonian), B . C . Professional Teaching Cert. L. Z H A N G , B A , M A , (Nanjing), M.Ed. (U. of Alta.), B.C./Alberta Professional Teaching Cert. Preparatory 74 Programs Documents and Official Transcripts Official records (grade reports, transcripts, etc.) of all secondary, post-secondary or equivalent education must be submitted with the application, whether or not the course of study has been completed. These records should indicate the individual courses studied and the marks or grades received. If official records are in a language other than English, certified English translations and the original documents must be provided. Replaceable documents submitted in support of an application become the property of the College and will not be returned. Other documents will be returned, upon request. If any document is in a name different to that under which application is made, proof of change of name (marriage certificate, court order, etc.) is required. Application Fee Courses Offered — Regular Reading & Vocabulary Writing & Grammar Lower Intermediate Upper Intermediate ESL. 031 E S L . 041 E S L . 038 E S L . 048 ESL. 039 E S L . 049 Lower Advanced Upper Advanced ESL. 051 E S L . 061 ESL. 058 E S L . 068 E S L . 059 E S L . 069 College Prep Level I ESL. 071 College Prep Level II E S L . 081 — College Prep Level III ESL. 078 E S L . 088 ESL. 098 E S L . 079 ESL. 089 ESL. 099 Canadian citizens or permanent residents: A nonrefundable fee of $20 and a $25 document evaluation fee must accompany your Application for Admission. International students: A non-refundable fee of $ 100 (Canadian funds) must accompany your Application for Admission. Admission Once all documents and records have been received, we will consider your application. If you are admitted, Program Speaking & Listening the College will send you an official letter of TOEFL admittance by mail. ESL. 066 — T O E F L Preparation I ESL. 076 — T O E F L Preparation II English Language Requirements Canadian Citizens and Landed Immigrants Pronunciation Courses Once students are accepted, they will be contacted by ESL. 054 — Intermediate Pronunciation the E S L Department to come in and write the E S L ESL. 074 —Advanced Pronunciation placement test. Students who wish to enrol in E S L as well as other courses in University Transfer, Career, For detailed information about each course, see Course Vocational, or Adult Basic Education should refer to Descriptions in the last section of this Calendar. the General Information - Admission section in this Calendar. International Students For the English as a Second Language (ESL) program FIRST NATIONS COLLEGE PREPARATION PROGRAM the College requires one of the following: • a valid English Language Assessment (ELA) test Faculty D. B E N T L E Y score of 55 - 144 or • the E S L Department Placement Test. B. M A C H E L L E , B.Ed. (UBC) International students are strongly encouraged to S. M U R R A Y , B.Ed. (TESL) (Concordia), M A (Ap- register in the full-time E S L program described below in order to obtain the utmost benefit from their plied Linguistics) (Concordia) G. N E W M A N , B A (Hons.) Post-graduate Cert, of Education (Leeds University), B . C . Teacher's Cert. experience at Capilano College. J. ROSE, B A (Western), B . C . Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. Courses Offered — Intensive Program These full-time courses are mainly intended for International students. Other students will be allowed to register if space is available. Upper Beginners ESLF020 (15 credits) Lower Intermediate ESLF030 (15 credits) (UBC), Coordinator S. T R U D E L , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Ed., University of Ottawa Advising P. S H A N N O N , M.Ed. (UBC), First Nations Advisor Upper Intermediate ESLF040 (15 credits) Lower Advanced ESLF050 (15 credits) Contact Upper Advanced ESLF060 (15 credits) Judy Rose, Coordinator These are full-time intensive E S L courses which cover all skills: speaking, listening, pronunciation, grammar, writing, reading and vocabulary building. Students attend class 20 hours a week. Tel: 983-7578 or 983-7573 Fax: 984-1718 E-mail: jrose @ capcollege. be. ca General Information The First Nations College Preparation program has been developed at Capilano College's North Vancouver campus in cooperation with the First Nations of the College's region. Preparatory Programs 75 The objective of the program is to improve the participation and success rates of First Nations students who are making the transition to post-secondary institutions. The design and content of the program offers a holistic educational experience that integrates social and educational aspects of successful college preparation. The program helps students to gain confidence at college by developing college life skills while gaining academic qualifications. COURSE CONTENT — Core Program See Course Descriptions for further information. How to Apply A l l students must complete an Application for Admission form, available from the Registrar's Office at the North Vancouver campus. For application information, contact: Judy Rose, Coordinator Foundation Division, Capilano College Birch Building, Room 344 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B . C . V7J 3H5 Tel: (604) 983-7578 or 983-7573; Fax: (604) 984-1718 Applications must be submitted, together with the $20 application fee and official copies of secondary and/or FALL TERM CSSF 105 — 3 credits post-secondary transcripts to: Registrar's Office English — 3 credits Capilano College Three multi-level classes per week in the A B E ' s 2055 Purcell Way Intermediate (031), Advanced (041) or Provincial (042) English. Mathematics — 3 credits North Vancouver, B.C., Canada V7J 3H5 Registration Three multi-level classes per week in the A B E ' s Students must participate in an assessment interview Fundamental (021), Intermediate (031), Advanced before registration in the program. This interview (045) or Provincial (046) Mathematics. offers an opportunity to plan the program which will best meet the student's educational goals. Following Computer Studies — 2 credits the interview, the Coordinator will contact education Two classes per week to improve keyboarding skills, coordinators to arrange registration. gain experience with DOS and learn M S Word for Windows for credit in A B E ' s Advanced (041), or Attendance Provincial (043) Computer Studies. Due to the intense nature of the program, regular attendance is essential. The Coordinator distributes attendance and progress reports to education SPRING TERM CSSF 110 — 3 credits English — 3 credits Mathematics — 3 credits Computer Studies — 2 credits coordinators twice each term in order to provide both the students and the funding agents with ongoing feedback. Fees Fees are paid at the beginning of each term at registra- Admission Requirements Applicants should be at least 18 years of age, be of First Nations ancestry and have Grade 10 or equivalent. Placement in A B E courses is done through assessment and interview with the Coordinator. A Basic Skills Assessment is also required to assist education coordinators and College faculty in predicting success and providing academic supports. Preparatory 76 Programs tion. SPEECH ASSISTED READING, WRITING A N D MATH (SARAW and SAM) 1. in-lab instruction at the College 2. in-residence instruction 3. in-residence tutorials 4. independent in-residence time 5. independent lab time at the College. Faculty D. B E N T L E Y L . FOSS, B A (Carleton), M A Counselling Psych. (Adler School of Professional Psychology) Students registered in the class will have a complete S A R A W computer station installed in their residence. S A R A W can also be installed into a student's existing computer, provided it is a compatible system. This D. K I R K B Y , B.E.D. (Winnipeg) system will be on loan from Capilano College to the R. W E D E L , B A (SFU), B . C . Teacher's Cert. students for the length of their registration in the class. Contact The S A R A W program uses trained tutors to assist Lucas Foss, Coordinator students with the completion of course work as as- Tel: 983-7504 signed by the instructor. As the type of tutorial assist- Email: lfoss@capcollege.bc.ca department reserves the right to appoint specifically General Information class. The S A R A W program, offered by the Foundations for Independent Living Department, offers literacy upgrading to students who have physical disabilities, limited or no speech and rely on the use of low technological communication devices such as Cannon communica- ance required by S A R A W learners is unique, the trained tutors to work with students registered in the Students are encouraged to act in a mature, independent manner regarding decision making, transportation and completion of assignments. Transportation arrangements are the responsibility of the student. tors, Blissymbolic boards etc. Speech Assisted Reading Admission Requirements and Writing (SARAW) offers an unprecedented range Students interested in enrolling in S A R A W classes of opportunities to explore and address the literacy needs of this unique group of learners. S A R A W classes at Capilano College enable students to upgrade their literacy level using computers with adaptive, voice synthesized technology. S A M classes enable students to upgrade their basic numeracy skills using the same adaptive, voice synthesized technology. Students set goals for each semester which are evaluated on an ongoing basis. Some examples of goals set must first arrange an interview with the department. They should be able to demonstrate a firm knowledge of the alphabet and the sounds related to each letter. They should also be able to articulate a goal for literacy upgrading. Students will be asked to produce a short writing sample to identify strengths and weaknesses in reading and writing. Numeracy levels can be assessed during the interview process. by students are: 1. to learn to read personal correspondence independently 2. to improve the reading and understanding of employment related print material 3. to achieve high school equivalency. These goals are personal in nature and represent the individual's own needs for literacy achievement. The accumulation of individual achievements may lead to formal higher education such as that offered by an Adult Basic Education program. The classes are held over two semesters (fall and spring), offering students self-paced instruction in various time slots. Students must attend a minimum of 20 hours per week. Graduates have accomplished this through various combinations of: Preparatory Programs 77 University Transfer University transfer courses at Capilano College provide History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, students with a variety of options. Students can select a Women's Studies full program of study equivalent to the first two years of university (see note on Course Selection and Advising), and can enrol on a full-time or part-time basis. University transfer courses are of interest both to students who plan to transfer to a university and to students who do not intend to continue to upper-level studies. For those students who need extra help in basic skills, Capilano College offers preparatory courses and academic support services (see Writing Centre, the Learning Specialist and the Math Learning Centre in Pure and Applied Sciences Division (984-4955): Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Environmental Science (post-baccalaureate program), Geology, Kinesiology, Mathematics and Statistics, Physics Visual and Performing Arts Division (984-4911): Textile Arts, Studio Art, Bachelor of Music Transfer, Jazz Studies, Theatre, Arts and Entertainment Management the Services section of this Calendar). Associate in Arts and Science Degree Students interested in special fields of study such as Capilano College offers Associate Degrees in Arts and Canadian Studies, Environmental Science, Women's Studies, or Labour Studies can select from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). Academic instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is of a high in Science for two years of university-level study in accordance with the requirements outlined under the Graduation/Diplomas and Certificates section of the Calendar. intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the Diploma in Academic Studies content and the delivery methods of its university Students who have completed the requirements of any transfer courses to ensure that those courses are current and that they continue to meet university standards. Students in university transfer courses should expect to work at least two to three hours outside of class for every hour of class time. All courses require basic literacy in written and spoken English. That is, students must be able to understand the texts and other written materials, and the instructor's spoken words, and must be able to write assignments in correct English. Students who are not sure their English four-term College program may receive a Diploma in Academic Studies, provided they have fulfilled the conditions as outlined under the Graduation/Diplomas and Certificates section of the Calendar. Transfer Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from Advising or Counselling, and in the pertinent instructional division. courses in various disciplines which are grouped in Transfer information accurate at the time of printing is to be found in the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide. Students are urged to read this guide when establishing their programs of study. The B.C. Transfer Guide is available on the Internet at www.bccat.bc.ca/menutg.html. The Capilano College Transfer Guide is available in paper format at the Bookstore at a cost of $2. four divisions as follows: Transfer to other institutions: The Arts and Science Humanities Division (984-4957): Art History, Chi- Division maintains transferability of its courses with is good enough should talk to the instructor or an advisor before taking the course. . The College offers a library collection and full media and reference services to complement the courses of study. The Arts and Science Division offers a range of nese, English, French, German, Interdisciplinary Studies, Japanese, Linguistics, Philosophy, Spanish, Writing Practices Program humanities@capcolIege.bc.ca Social Science Division (984-4953): Anthropology, other post-secondary institutions. The College's representatives meet regularly with those of other institutions to ensure that Capilano's first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses. Commerce, Criminology, Economics, Geography, University Transfer 81 Transfer from other institutions: There is agreement among all public B . C . colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate, diploma, or Associate Degree. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to Registration Priority In some courses with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Students who have attempted the course within the last year may not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Registration procedures for Art and Music programs are detailed in the Calendar section for the particular program. the Registrar's Office for adjudication by the appropri- Lab/Course Relationship ate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on Many courses require that students complete a lab and/ the student's Permanent Student Record. University Transfer Course Descriptions Full descriptions of all university transfer courses can be found in the alphabetical listings in the course description section of this Calendar. Students are urged to carefully read the general discipline information included in each section. Students are responsible for being familiar with the special information needed to select university transfer courses. Course Selection and Advising or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the lab is included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. SPECIAL PROGRAMS 1. Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies program, consisting of a variety of university transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. These courses are taught from a perspective and with a Advising and Counselling assist students in selecting methodology developed within Women's Studies. the best program of studies. The final responsibility for In addition to the Women's Studies program courses, course selection, however, rests with students. All university transfer students are advised to see an advisor or a counsellor to plan their courses of study. English Entrance Requirements Students who wish to enrol in English courses may be required to write a placement test, B E F O R E REGIST E R I N G IN A N Y E N G L I S H C O U R S E . See the Registration section of this Calendar for information about the English Diagnostic Test (EDT). Math Entrance Requirements there are career and university transfer courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. 2. Writing Across the Curriculum Sections In the fall term, a small number of E N G L 100 (Composition) sections are paired with a section of another course. Students planning to take E N G L 100 (Composition) should consider enrolling in one of these Writing Across the Curriculum sections as identified in the course timetable. Instruction in the two courses will be coordinated, with the writing assignments in the English course growing out of the content of the other Students wanting to enrol in M A T H 091, 096, 101, course. Students will receive the full three credits for 105, 107, 108, 116, 124 or 190 must write a placement both courses, and will benefit from having two of their test if they do not satisfy the prerequisite requirements subjects connected with each other. for these courses. Please consult the English Department for information Please refer to the Mathematics section of the Calendar for the direct entry and placement test requirements for each of these courses. on the paired sections for Fall 2001. See the Registration section of this Calendar for information about the Math Placement Test (MPT). University 82 Transfer 3. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list below. A l l courses (except some Labour Studies courses) hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian Studies program at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma with at least 24 credits from the following list. The program includes the various disciplines involved in ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies, communications, language and literature. There are no special criteria for student selection, although students must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Certificate, which will be awarded upon completion of the program. Choose these credits from courses in at least three To complete the program, a student needs to earn 30 different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a English courses are required; the rest can be chosen Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General from a variety of electives. All the program's courses Studies Diploma, an English or Communications (except Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the course is required. provincial universities where the student can work Fall A N T H 204, 208 BIOL 204 E N G L 202, 203 F R E N 270 G E O G 106, 108 HIST 110, 111,205 LSP. 110, 115, 116, 181 towards a degree in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has recently developed a graduate program in this field. Capilano College's Continuing Education Department may offer additional courses during the evenings for people already working in job-related fields. FIRST TERM POL. 104, 204 REQUIRED: SOC. 200 A N T H 204 — Ethnic Relations Spring E N G L 100 — Composition (or other English course if approved) A N T H 205, 206 BIOL 105, 205 E N G L 202, 203 ELECTIVES: F R E N 271 Language: G E O G 108 G E O L 111 HIST 111,208, 209 LSP. 100, 111, 140, 142, 181 POL. 104, 202, 204 SOC. 201 Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. A P P L Y T O T H E REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added to your diploma at the time of graduation. 4. Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program The Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations program is a two-term, multidisciplinary program. It studies ethnic relations developed in the context of the plural Canadian state. It also explores the cross-cultural interaction among First Nations, the founding English and French Canadian people, and the various immigrant groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all help to shape the national character and the culture of this country. French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese A N T H 200 — Intermediate Social Anthropology or G E O G 100 — Human Geography: People, Places, and Cultures or P S Y C 200 — Social Psychology G E O G 106 — British Columbia: A Regional Analysis or HIST 111 — Canada since Confederation or POL. 104 — Canadian Government or SOC. 200 — Canadian Society SECOND TERM REQUIRED: A N T H 205 — Multiculturalism E N G L 103 — Studies in Contemporary Literature ELECTIVES: Second term of the language course taken in first term. A N T H 206 — First Nations of British Columbia A N T H 208 — Indigenous Peoples of North America G E O G 205 — Asia Pacific Geography University Transfer 83 G E O G 108 — Canada: A Nation of Regions or iii. Engineering Program G E O G 201 — Urban Studies or SOC. 211 — Sociology of the Third World Capilano College offers a first year university transfer HIST 205 — British Columbia generally requires three additional years of study at POL. 202 — Government and Politics of British Columbia or consult the Engineering program section of this SOC. 201 — British Columbia Society program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion U B C , S F U , or UVic. For additional information, Calendar. iv. Kinesiology Program 5. Pure and Applied Sciences Capilano College offers a first year university transfer General Information program in kinesiology designed for students planning The following options are available from a wide range of pure and applied sciences. University Transfer Courses i. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfil to transfer to the Kinesiology Program at S F U for their second year. For additional information, consult the Kinesiology program section of this Calendar. 6. Post-Baccalaureate Diploma Programs i. their science requirement. It should be noted that transfer credit for a number of these courses is limited Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Post-Baccalaureate Diploma Program to non-science students. Students should refer to Refer to the Asia Pacific Management Co-operative individual discipline areas in this Calendar. Program in this Calendar. BIOL 104, 105, 113 C H E M 101 ii. C O M P 101 Capilano College offers a one-year Post Baccalaureate G E O L 110, 111 Diploma program in environmental science for stu- G E O G 112, 114 dents who have already completed a degree in science M A T H 101, 102, 105, 107, 108, 109, 190 or engineering and who are interested in further PHYS 104 practical studies in environmental fields. For additional Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. Note: BIOL 104 and CHEM 030 or CHEM 101 fulfil biology entrance requirements for the Nursing program at BCIT. Completion of BIOL 104 and BIOL 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC105. Environmental Science Program information, refer to the Environmental Science program in the Post-Graduate section of this Calendar. iii. Latin American M a n a g e m e n t Program Refer to the Latin American Management Program section in this calendar. iv. Writing Practices Program ii. Science Students Capilano College Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers a first and second year university transfer program in biology, chemistry, computing science, mathematics & statistics, and physics, and first year university transfer programs in engineering, geology and kinesiology. In addition, the Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, pre-Veterinary, preDentistry, Oceanography, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, and Dental Hygiene. University 84 Transfer Writing Practices is a unique one-year, post graduate certificate program offered by The Capilano Review Writing Institute, within the College system. The program offers advanced studies to writers with several years' experience in writing or recent college or university graduates. For additional information refer to the Writing Practices Program in the Post Graduate section of the Calendar. ANTHROPOLOGY ART HISTORY Faculty Faculty C. BILL, B A (Hons.) (UVic), M A (Trent), PhD (Tulane) J. JUNGIC, B A , M A (UBC) G . C R O W T H E R , B.Sc. (Hons.) (London), M . Phil., D. N E A V E , B A (Manchester), M A (UVic) PhD (Cambridge) P. SINGER, B A (George Williams), M F A (Concordia) K. LIND, B A , M A (UBC) R. M U C K L E , B A , M A (SFU) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Contact Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities @ capcollege. be. ca Email: socsci @ capcollege.be.ca General Information General Information Art History concerns itself with visual culture both past Anthropology is the study of humankind, offering and present. Visual art is explored and analyzed in views on the human condition from evolutionary and order to understand how it is composed and con- comparative perspectives. By developing an under- structed and how it functions as a carrier and producer standing and appreciation of cultural and biological of meaning within society. Analytical tools that diversity, courses in anthropology should be beneficial promote the critical decoding of images, so relevant in to all students. Students who have career aspirations as today's world, are emphasized in all Art History anthropologists may find work in teaching, research, or courses. museum studies. They may also work as consultants to governments, corporations, and native groups. Major branches of anthropology include Social Anthropology, Archaeology, and Physical Anthropology. Students intending to major or minor in anthropology or archaeology should take Anthropology 121 and one University Transfer Credit All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are transferable to U B C , S F U , and UVic. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. or both of Anthropology 123 and 124. Students interested in a Canadian Studies Specialty should Courses consider Anthropology 204, 206, and 208. The Ethnic AHIS 100 - The History of Art I AHIS 101 — The History of Art II and Cross-Cultural Relations program requires Anthropology 204 and 205. University Transfer Credit All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, U B C and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses AHIS 104 — Introduction to Visual Culture I AHIS 105 — Introduction to Visual Culture II AHIS 106 — Pre-Columbian, African and Northwest Coast Indigenous Art AHIS 107 — The Art of India, China and Japan AHIS 210 — History of Modern Art (19th Century) AHIS 211 — History of Modern Art (20th Century) AHIS 220 — Early Renaissance Art in Italy AHIS 221 — High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy A N T H 121 — Introduction to Social Anthhropology A N T H 123— Introduction to Archaeology A N T H 124 — Human Origins AHIS 231 — AHIS 232 — History of Textile Art II History of Textile Art I A N T H 200 — Intermediate Social Anthropology A N T H 202 — Anthropology and the Environment A N T H 204 — Ethnic Relations A N T H 205 — Multiculturalism A N T H 206 — First Nations of British Columbia A N T H 208 — Indigenous Peoples of North America A N T H 241 — Archaeology Field School W M S T 122 — Women in Anthropology University Transfer 85 programs, and for specific life science programs. BIOLOGY Students who intend to enter professions such as Agriculture, Dentistry, Medicine and Pharmacy should Faculty C. B E R E Z O W S K Y , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (Sask.), PhD (Guelph) determine the specific Biology and other courses they require. Not all second year courses are offered each R.G. C A M F I E L D , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), PhD (UBC) M . D E J O N G - W E S T M A N , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UBC) M . F I T Z - E A R L E , B.Sc. (Nottingham), M . S c , PhD (Toronto), Coordinator of Biology P.A. M A C M I L L A N , BS, M S , PhD (Rutgers) N.A. RICKER, B A (Calif.), M . S c , PhD (UBC) L . K . W A D E , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC), PhD year. A l l biology courses except B I O L 200, BIOL 201 and BIOL 206 require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips. Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased. Some courses also have field trips, which have extra costs associated with them. Some courses may have material costs associated with them. More information on the Biology Department may be (Austral. Nat. U.) Laboratory consult the institutions offering the programs to found on the Department's Web site: Supervisors and Technicians C. B E A T S O N , B.Sc. (Waterloo), M . S c (Western), Laboratory Supervisor J. C A N N I N G , B . S c , B . C . Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor D. FEDIW, R T (BCIT), Laboratory Technician www.capcollege.bc.ca/biology University Transfer Credit All biology courses transfer to all B . C . universities. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. C. HARRISON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UVic), Laboratory Technician University Transfer Program in Biology J. R I C H A R D S O N , B.Sc. ( U V i c ) , M.Sc. (UBC), R.P. Bio., Laboratory Supervisor C. S A N D E R S O N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor FIRST YEAR BIOL 106/107 or 110, and B I O L 111 C H E M 110/111 PHYS 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 M A T H 116/117 and 126/127 Contact Tel: 984-4955 English (six credits) Email: jfletche @ capcollege. be. ca General Information Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to meet a variety of educational needs. The BIOL 104/ SECOND YEAR A complete selection of second year courses which are transferable to all B . C . universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. 105 and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as well as general interest biology courses. Courses BIOL 104 — Human Biology I BIOL 105 — Environmental Biology BIOL 106 — Basic Introductory Biology I BIOL 107 — Basic Introductory Biology II BIOL U 0 — Introductory Biology I Students lacking a "C+" in BIOL 12 (or BBIO 042) BIOL 111 — Introductory Biology II and/or Chemistry 11 should enrol in BIOL 106/107 BIOL 113 — Human Biology II rather than BIOL 110. BIOL 200 — Genetics I A complete selection of second year courses is avail- BIOL 201 — Genetics II able which meet the credit transfer requirements of all BIOL 204 — Ecology I B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be BIOL 205 — Ecology II Students planning a major in Biology or another life science, such as Botany, Cell Biology, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Biology, Microbiology, Physiology, Oceanography or Zoology, should enrol in BIOL 106/ 107 or 110, and BIOL 111. included in the requirements for pre-professional University 86 Transfer BIOL 206 — Ecology of the Western Pacific BIOL 210 — Morphology of Vascular Plants BIOL 212 — Invertebrate Zoology BIOL 213 — Vertebrate Zoology BIOL 214 — Cell Biology BIOL 215 — Biochemistry BIOL 220 — Microbiology I BIOL 221 — Microbiology II University Transfer Program in Chemistry FIRST YEAR C H E M 110/111 PHYS 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 M A T H 116/117 and 126/127 English (six credits) Elective (six credits) Note: CHEM 110: students who lack mathematics prerequisites or corequisites should see a Chemistry CHEMISTRY instructor prior to registration to discuss possible prerequisite waivers. Faculty SECOND P.C. L E C O U T E U R , B . S c , M.Sc. (Auckland), PhD C H E M 200/201 and 204 or 205 or 206 (Calif.) YEAR PHYS 210/218 and 222 T. C U S A N E L L I , B . S c , PhD (SFU) M A T H 200 and 230 J. L O W E , B . S c , PhD (SFU) Elective K . G . T Y E R S , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (Western Ontario), Science elective from math or physics PhD (SFU), Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and Physics Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians Students planning to pursue a major or honours program in chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with individual universities. B. ADDISON-JONES, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Manitoba), PhD (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor K.B. H A C K , B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor B.J. MOIR, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician D.F. S H E R A T O N , B . A . S c , PhD (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor I. SMITH, H N C . (Aberdeen, U K ) , Senior Laboratory Supervisor Courses C H E M 030 — Introduction to Chemistry C H E M 101 — Fundamentals of Chemistry C H E M 110 — Bonding and Structure C H E M 111 — Chemical Dynamics and Energetics C H E M 154 — Chemical Principles for Engineers C H E M 200 — Organic Chemistry I Contact Tel: 984-4955 Email: jfletche @ capcollege. bc.ca C H E M 201 — Organic Chemistry II C H E M 204 — Introduction to Physical Chemistry C H E M 205 — Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry C H E M 206 — Introduction to Analytical Chemistry General Information A l l chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. Students are required to have and wear safety glasses in all laboratory periods. Students in second year labs must have their own lab coats. C H E M 030 and C H E M 101 fulfil the entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. University Transfer Credit A l l chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to S F U , U B C and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. University Transfer 87 COMMERCE CHINESE Faculty Faculty T. Z. C H O W , B A (Hons.), (Beijing Foreign Studies A. A N D E R S O N , B B A , M B A (SFU) A. RAJWANI, B.Comm. (UBC), C A U.), M A (SFU) Language J.E. S A Y R E , BS, B A (Denver), M A (Boston) Associate J . Y A N G , B A , (Central U . for Nationalities, Beijing), M A (Oregon State) K . V . T O W S O N , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) J. W A T E R S , B A (Hons.) M A , PhD (SFU) J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A Contact M . Y A S E R I , B A (Hons.) (Thames), M A (Sask.) Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities@capcollege.bc.ca Contact General Information Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci @ capcollege. be.ca All university transfer courses in Mandarin Chinese General Information consist weekly of four hours of lecture, one hour of The College offers a two-year transfer package to U B C conversation, and assignments in the multimedia lab on consisting of Year I and Year II as follows: a drop-in basis (involving approximately 45 minutes). Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. For example, native speakers of Mandarin and/or other Chinese dialects and those who have taken Mandarin courses in high school are not allowed in the first year courses. Students with some knowledge of Chinese must consult with the instructor for placement. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid misunderstanding, students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrolment. Students who are not sure of their language level must consult the instructor. Year I Students do not need to apply to the Commerce Department to enter the first year. Simply apply to the University Transfer program through the Registrar's Office and ensure that the following courses are taken: a) E C O N 111 and 112; b) E N G L 100 followed by O N E of E N G L 103, 104, 105, 106; c) M A T H 108 and 109 • the prerequisite to M A T H 108 is the Math Placement Test (MPT) O R completion in the past year of Math 12 with a " B " grade or better, or M A T H 105, M A T H 107 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " grade. • Students not ready for M A T H 108 will take M A T H University Transfer Credit Most of the Chinese courses at Capilano College transfer to U B C , S F U and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. 107, followed by M A T H 108 and 109. Students not ready for M A T H 107 should see an advisor at the College's Advising Centre to plan a preparatory year. • Note: MATH 116/117 and 126/127 may be substituted for MATH 108/109, but this combination is oriented more toward science than business; d) Four electives: any four university transfer courses; Courses • Commerce students should N O T take Math 101 or CHIN 100 — Beginning Chinese I CHIN 101 — Beginning Chinese II CHIN 200 — Intermediate Chinese I CHIN 201 — Intermediate Chinese II 102. Year II Upon completion of Year I, students must A P P L Y for admission to the Commerce program by completing a "Commerce Program Application" which can be obtained from the Social Sciences Division. There are 36 seats available in Year II and preference is given to students with the best Year I records who want to University 88 Transfer T A K E T H E ENTIRE Y E A R II P R O G R A M with the intention of transferring to U B C . Applications to the Commerce program should be made immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are complete and grades received. Students who wait until late summer may find that all spaces have been filled. In the fall term students admitted to Year II take: COMPUTING SCIENCE Faculty J.D. BONSER, B . A . S c , M.A.Sc. (UBC), PhD (Waterloo) R.C. B R E W S T E R , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UVic), PhD (SFU) C O M M 290, 292, 293, E C O N 211 and one university transfer elective. P. C A R T E R , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Sheffield), M . S c , PhD (UBC) A fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no grade below " C - " must be achieved to continue into the spring term, when four of the following courses are taken: J. F A L L , B.Sc. (UVic), M.Sc. (SFU) E. K U T T N E R , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) C O M M 291, 294, 297, 392, 396 and one university transfer elective. For further information contact the Commerce Convenor in Social Sciences at 984-4953. Transfer to University of British Columbia Last year U B C admitted into Year III all students who completed Capilano College's Year II program (in one year) with a G P A in Year II of at least 3.2 or higher. Transfer to Simon Fraser University or University of Victoria Some courses in the U B C transfer package do not transfer to S F U or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to consult an advisor in the Advising Centre to determine an alternative course of action. D. L U , B.Sc. (SFU), M B A (Windsor) J.Z. W A N G , B . S c , M E (Shandong), M.Sc. (SFU) Contact Tel: 984-4955 Email: jfletche @ capcollege. be. ca General Information The Computing Science Department offers computing science courses at the first-year and second-year university level. Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access to the College's computing facilities. Students planning to major in computing science and science students fulfilling computing science elective requirements normally take C O M P 120 and either 125 or 127 in their first year. Other students wishing an introduction to computers and programming normally take C O M P 101. Computing courses are continuously being updated. Please contact the Computing Science Department for current course offerings and transfer status, or see our Web page at www.capcollege.bc.ca. Courses Offered in 2001/2002: University Transfer Credit C O M M 290 —Quantitative Methods for Business Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. C O M M 291 — Applications of Statistics in Business C O M M 292 — Principles of Organizational Behaviour C O M M 293 — Financial Accounting C O M M 294 — Managerial Accounting C O M M 297 — Capital Markets and Institutions C O M M 392 — Labour Relations C O M M 396 — Introduction to Marketing Restricted Sections From time to time the Computing Science department may find it necessary to restrict enrolment in certain courses due to limited resources and/or high demand for its courses. The criteria for enrolment in these courses may be more stringent than the prerequisites listed in this Calendar and enrolment may be restricted to students who have not already attempted the course or an equivalent course. Under such circumstances the enrolment criteria will be made known prior to the registration period. University Transfer 89 Prerequisites Communications: The Computing Science Department requires at least a C M N S 250 3 credits Introduction to Technical Writing 3.0 " C - " grade in a prerequisite before allowing a student to proceed with a subsequent course. Students should Computing note that while a " C - " is the minimum required to C O M P 120 Introduction to Computer Science 3.0 C O M P 125 Fundamentals of Computer Science 3.0 proceed, a better grade is recommended to ensure the best chance of success in the subsequent course and a Science: 19 credits satisfactory G P A for transfer to a university. Students will not be allowed to retake a prerequisite C O M P 127 or Principles of Computer Science 3.0 once they have completed a subsequent course with a C O M P 210 Data Structures and Abstraction 3.0 " C - " grade or better. C O M P 211 Computer Design and Architecture I 3.0 Computer Design and Architecture II 3.0 Introduction to Software Engineering 4.0 Courses C O M P 212 C O M P 101 — Computers and their Applications C O M P 213 C O M P 120 — Introduction to Computer Science C O M P 125 — Fundamentals of Computer Science C O M P 127 — Principles of Computer Science Notes: C O M P 210 — Data Structures and Abstraction C O M P 211 — Computer Design and Architecture I • C O M P 212 — Computer Design and Architecture II C O M P 213 — Introduction to Software Engineering The remaining credits must be made up of courses that transfer to at least one of the following universities: UBC, SFU, UVic, UNBC. • Those with equivalent electives or experience may have the CMNS 250 requirement waived. • Students wanting to take both COMP 125 and DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE COMP 127 may apply credits from both courses Capilano College has identified the need to offer formal recognition for the completion of a certain set of courses in Computing Science. The Diploma in Computing Science provides both part-time and fulltime students an opportunity to obtain an understanding of the fundamentals of computers and programming, enabling students to secure many of today's computing career opportunities. towards the diploma. • Students will not be allowed to take a prerequisite course for credit towards the diploma once they have completed a subsequent course with a "C-" grade or better. • Students transferring credits from another institution may not accumulate more than 22 transfer credits in Computing Science towards the diploma. Requirements: Completion of 60 credit hours of course work (the final 30 credits taken at Capilano College) with a minimum CRIMINOLOGY grade point average of 2.00. Courses must include the following: English: Faculty 6 credits E N G L 100 Credits Composition E N G L 103 or E N G L 104 or E N G L 105 or E N G L 106 3.0 Contact 3.0 Email: socsci @ capcollege. be. ca M A T H 124 Discrete Mathematics I 3.0/1.0 3.0 M A T H 126/127 Calculus II/Applications of Calculus II M A T H 224 University 90 or Discrete Mathematics II Transfer Tel: 984-4953 General Information Math: 10 credits M A T H 116/117 Calculus I/Applications of Calculus I C. H A T H A W A Y , B A (SUNY), M A (Wash U.) Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Crimi- 3.0/1.0 nology also offers both theoretical and practical knowledge of the Canadian criminal justice system. 3.0 C R I M 101 transfers to S F U , U B C , UVic and U N B C . Courses Courses C R I M 101 —Introduction to Criminology E C O N 100 — Introduction to Economics Note: PHIL 140 and 141 transfer to SFU as criminol- E C O N 111 — Principles of Microeconomic Theory ogy courses. E C O N 112 — Principles of Macroeconomic Theory E C O N 207 — Managerial Economics E C O N 210 — Money and Banking ECONOMICS Faculty E C O N 211 — Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis E C O N 212 — Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis E C O N 250 — Economic History of the Pre-Industrial Era N. A M O N , B A , (Hons.) (Kent), M A (SFU) P. D R Y S D A L E , B A (Hons. SFU), M A (SFU) E C O N 252 — Economic History of the Industrial Era Z. F R O M M , B A , M A (SFU) E C O N 290 — Public Policy I K . W . M O A K , B A , M P A (UVic) E C O N 291 — Public Policy II A.J. MORRIS, B A , (Hons.) (Manchester), M A (SFU), ACIS (U.K.) J.E. S A Y R E , BS, B A (Denver), M A (Boston) M . Y A S E R I , B A (Hons.) (Thames), M A (Sask.) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci@capcollege.bc.ca General Information Economics is the social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution and consumption of goods and services. ENGINEERING Faculty T. C U S A N E L L I , B . S c , PhD (SFU), Convenor of Engineering E. C H E U N G , B . S c , M.Sc. (Michigan State University) Contact Tel: 986-1911, local 2436 Email: tcusanel @ capcollege. be. ca E C O N 100 is an introductory course which raises and General Information explores the kinds of issues that economists deal with. Capilano College offers a full first-year university It therefore serves both as a survey course for those transfer program in Engineering. Bachelor degree students planning to major in other areas of the social completion generally requires three additional years of sciences and as an introduction to the discipline for study at U B C , S F U or UVic. those who are undecided about their future plans. Students who plan to major in Economics must complete E C O N 111 and 112 before proceeding to second year courses at the College or the universities. Students who plan to major in economics at S F U are also advised to complete their second year economics requirements from E C O N 210, 212, 250, 252, 290 or 291. E C O N 250 and 252 are designed both for students majoring in Economics and for other second year social science students who need economic history courses to complement their studies, e.g. Political Studies. Students who plan to enter the Commerce program must take E C O N 111 and 112 in their first year. Transfer to University of British Columbia The Capilano College first-year Engineering program is modeled after that of U B C . Students who complete first-year Engineering are eligible to be considered for admission to second-year Engineering at U B C provided they have obtained an overall grade point average of at least 2.5. Students who elect to take the program part-time are required to have completed all of the courses in the first year core program to be considered as Engineering Transfer students on transfer to U B C . University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Economics courses transfer to the universities. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. The Faculty of Applied Science at U B C offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in the following areas of engineering: Biological and Chemical, Civil, Computer and Electrical, Geological, Integrated, Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process, and Engineering Physics. University Transfer 91 Students will normally complete the BASc. degree having their applications denied due to lack of avail- with three additional years of study at U B C , except for able spaces. Engineering Physics, which requires four additional Note that students may be required to achieve an years. Please consult the U B C Calendar for more detailed information. acceptable grade in a diagnostic test before enrolling in some courses in the Engineering program (e.g. E N G L 100, M A T H 116). Please see the relevant sections of Transfer to Simon Fraser University the Capilano College Calendar for details. The School of Engineering Science at S F U offers four- Prospective students are encouraged to take these tests year programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied early to avoid delays in acceptance and/or registration. Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in Computer Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Engineering Physics and Systems Engineering; a Biomedical Engineering stream can complement any of the four previous options. Admission from Secondary School Students entering the engineering program directly from secondary school must satisfy the general admission requirements of the College (see "Admission" Students who complete first-year engineering at section in the Capilano College Calendar) and have Capilano College with a grade point average of at least B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or equivalent) with at least a 3.0 may be eligible for admission to second-year " B " in Math 12, Chemistry 12 and Physics 12, and engineering. Eligible students must contact SFU's with at least a C - in English 12. High school students School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer are encouraged to graduate with Calculus 12 and at course in Basic Electronics Engineering to allow for least one tech course if they intend to study Engineer- direct entry into semester three of the Engineering ing. Poor performance in English and Math, and a Science common core. Please consult the S F U Calen- limited exposure to hands-on technology, hinders a dar for more detailed information. student's ability to complete the program and ultimately to obtain employment as an engineer. Transfer to University of Victoria The Faculty of Engineering at U V i c offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work terms. Students who complete first-year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be eligible for admission to second year at U V i c . Please consult the U V i c Calendar for more detailed information. Admission Admission from First Year Science Students may apply for admission to the Engineering Transfer program after completion of some or all of first-year science. A minimum 2.5 G P A in courses which transfer as part of the Engineering program is required to be eligible. Exemptions will be given from some first-year engineering courses if the student achieved a grade of at least " C " in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then typically take a mix of first-year engineering and second-year science courses. Admission as Part-Time or Mature Student General Students who have been out of school for a number of In addition to satisfying the general admission require- years and those who wish to begin their studies towards ments for the College (see "Admission" section in the Capilano College Calendar), students must apply for admission to the engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering Transfer Program Application Form", available from the Registrar's Office or the Advising Centre. This form, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents, should be received by the Registrar's Office before the end of April. Enrolment is limited to 36 students, and students are selected on the basis of their academic record. Students who apply to the engineering program after April risk University 92 Transfer an Engineering degree on a part-time basis are encouraged to apply. Applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Prospective students who have not studied Math, Physics or Chemistry for several years, or who lack grade 12 equivalency in any of these subjects, are encouraged to upgrade their background before applying. All students who do not have a good current mark in grade 12 equivalent Math course must write the Math Placement Test. Continuing Students Curriculum Students who have previously been admitted to the First Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school) Engineering program and wish to continue for a subsequent Fall Term must contact the Convenor of Engineering in May. Students must have at least a 2.5 G P A in transferable courses to be considered. Admission in January A limited number of places in the program are available for the spring term. Students must have successfully completed M A T H 116/117, C H E M 110 and PHYS 114, with a minimum 2.5 G P A in transferable courses, to be considered for admission. With the completion of the Engineering courses it may be FIRST TERM Credits A P S C 120 Introduction to Engineering 1.0 C H E M 154 Chemistry Principles for Engineers 3.0 C O M P 120 Introduction to Computer Science 3.0 E N G L 100 Composition 3.0 M A T H 116 Calculus I 3.0 M A T H 117 Applications of Calculus I 1.0 PHYS 114 Fundamental Physics I 10 17.0 possible to complete the first-year Engineering program before the following fall term. Fall Term Registration SECOND TERM A P S C 120 Introduction to Engineering CIP* Qualified candidates are notified of their acceptance A P S C 160 Engineering Design 6.0 M A T H 126 Calculus II 3.0 M A T H 152 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 3.0 PHYS 115 Fundamental Physics II 3.0 PHYS 116 Fundamental Physics III 3.0 into the program by mail. Acceptance begins in May, and continues through the summer until all places in the program are taken. Students have two weeks from the date of the acceptance letter to reply, submitting a non-refundable deposit, to ensure a seat in the Engineering Transfer program. Students who complete Advanced Placement (AP) courses with sufficiently high grades are eligible for advanced credit, and may choose to complete other electives instead of the A P credit course. Please see the Admissions section of the Capilano College Calendar for more details. Credits Complementary Studies Elective 3_0 21.0 i * CIP - Course in progress. First Year Core (for students transferring from first-year science) Students who have completed first-year science Spring Term Registration successfully may be exempted from certain Engineer- Students require a G P A of at least 1.8 in the transfer- better in the equivalent Science courses. A typical able courses of the first term of the Engineering program to remain in the program for the second term. ing courses if they have achieved a grade of " C " or course load may be: Transfer to University FIRST TERM A P S C 120 Introduction to Engineering 1.0 Upon completion of the first year, students require a G P A M A T H 200 Linear Algebra 3.0 of at least 2.5 to be eligible for admission into second-year M A T H 230 Calculus III 3.0 engineering at U B C and UVic, and a G P A of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since admission to engineering programs is very Credits Electives JLQ 16.0 competitive, students should realize that the above minimum G P A values do not guarantee admission, and that SECOND TERM Credits specific engineering options may require values well in A P S C 120 Introduction to Engineering CIP* A P S C 160 Engineering Design excess of the minimum. 6.0 C M N S 250 Introduction to Technical Writing 3.0 M A T H 231 Calculus IV M A T H 235 Introduction to Differential Equations PHYS 116 3.0 Fundamental Physics III 3.0 JLQ 18.0 University Transfer 93 For first-year English transfer credit to the universities, Scholarships A number of scholarships administered by the College are available to Engineering students. There are scholarships for both incoming high school students and students entering from first-year Science. These students must take two courses of: a) E N G L 100, 103, 104, 105, or 106. For second-year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200/201; all scholarships include tuition waivers, textbooks, other second year students can take any two second- calculators, as well as scholarship grants. Please refer year level English courses. to the Financial Aid Department. English Diagnostic Test (EDT) Those students who wish to enrol in English courses must submit the results of the Language Proficiency ENGLISH Index Test or the College's English Diagnostic Test Faculty (EDT). T. A C T O N , B A (UVic), M A , PhD (Calgary) Students with any one of the following are exempt J. C L I F F O R D , B A , M A (UBC), PhD (York) from this requirement: P.L. C O N N E L L , B A , M A , PhD (UBC) 1. a final grade of " A " or higher in English 12 or P L . C O U P E Y , B A (McGill), M A (UBC) M . L . F A H L M A N REID, B A (UBC), M A (Toronto) G. N. FORST, B A , PhD (UBC) S.R. G I L B E R T , B A (UVic), M A (UBC) B. H A L V O R S O N , B A (Queen's), M A (UVic) M . H I N D M A R C H , B A , M A (UBC) English Literature 12, or 2. a final grade of 4 or higher in an Advanced Placement course in English Composition or English Literature, or 3. a final grade of 6 or higher in the International Baccalaureate English A or English B, or C. H U R D L E , B A , M A (UVic) 4. a final grade of " A " in B E N G 042, or R. J O H A N S O N , B A , M A (SFU) 5. a final grade of " C - " or higher in an English transfer R. K N I G H T O N , B A , M A (SFU) H . L E U N G , B A (Oxford), M A (Wisconsin) K. LEWIS, B A (Queen's), M A (UBC), PhD (UVic) D. M U N T E A N U , M A (Bucharest), M A (UBC) R. N I C K O L I C H U K , B A (Carleton), M A (UBC) J. P E N B E R T H Y , B A (Univ. of Natal), M A , PhD (UBC) M . Q U A R T E R M A I N , B A , L L B , M A (UBC) J. R E A D , B A , M A (UBC) V. ROSS, B A (Cambridgeshire), M A (UBC) W . G . S C H E R M B R U C K E R , B A (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M A , PhD (UBC) Instructor Emeritus, Capilano College R.G. SHERRIN, B F A , M F A (UBC) G. S T A N L E Y , B A , M A , (San Francisco State U.) course from another college or university, or 6. a degree from an English-speaking university. EDTs are scheduled monthly throughout the year. During registration periods, EDTs are scheduled almost daily. The times for these sittings are published in the timetables. Students wishing to write the E D T must pay the exam fee in advance at the Cashier's Office and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting. If you need further information, please contact the Humanities Division (984-4957). English as a Second Language See listing in the Preparatory Programs section. S. T H E S E N , B A , M A (SFU) Writing Centre L. U N D E R W O O D , B A (Concordia), M A (McGill) All students registered at the College may come to the A. W E S T C O T T , B A (Alberta), M A (Queen's), PhD Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help (Toronto) with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their Contact writing ability. Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities@capcollege.bc.ca University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, U B C and UVic. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. University 94 Transfer The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in FR402. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, E S L , and A B E departments. Open hours are posted. Summary of Programs Courses E N G L 010 — Language Skills E N G L 100 — Composition E N G L 103 — Studies in Contemporary Literature E N G L 104 — Fiction E N G L 105 — Poetry E N G L 106 — Drama E N G L 190 — Creative Writing E N G L 191 — Creative Writing E N G L 200 — English Literature to 1660 E N G L 201 — English Literature Since 1660 LEVEL COURSES Beginning French (0-Grade 11) F R E N 100/101 Univ. Preparatory French (Grade 12) FREN 120/121 1 st year Univ. French FREN 170/171 2nd year Univ. French FREN 270/271 General Information E N G L 202 — Canadian Literature - Beginnings to Modernism All courses in French consist weekly of four hours of E N G L 203 — Canadian Literature - Modernism and Beyond the multimedia lab on a drop-in basis (involving E N G L 205 — Modern American Literature E N G L 208 — Studies in Fiction (The Novel) E N G L 209 — Studies in Poetry E N G L 210 — Studies in Drama lecture, one hour of conversation, and assignments in approximately 45 minutes). Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students with an enhanced speaking ability should register in the appropriate E N G L 211 — Studies in Short Fiction section of F R E N 170 or 171 or in F R E N 270 or 271. E N G L 212 — Traditions in Western Literature Students who are not sure of their language level E N G L 213 — Readings in World Literature should contact an instructor. E N G L 290 — Creative Writing - Poetry E N G L 291 — Creative Writing - Fiction W M S T 104 — Women Writers and Feminist Criticism W M S T 106— Contemporary American Women Writers University Transfer Credit All French courses are transferable to SFU, U B C and UVic. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses F R E N 100 — Beginning French I Faculty L. C A N T I N ORR-EWING, B A (Montreal), M A (SFU) L. G A R E A U , B A (Laval), M A (SFU) A . SIMPSON, B.Ed., PhD (UBC) Instructional Associates J. G A C I N A , B A , PDP (SFU) H . L A C O U R S E , Dip. Court Interpreting (VCC), Dip. Conflict Resolution (Mediation), Justice Institute F R E N 101 — Beginning French II F R E N 120 — University Preparatory French I F R E N 121 — University Preparatory French II F R E N 170 — First Year University French I F R E N 171 — First Year University French II F R E N 270 — Second Year University French I F R E N 271 — Second Year University French II (B.C.) Contact Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities @ capcollege. be. ca University Transfer 95 GEOGRAPHY G E O G 201 — Urban Studies G E O G 202 — Urban Field Studies G E O G 205 — Asia Pacific Geography Faculty K. EWING, B A , M.Sc. (Michigan) C. G R A T H A M , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) G E O G 214 — Our Atmospheric Environment G E O G 221 — Map and Airphoto Interpretation C. G R E E N B E R G , B A , M A , (U. of Manitoba), PhD (UBC) S. M A C L E O D , B A , M A , PhD (UBC) GEOLOGY B. M C G I L L I V R A Y , B A , M A (UBC) J. MIKITA, B A , M A (SFU) Faculty S. ROSS, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) D.J.A. A T H A I D E , B . S c (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. Contact C. B A N K , B.Sc. (U. of Munich), M.Sc. (UBC) (UBC), B . C . Prof. Teacher's Cert. Tel.- 984-4953 Email: socsci @ capcoliege, be. ca Contact General Information Email: jfletche @ capcollege. be. ca Geography courses are offered for students who are interested in pursuing a career in geography as well as General Information Tel: 984-4955 for those students desiring both Arts and Science Geology courses are designed for students planning a electives, or for those who wish to have a better university degree program in the geological sciences or understanding of the cultural and physical landscapes. in the arts, humanities or social sciences. G E O L 110 The study of geography opens the doors for men and and 111 are especially appropriate for students in need women in a wide variety of fields including: teaching, of a laboratory science. They provide an understanding urban planning, forestry, resource management, of the origin, structure, composition and history of the tourism, recreation, economic consulting, mining, earth. fisheries, geographic information systems, meteorology, and map making. The focus of geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in geography will give you a whole new perspective on the world. Courses include weekly laboratory investigations and several field trips, both local and distant (overnight). Lab tuition fees are included in the course fee, however students must purchase a lab manual and testing kit, and share some field trip costs. University Transfer Credit University Transfer Credit All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , All Geology courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C , U B C and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. U N B C and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses Geological Sciences G E O G 100 — Human Geography: People, Places and Cultures (including GEOPHYSICS, G E O C H E M I S T R Y , G E O G 101 — Environmental Geography: Perception and Change T A L STUDIES A N D O T H E R E A R T H SCIENCES) G E O G 102 — Environmental Geography: Global Concerns FIRST YEAR ONLY G E O L O G I C A L ENGINEERING, E N V I R O N M E N - G E O L 110/111 G E O G 106 •— British Columbia: A Regional Analysis PHYS 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 G E O G 108 — Canada: A Nation of Regions M A T H 116/117 and 126/127 G E O G 112 — Introduction to Earth Environments E N G L (six credits) G E O G 114 — Weather and Climate G E O G 200 — Technology and Economic Environments University 96 Transfer C H E M 110/111 Courses G E O L 110 — Physical Geology G E O L 111 — Historical Geology GERMAN UBC: In the case of U B C , present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Capilano College UBC G E R M 100 G E R M 131 G E R M 101 G E R M 132 G E R M 200 G E R M 231 G E R M 201 G E R M 232 Faculty B. H A N K I N , B A (UBC), M A (Wash.), Teach. Dip. (UBC) Instructional Associate R. F R E I B E R G , B.Ed. (Gottingen University, Germany) Contact Courses G E R M 100 Beginning German I G E R M 101 Beginning German II G E R M 200 Intermediate German I G E R M 201 Intermediate German II Tel: 984-4957 • Email: humanities®capcollege.be.ca General Information A l l courses in German consist weekly of four hours of lecture, one hour of conversation, and assignments in the multimedia lab on a drop-in basis (involving HISTORY Faculty R. C A M P B E L L , B A (California), M A (UBC), PhD (SFU) R. FUHR, B A (UBC), M A (McGill) approximately 45 minutes). H. JONES, B A (Hons.), M A (UBC) Native speakers of German are not allowed in first year M . L E G A T E S , B A (Wash.), M A , M.Phil., PhD (Yale) courses; those who wish to take a second-year German D. S U T H E R L A N D , B A (UBC), M A (Memorial), PhD course must consult a German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrolment. Students with a German Abitur are not permitted to enrol in the courses. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. (SFU) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci@ capcollege. be.ca General Information History teaches an understanding of the past that helps people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly changing society. Students planning to major in History should take at University Transfer Credit least four History courses at the College. These can be A l l German courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C , U N B C and UVic. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. have a broad sampling of courses in Social Sciences A N Y four courses. A n intended major should also and Humanities. Students planning to major in History at S F U should take six History courses in the first two years. For U B C the requirement is four History courses. Students planning to take honours should SFU: Students who wish to proceed to S F U and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate nonEnglish language. present equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge credit in German will be given at S F U for Capilano College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. University Transfer 97 University Transfer Credit All History courses at Capilano (including W M S T 220) transfer to SFU, U B C , U N B C and U V i c and count as Humanities credit for the Associate Degree. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses HIST 100 HIST 102 meet once per week for two hours each. The seminar groups will be further subdivided into tutorial groups of approximately six students, each of which will meet with the instructor once per week, for one hour. Students will also be required to meet on their own for guided discussion, which will take place in three twohour blocks per week. The total contact time is 13 hours per week. — History of the Ancient World — Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution The aim of these Interdisciplinary Studies courses is to provide a coherent focus for the student's attention throughout the term. The impact of these courses, made possible by the ratio of faculty to students, comes HIST 103 — Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries HIST 108 — Issues and Themes in U.S. History: 1607- 1877 and library labs, and individual conferences. A sense of HIST 109 — Issues and Themes in U.S. History: 1865 - Present the consistent and concentrated interaction between HIST 110 — Canada Before Confederation tors. HIST 111 — Canada Since Confederation HIST 205 — British Columbia HIST 207 — Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance HIST 208 — Canadian-American Relations HIST 209 — History of the Native Peoples of Canada W M S T 220 — Women and the Past: A n Historical Survey through weekly lectures, seminars, tutorials, computer membership in a community of learners is created by students, and between those students and their instruc- University Transfer Credit Students who complete an Interdisciplinary Studies course will receive nine credits (the equivalent of three courses). The specific credit that students receive will depend upon the disciplines of the instructors teaching that course. Thus, if two Philosophy instructors and one English instructor are teaching the course, the student would receive six unassigned Philosophy credits and three unassigned English credits. INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES The same prerequisites needed for English 100 (i.e. Faculty J. DIXON, B A , PhD (UBC) S. G A R D N E R , B A (Hons.) (McGill), B.Phil. (Oxford), PhD (Concordia) R . G . SHERRIN, B F A , M F A (UBC) Contact: Dr. Susan Gardner Tel: 986-1911 E-mail: sgardner@capcollege.bc.ca General Information Students, either in their first or second year, may enroll in one of the Interdisciplinary Studies courses. Each Interdisciplinary Studies course is run by three faculty members, at least two of which are from different disciplines. The Interdisciplinary Studies courses are organized into three seminar groups of approximately 30, each of which has its own instructor (three instructors per course). The entire group of approximately 90 will University 98 Course Prerequisities Transfer E D T or LPI placement at the English 100 level, or an A in English 12. For further exemptions see English Diagnostic Test in the College Calendar.) or permission of instructor. Courses INTR 110 — The Human Condition I INTR 111 — The Human Condition II JAPANESE KINESIOLOGY Faculty Faculty K. MITO, B A , M A (UBC) M . W A L S H , BPE, M P E (UBC), PhD (SFU) Instructional Associates Contact T. B E R W I C K , B A (Kobe Gaidai) Tel: 984-4955 Y. SHINBO, Associate of Arts (Obirin) Email: jfletche@capcollege.bc.ca A. T A K E I , BSW, Japan Women's U . (Tokyo) General Information Contact The Capilano College Department of Kinesiology Tel: 984-4957 offers first-year university courses in kinesiology, Email: humanities©capcollege.bc.ca designed for students planning on transferring to Simon Fraser University for second year for completion of a General Information All courses in Japanese consist weekly of four hours of lecture, one hour of conversation, and assignments in the multimedia lab on a drop-in basis (taking approximately 45 minutes). In order to provide for the most appropriate student placement, students with Japanese 9, 10 or Beginners 11 credit should register in JAPN 100; students with Japanese 11 credit should register in JAPN 101, not JAPN 100. Students with a Japanese 12 credit should register in JAPN 200. Students who have studied Japanese elsewhere cannot register in J A P N 100. The instructor is available for consultation regarding placements. Contact the department prior to registration if you are not sure of your placement. major or a degree in the subject. For more information regarding the Kinesiology program please contact the Pure and Applied Sciences Division, 984-4955. Transfers to the University of British Columbia Human Kinetics program Capilano College Kinesiology courses transfer to the U B C Department of Human Kinetics, which offers four areas of concentration: (1) Exercise Science, (2) Health and Fitness, (3) Physical Education, and (4) Leisure and Sport Management. Transfers to the University of Victoria The University of Victoria Faculty of Education, University Transfer Credit School of Physical Education, also accepts transfer of The following Japanese courses at Capilano College transfer to U B C , SFU^UVic, and all post-secondary institutions in B.C. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. determine which courses are transferable, advisors at Students with competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Kinesiology courses from Capilano College. T o UVic and/or Capilano College should be consulted. Transfers to Simon Fraser University Kinesiology Program The Kinesiology program at S F U offers four different areas of concentration: (1) Active Health, (2) Health and Physiological Sciences, (3) Human Factors/ Ergonomics, and (4) Human Movement Sciences. Please check the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano Courses J A P N 100 — Beginning Japanese I J A P N 101 — Beginning Japanese II J A P N 200 — Intermediate Japanese I JAPN 201 — Intermediate Japanese II College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses KIN. 142 — Introduction to Kinesiology KIN. 143 — Exercise Management University Transfer 99 LINGUISTICS and second-year university level courses in mathemat- Faculty D. G A R D I N E R , B A , M A , PhD (SFU) Tel: 984-4957 For the prerequisite requirements for each of the Email: humanities@capcollege.bc.ca following entry courses check the Mathematics Placement Test (MPT) section and the individual course listing. Courses Introduction to General Linguistics: Language Structure L I N G 101 — ics and statistics as well as preparatory courses. Entry Courses Contact LING 100 — General Information The Mathematics and Statistics Department offers first- Introduction to General Linguistics: Language Use 1. Preparatory M A T H 091 is a one credit course designed for students who need to refresh basic algebra. It serves as a prerequisite for M A T H 096 (Intermediate Algebra with Functions), M A T H 101 (Introduction to Statistics), and M A T H 190 (Mathematics for MATHEMATICS A N D STATISTICS Elementary School Teachers). M A T H 096 is a two credit course that continues the development of algebra and introduces the concept of a function. It is possible to complete both M A T H 091 and 096 in Faculty I. A F F L E C K , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Regina), PhD (SFU) M . A N D E R S O N , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) D. B A X T E R , B.Sc. (SFU), M.Sc. (UBC) A . E . T . B E N T L E Y , B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M A , PhD (Missouri), Coordinator of Mathematics R.C. B R E W S T E R , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UVic), PhD (SFU) L.F. HARRIS, B A , M A , (UBC), PhD (Austral. Nat. U.) R. H A U S C H I L D T , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) a single term. The combined M A T H 091/096 is recognized by post secondary institutions as a Principles of Math 11 equivalent. M A T H 091/096 replaces the previous algebra course sequence M A T H 090/095. 2. Precalculus M A T H 107 is a precalculus course specifically designed for students planning to pursue a business or commerce program, whereas M A T H 105 focusses more on scientific applications. Although each of M A T H 105 and 107 is recognized J. J O H N S T O N , B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto), M.Math (Waterloo) by post secondary institutions as a Principles of Math 12 equivalent, it is common for students even S. K A V O U S I A N , B.Sc. (Sharif U of Tech.), M.Sc. (SFU - in progress) L. L A J E U N E S S E , B.Math (Hons.) (Waterloo), M.Sc. (Carleton) with Principles of Math 12 completion to take one of these precalculus courses in preparation for calculus. Both 105 and 107 receive individual transfer credit at S F U and UVic. At U B C transfer credit is granted C. M O R G A N , B.Sc. (Hons.), M . S c , PhD (Memorial) for a combined precalculus ( M A T H 105 or 107) and S. N O V O C E L S K I I , M . S c , PhD (Moscow U) calculus ( M A T H 108 or 116) package (except those M . SAINA B.Math (Hons.) (U of Ljubljana), M . S c , faculties at U B C which require Principles of Math PhD (SFU) 12 for admission). Based on their Mathematics K . V . T O W S O N , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) R.H. V E R N E R , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B . C . Prof. Teachers' Cert. L. Y E N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (SFU), PhD (Pennsylvania) Laboratory Supervisor W. L Y N N , B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) Contact Tel: 984-4955 Email: jfletche® capcollege. bc.ca University 100 Transfer Placement Test (MPT) results, some students will be allowed to enrol in M A T H 105 or 107 only if they enrol in M A T H 096 concurrently. 3. Calculus I M A T H 108 is a calculus course designed primarily for students planning to pursue a business or commerce program, whereas M A T H 116 and the associated applications course M A T H 117 are oriented to the sciences. As enrolment permits separate engineering, life science and physical science streams of M A T H 116/117 will be offered with each stream covering the same core content but emphasizing examples relevant to the associated applications area. 4. Introductory Statistics Math Placement Tests (MPT) The Mathematics and Statistics Department offers placement tests as alternative admission instruments for students who lack the prerequisites for the entry level courses listed in the table below. For each M A T H 101 is an introductory statistics course placement test there is a study guide which provides designed primarily for non-science students wanting suggested review material and lists the scheduled test to fulfil a science elective requirement. dates. With the exception of the placement test for M A T H 204 is an introductory statistics course admission into M A T H 091 students are not allowed to designed primarily for science students who have rewrite the same level of placement test within a twelve already completed one term of calculus. month period. The waiting period to rewrite the placement test for entry into M A T H 091 is one month 5. Discrete Mathematics or longer. For more information please contact the M A T H 124 is a discrete mathematics course for computing science. A strong mathematics background is recommended for students taking this as an entry course. Advising Centre or the Pure and Applied Sciences Division, or visit the Mathematics and Statistics Department web site at http://www.capcollege.bc.ca/dept/math. 6. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers Students wanting to enrol in an entry level course listed M A T H 190 is a course designed for future elemen- in the table below must write a placement test if they tary school teachers. This course is intended to transfer to SFU's M A T H 190 and to many university colleges' education programs. This course is not do not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for the course. Note that MATH 096, 105, 107, 108, 116, and 124 require that the prerequisite be completed within normally available for credit to students in science twelve months prior to the starting date of the course. programs. Mathematics and Statistics Department Prerequisite Grid for Entry Courses Minimum Grade Requirement — Any one of the Courses Listed Capilano Princ. Course 11 Princ. 12 Applic. 12 BMTH 045 BMTH MATH MATH 046 090 or 091 095 or 096 MATH 105 MATH 107 Within Period (Months) 091 C- C- 096 c+ C+ C+ B- 12 101 c c c- C- N/A N/A 105* C B C+ 12 107* c B C+ 12 108 B C- C- 116 A** C- C- 12 124 A** c- C- 12 190 c c B B C- C- 12 N/A * Students who have completed within the last twelve months MATH 096 with a " C - " or " C " grade are permitted to enrol in MATH 105 or 107 only if they enrol in MATH 096 concurrently ** or at least a " B " grade in both Principles of Math 12 and Calculus 12 University Transfer 101 Specific Program Requirements Graphing Calculator Students should use the following three sections as The Mathematics and Statistics Department believes guidelines for selecting math courses at the first-year that the graphing calculator greatly enhances math- level. Due to the specialized needs of some programs at ematics instruction and learning. Students enrolling in the universities, the Mathematics and Statistics Depart- any course, M A T H 096 or higher, are required to have ment advises students to consult the university calen- a graphing calculator. Specific recommendations on dars and to seek guidance from a College advisor or make and model will be available during the registra- math instructor for appropriate course selection. tion period. 1. Science, Forestry, Engineering The Mathematics Learning Centre Students planning to pursue science or science related Students studying mathematics at Capilano College programs are required to take M A T H 116/117 and benefit from one of the most comprehensive learning 126/127. Engineering students should consult the centres in the province. The Mathematics Learning Engineering section in the Calendar. Students planning Centre ( M L C ) is located in the Birch Building, Room to pursue mathematics or statistics at U B C should take 289. During scheduled hours students may obtain in their first year: individual assistance from the lab supervisor or M A T H 116/117 and 126/127 PHYS 114/115 instructor on duty. The M L C also contains an extensive collection of learning materials including software, videos, and reference texts. C H E M 110/111 C O M P 120/127 E N G L (6 credits) 2. Arts, Social Science To fulfil a one-year science elective requirement nonscience students typically take M A T H 101/102 or 101/ 190, although any of the precalculus/calculus combinations also meet this requirement. Students planning to pursue a psychology program at S F U are required to take M A T H 107 if they have not completed Principles of Math 12. 3. Commerce, Business, Economics Students planning to pursue a commerce, business or economics program are required to take M A T H 108 (and M A T H 107 if the prerequisite requirements for Courses M A T H 091 — Introductory Algebra M A T H 096 — Intermediate Algebra with Functions M A T H 101 — Introduction to Statistics M A T H 102 — Statistical Methods M A T H 105 — Precalculus Mathematics M A T H 107 — Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences M A T H 108 — Calculus I for Business and Social Sciences M A T H 109 — Calculus II for Business and Social Sciences M A T H 116 — Calculus I M A T H 117 — Applications of Calculus I 108 are not met; transfer credit will be given for M A T H 124 — Discrete Mathematics I M A T H 107). In addition M A T H 109 is required for M A T H 126 — Calculus II students planning to transfer to the commerce program M A T H 127 — Applications of Calculus II or economics at U B C . commerce courses and program requirements see the M A T H 152 — Linear Algebra and Differential Equations Calendar section titled Commerce. M A T H 190 — Mathematics for Elementary Teachers For a detailed description of University Transfer Credit Except where explicitly noted, all math and statistics courses numbered 101 or higher transfer to SFU, U B C , U N B C , and U V i c . Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. M A T H 200 — Linear Algebra M A T H 204 — Probability and Statistics for Applications M A T H 205 — Introduction to Probability and Statistics M A T H 215 —• Introduction to Analysis M A T H 224 — Discrete Mathematics II M A T H 230 — Calculus III M A T H 231 —• Calculus IV M A T H 235 —• Introduction to Differential Equations University 102 Transfer BACHELOR OF MUSIC TRANSFER P R O G R A M Faculty G. A L C O C K , A R C T (Toronto) M . A R M A N I N I , A R C T (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) D. A S T O R , B A (UBC) J. B E R K M A N , B.Mus. (Oberlin), M.Mus. (Juilliard) TWO YEAR DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR UNIVERSITY Career Opportunities • Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the two year diploma program • first two years toward a Music degree leading to a career in Music Education or Performance N. B O H N A , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) University Transfer S. B O S W E L L , A R C M (Royal College of Music, Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bach- London) S. D E N R O C H E , B.Mus. (UBC) N . D I N O V O , B.Mus., M.Mus. (Toronto) L. F A L L S , A R C T (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) B. F E D O R U K , B.Mus. (UBC) W. G R A N T , B.Mus. (Leth.), M A , PhD (UVic) H. H A Y , B.Mus. (Queens), M.Mus. (San Francisco Conserv.) P. H U T T E R , B.Mus., Perf. Cert. (Eastman) L. K A A R I O , B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (WWU), Coordinator D. M C C O Y , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) G . M C N A B , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. M O O R E , B.Mus. (UBC) elor of Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music Transfer program are transferable to School of Music at the University of British Columbia and to the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Students wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts at U B C , SFU, or UVic with a major in Music should take M U S . 100/101, 112/113, 120/121 in their first year, and M U S . 200/201, 212/213, 220/221 in their second year. Our students have also received transfer credit to the following universities: Alberta, Calgary, Dalhousie, Regina, Brandon, York, Guelph, Western Ontario, McGill and Western Washington. N. N I C H O L S O N Admission Requirements T. N I C K E L S , B A (UCLA) Entering students should have a basic knowledge of D. O V E R G A A R D , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC), D M A music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto (USC) H. P A W S E Y , B.Mus. (UBC) G . R A M S B O T T O M , Principal Clarinet, C B C Vancouver Orchestra S. R E B A N E , D M A (Kentucky) G . R O B E R T S , B.Mus. (UBC) Conservatory Rudiments II). Students entering on piano must be at a grade 10 level (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a qualifying term may enrol in other courses. Students entering in composition must have a working R. R O Z A N S K I , D M A (UBC) knowledge of diatonic harmony. P. SCHREIBER, B.Mus. (UBC) Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. D. V A N D E R E Y K , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) S. W O O D Y A R D , B.Mus. (UVic) Contact Tel: 984-4951 Email: music@capcollege.bc.ca General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a twoyear Diploma of Music from the Bachelor of Music Transfer program, a two-year Diploma in Jazz Studies, a four-year Degree in Jazz Studies and a four-year Degree in Music Therapy. Admissions Procedure All applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College and the specific admission requirements for University Transfer. 2. Participate in a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test and take an ear test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight reading. University Transfer 103 5. Write the Capilano College E D T (English Diagnos- Credits SECOND TERM tic Test) or the Provincial LPI. See the E D T infor- E N G L 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 3.0 mation in the Registration section in this Calendar. Choir Ensemble II E N S M 150 or E N S M 160" Orchestra II 1.0 Please try to have your E D T or LPI mark before your audition and interview. 6. Submit an Application for Admission to the Registrar's Office, together with official copies of transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary education. Early application is advised. 7. A l l interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May and August. M U S . 101 Theory II 3.0 M U S . 113 Ear Training and Sight Singing II 1.5 M U S . 115* Class Piano II 1.0 M U S . 121 Music History II 3.0 Lyric Diction II or Arts elective 4 PMI. 2xx Level 1.0 3.0 M U S . 123' 2 Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrast- 1Q 15.5-17.5 ing prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's instrumental technique and sight reading ability. THIRD TERM 3.0 E N G L 200 level or Arts elective 3 Registration Choir III E N S M 200 or E N S M 210" Orchestra III 1. Returning students may pre-register during the 1.0 M U S . 200 Theory III 3.0 M U S . 212 Ear Training and Sight Singing III 1.5 test may preregister during May and early August to M U S . 214* Class Piano III 1.0 ensure their enrolment. M U S . 220 Music History III 3.0 M U S . 122' Lyric Diction I or Arts elective 1.0 3.0 month of April. 2. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement 3. Students may register during in-person registration. PMI. 3xx Level Graduation Requirements The complete program requirements must be successfully completed to receive a Diploma in Music Transfer. FOURTH 2 2M 15.5-17.5 4 TERM E N G L 201 or 213 or Arts elective- 3.0 Special Fees and Expenses Choir IV E N S M 250 or E N S M 260** Orchestra IV 1.0 The fees for Private Music Instruction (PMI.) will be M U S . 201 Theory IV M U S . 213 Ear Training and Sight Singing IV 1.5 Maximum tuition for full-time study for the 2000/2001 M U S . 215* Class Piano IV 1.0 academic year was $ 1,225 per semester. Included in M U S . 221 Music History IV 3.0 this maximum tuition are the costs of all required M U S . 123' Lyric Diction II or Arts elective PMI. 4xx Level 4 1.0 3.0 3 announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the fall term. Private Music Instruction. 2 Program Content Credits Choir Ensemble I E N S M 100 o r E N S M 110" Orchestra I Theory I 3.0 M U S . 112 Ear Training and Si ght Singing I 1.5 M U S . 114* Class Piano I 1.0 M U S . 120 Music History I 3.0 M U S . 122' Lyric Diction I 1.0 104 Transfer 2 3.0 2XJ 15.5-17.5 A minimum of 60 credits are required to graduate with a Diploma in Music. Voice concentrators are required to have two additional credits from the required course Lyric Diction M U S . 122 and M U S . 1.0 M U S . 100 University 1 3.0 Composition or Arts elective 4 PMI. 1 xx Level 2XJ 15.5-17.5 FIRST TERM E N G L 100 3.0 123 or an Arts elective. This course is offered in alternating years. 2 Taking additional Arts electives is strongly recommended. However, a student must have a minimum G P A of 3.5 in order to be allowed into these courses. 3 In order to graduate, Arts electives may be substituted for E N G L 200, 201 and all other 200 level English courses. 4 A l l guitar concentrators are strongly encouraged to MUS.121 take guitar ensemble. PMI. 2xx Level Music History II 3.0 2.0 Other courses which may be taken as electives with P S Y C 100*** Introduction to Psychology approval of the Coordinator are Class Strings M U S . or P S Y C 101 Theories of Behaviour 3X) 110, 111; Class Brass M U S . 218; Class Percussion 17.5 M U S . 219; Class Woodwinds M U S . 210, 211; and THIRD TERM Kodaly/Orff Methodology M U S . 360, 361. If the student is a piano major, then he/she may take a secondary PMI instead of Class Piano. BIOL 104 Human Biology I E N S M 200 Choir III 3.0 or E N S M 210** Orchestra III 1.0 M U S . 200 Theory III 3.0 M U S . 212 Ear Training and Sight Singing III 1.5 event that Instrumental Ensemble is not offered, it is M U S . 214* Class Piano III 1.0 recommended that students find appropriate groups M U S . 220 Music History III 3.0 Instrumental Ensemble has not been offered on a regular basis in recent years. A l l large ensemble requirements may be fulfilled by taking Choral Ensemble (ENSM 100, 150, 200 and 250). In the to play in off campus. The Coordinator will assist if PMI. 3xx Level necessary. P S Y C 204 2.0 Developmental Psychology one year of Choral Ensemble (ENSM 100 and 150). FOURTH TERM E N S M 250 BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY COURSE STREAM 3J) 17.5 • All music students are required to take a minimum of Choir IV or E N S M 260" Orchestra IV 1.0 M U S . 201 Theory IV 3.0 M U S . 213 Ear Training and Sight Singing IV Students planning on going into the Bachelor of Music 1.5 Therapy program in the third year will take the follow- M U S . 215* Class Piano IV 1.0 ing program for the first two years. M U S . 221 Music History IV 3.0 Students completing this program will receive a PMI. 4xx Level diploma in Music. They may then choose to transfer to P S Y C 205 university to finish a Bachelor of Music or apply to the Bachelor of Music Therapy program at Capilano 3J) 14.5 If the student is a Piano Major, then he/she may take a secondary PMI instead of Class Piano. College. Instrumental Ensemble has not been offered on a FIRST TERM Credits E N G L 100 Composition E N S M 100 Choir Ensemble I 3.0 or E N S M 110" Orchestra I 1.0 M U S . 100 Theory I 3.0 M U S . 112 Ear Training and Sight Singing I 1.5 M U S . 114* Class Piano I 1.0 M U S . 120 Music History I 3.0 PMI. 1 xx Level 2J) 14.5 regular basis in recent years. All large ensemble requirements may be fulfilled by taking Choral Ensemble (ENSM 100, 150, 200 and 250). In the event that Instrumental Ensemble is not offered, it is recommended that students find appropriate groups to play in off campus. The Coordinator will assist if necessary. All music students are required to take a minimum of one year of Choral Ensemble (ENSM 100 and 150). " * It is recommended that students take P S Y C 101 during the summer between second and third term. SECOND TERM E N G L 103, 104, 105, or 106 3.0 E N S M 150 Choir Ensemble II or E N S M 160" Orchestra II 1.0 M U S . 101 Theory II 3.0 M U S . 113 Ear Training and M U S . 115* 2.0 The Psychology of Aging Sight Singing II 1.5 Class Piano II 1.0 For a description of the Music Therapy program, see the Music Therapy program section of the Calendar. University Transfer 105 PHILOSOPHY PHYSICS Faculty Faculty M . B A T T E R S B Y , B A (NYU), PhD (UBC) M . F R E E M A N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. J. DIXON, B A , PhD (UBC) S. G A R D N E R , B A (Hons.) (McGILL), B.Phil. (Oxford), Tech.), PhD (UBC) S. G R E E N S P O O N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M . S c , PhD (Waterloo), Convenor of Physics PhD (Concordia) W. H E N R Y , B A (Hons.) (UVic), M A (UBC), PhD F. P A R V A Z , B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) (Western Ontario) S. PERSKY, B A , M A (UBC) Y. W E S T W E L L - R O P E R , M A , EdD (UBC), PhD (Oxford) Laboratory Supervisors and Technician C. B E A T S O N , B.Sc. (Waterloo), M.Sc. (Western), Laboratory Technician V . M O E N , B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor Contact B. SIMSON, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities @ capcollege. be. ca University Transfer Credit Research Associate M. C R E N S H A W , B.Sc. (Kansas State), B A (Evergreen), Physics Holography Research Lab All Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Critical thinking is taught in all philosophy courses. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Contact Tel: 984-4955 Email: sgreensp @ capcollege. be. ca Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. General Information All first-year physics courses except PHYS 116 include Courses PHIL 101 — Introductory Philosophy: Ethics PHIL 102 — Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality PHIL 110 — Critical Thinking I PHIL 117 — Philosophy of Religion PHIL 120 — Critical Thinking II PHIL 140 — Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law a weekly two-hour laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. University Transfer Credit A l l physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. PHIL 141 — Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Criminal Justice System Students with Physics 12 planning to transfer to PHIL 150 — History of Philosophy I depending on their plans. Consult the U B C Calen- PHIL 151 — History of Philosophy II PHIL 200 — Political Philosophy U B C should take P H Y S 114 or P H Y S 114 and 115, dar for specific program requirements. PHIL 202 — Introduction to Formal Logic Recommended Sequence for Major in Physics PHIL 207 — Business Ethics FIRST YEAR PHIL 208 — Environmental Ethics PHYS 114/115 (preferred) or 110/111 or 108/111 PHIL 201 — Political Philosophy PHIL 209 — Biomedical Ethics C H E M 110/111 PHIL 210 — Metaphysics and Epistemology I M A T H 116/117 and 126/127 PHIL 211 — Metaphysics and Epistemology II E N G L (six credits) PHIL 220 — Philosophy in Literature Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Comput- PHIL 221 — Existentialism in Literature PHIL 222 — Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) PHIL 240 — Philosophy and Gender Relations PHIL 242 — Philosophy of Human Nature University 106 Transfer ing Science (six credits) SECOND YEAR P H Y S 200/201,210/211,218/222 Along with understanding power and the role it plays locally, nationally, and internationally, Political Studies M A T H 200, 230, 231,235 students graduate with excellent research skills and Elective (six credits) effective oral and written communication skills — all Students interested in honours physics should consult Physics instructors. Courses P H Y S 104 — Principles of Physics P H Y S 108 — Basic Physics PHYS 110 — General Physics I PHYS 111 — General Physics II very much in demand in the new global economy. University Transfer Credit All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable to S F U , U B C and UVic. Please check the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. PHYS 114 — Fundamental Physics I Courses PHYS 115 — Fundamental Physics II POL. 100 — Introduction to Politics and Government PHYS 116 — Fundamental Physics III P H Y S 200 — Thermal Physics and Waves PHYS 201 — Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 210 — Physics Laboratory I P H Y S 211 — Physics Laboratory II P H Y S 218 — Computational Physics PHYS 222 — Mechanics POLITICAL STUDIES Faculty E . M . L A V A L L E , B.Comm., L L B (UBC), M A (Duke) (on leave) P. MIER, B A (SFU), M A (Toronto) POL. 102 — Comparative Government POL. 104 — Canadian Government POL. 110 — An Introduction to Western Political Thought POL. I l l — Contemporary Ideologies POL. 201 — International Relations POL. 202 — Government and Politics of British Columbia POL. 203 — International Organizations POL. 204 — Canadian Public Policy POL. 206 — Scope and Methods of Political Analysis POL. 207 — Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory T. S C H O U L S , B A (Hons.) (Alberta), M A (Toronto) C . S Y L V E S T E R , B A (Gonzaga), M A (Notre Dame) D. W I N C H E S T E R , B A (Hons.) (Concordia), M A (UBC) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci @ capcollege. be. ca General Information Women and men preparing for careers in journalism, law, business management, international banking, market research, arbitration, urban and regional planning, the foreign service, consulting, labour negotiations, international development, and education enrol in Political Studies courses. So, too, those hoping to bring about change in their own communities in such areas as health, education and the environment, choose politics as their vocation. That's because Political Studies is concerned with power — what it is and who gets it, how it is used and how it is abused. University Transfer 107 PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY Faculty Faculty P. A V E R Y , B A (York), M . E d . (Toronto) G . B A I L E Y , B.Sc. (McGill), PhD (Oregon) E. B O Y L E , B A (U. Chicago), PhD (UBC) N. G A Y L E , B A (Hons.) (York), M A (Western), PhD R. H A W R Y L K O , B A (Hunter), M A (SFU) M . M A C N E I L L , B A (Alberta), M A (Manitoba), PhD (UBC) C. H A T H A W A Y , B A (SUNY), M A (Wash U.) R. ISOLA, B A , M A (SFU) (Calgary) G. M A N G E L , B A (Hons.) (McGill), M A (SFU) S. M O E , B A , M A (Mexico) J. W A T E R S , B A , M A , PhD (SFU) C. Z A S K O W , B A (UBC), M A , PhD (SFU) R. V A N W Y N S B E R G H E , B A , M A (U. of Western Ontario, PhD (Ohio) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Contact Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci @ capcollege. be. ca Email: socsci @ capcollege.be. ca General Information University Transfer Credit All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , comprehend personal and global events in a relevant U B C , and U V i c . Please refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses — Introduction to Psychology P S Y C 101 — Theories of Behaviour P S Y C 200 — Social Psychology P S Y C 201 — Group Dynamics P S Y C 203 — History of Psychology P S Y C 204 — Developmental Psychology P S Y C 205 — The Psychology of Aging P S Y C 206 Adolescent Psychology P S Y C 212 Research Methods in Psychology P S Y C 212 — Statistical Methods in Psychology P S Y C 220 — Theories of Personality P S Y C 222 — Abnormal Psychology P S Y C 225 — Biopsychology of Behaviour P S Y C 230 — Cognitive Psychology W M S T 110 — Women and Psychology 108 students in their endeavour to cope with their increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial sociology, P S Y C 100 University and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help Transfer communications, media, government research and related areas. University Transfer Credit A l l Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C , U N B C and U V i c . A l l 200 level courses will provide the S F U transfer student with assigned credit toward second-year courses. The U B C transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. Courses S O C . 100 — Social Structures SOC. 101 — Concepts and Theories of Society SOC. 200 — Canadian Society ' SOC. 2 0 1 — British Columbia Society SOC. 210 — Current Social Issues S O C . 211 — Sociology of the Third World SOC. 222 — Sociology of the Arts SOC. 223 — Media and Society SPANISH Courses S P A N 100 — Beginning Spanish I SPAN 101 — Beginning Spanish II E. PEREIRA, B A (UBC), M A (UBC) SPAN 200 — Intermediate Spanish I C. S A N T A E L L A , B A (Venezuela), M A , PhD (SFU) S P A N 201 — Intermediate Spanish II Faculty Instructional Associates J. G A C I N A , B A (SFU), PDP (SFU) K. M A T T S O N , B A (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona) THAI Contact Faculty Tel: 984-4957 J. P L A C Z E K , B A (Windsor), M A (UBC), PhD (UBC) P. P L A C Z E K , Language Associate, B A (Thammasat Email: humanities @ capcollege. he. ca University) Bangkok General Information Contact All courses in Spanish consist of four hours of lecture, Email: one hour of conversation, and assignments in the multimedia lab on a drop-in basis (involving approximately 45 minutes). Native speakers of Spanish are not allowed in first year courses. If they wish to take second year courses in Spanish, they must consult with the Spanish instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any Tel: 984-4957 humanities©capcollege.bc.ca Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. The following Thai courses carry university transfer. Please refer to the B.C. Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss Courses these problems with the Department prior to enrolment. T H A I 100 — Beginning Thai I Students with a competence in the language beyond the T H A I 101 — Beginning Thai II level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. University Transfer Credit All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, U B C , U N B C and UVic. S F U : Students who wish to proceed to S F U and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S F U for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. U B C : At U B C , present equivalent standards equate S P A N 100 and 101 with S P A N 100; S P A N 200 and 201 with S P A N 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter U B C ' s Spanish program when the student completes the Capilano courses. University Transfer 109 W O M E N ' S STUDIES Faculty N. G A Y L E , B A (York), M A (Western), PhD (UBC) R. H A W R Y L K O , B A (Hunter), M A (SFU) P. L E C O U T E U R , B.Sc., M . S c , (Auckland), PhD (Calif.) M . L E G A T E S , B A (Wash), M A , M.Phil., PhD (Yale) K. LIND, B A , M A (UBC) J. MIKITA, B A , M A (SFU) S. M O E , B A , M A (Mexico) D. N E A V E , B A (Hons.) (Manchester), M A (UVic) N. S H A R M A , B A , M A (SFU), PhD (Toronto) P. SINGER, B A (Sir George Williams), M F A (Concordia) A . W E S T C O T T , B A (Alberta), M A (Queen's), PhD (Toronto) M . Y A S E R I , B A (Hons.) (Thames), M A (Saskatchewan) Contact Tel: 984-4953 Email: socsci @capcollege. be. ca University Transfer Credit Students who wish to pursue further courses in Women's Studies are advised that U B C , S F U and UVic have programs in Women's Studies. Please refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide for further information. Courses W M S T 100 — Introduction to Women's Studies W M S T 102 — Political Economy of Women W M S T 104 — Women Writers and Feminist Criticism W M S T 106 — Contemporary American Women Writers W M S T 110 — Women and Psychology W M S T 113 — Women in Politics W M S T 122 — Women in Anthropology W M S T 130 — Women and Art W M S T 140 — Women, Science and Technology W M S T 220 — Women and the Past: A n Historical Survey University 110 Transfer Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety of employmentrelated programs. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers, review and recommend content of all programs. Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for students applying to two year Diploma Programs, although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience Admission Dates Enrolment is limited due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants may be required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. Unsuccessful applicants should contact an advisor to determine an appropriate educational alternative. Practicums and abilities. Due to the timely nature of these pro- For some practicums, students may be required to have grams, requirements and profiles may change. a Criminal Records check. Contact the individual program areas for current information. All courses require basic literacy in written and spoken English. That is, students must be able to understand the texts and other written materials, and the instructor's spoken words, and must be able to write assignments in correct English. Students who are not sure their English is good enough should talk to the instruc- Co-operative Education Some Career programs include a co-op education option. Co-operative education integrates a period of classroom learning with periods of work experience to enable students to apply their knowledge and skills. Students alternate periods of full-time study with periods of paid employment in business, industry, tor or an advisor before taking the course. government and non-profit organizations. The goal is Graduate Employment productive jobs. Employment opportunities for graduates are excellent; Student Course and Work Load however, the College does not guarantee jobs for its graduates. Transfer to and from Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B . C . colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable, to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. Transfer credits are granted to students O N A D M I S SION for acceptable work done at other institutions. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for consideration. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the advisors and in the program area. to develop high calibre graduates, better able to assume Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking full-time studies. Degree Completion Options Opportunities for degree completion through the British Columbia Open University are available to students who have finished diplomas at Capilano College in the following areas: Business Administration (Bachelor of Business Administration) Jazz Studies (Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies) Music Therapy (Bachelor of Music Therapy) Outdoor Recreation Management (Bachelor of Tourism Management) Tourism Management Co-op (Bachelor of Tourism Management) For more information, please contact British Columbia Open University's Education Information Services at (604) 431-3300 or 1-800-663-9711. Career/Voca tiona I 113 ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT PROGRAM The Program The Accounting Assistant program is a full-time, tenmonth program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in manual and This program is presently under review and the detailed listing of courses and course content may be changed by the time the program is offered in September 2001. Faculty M . C R A G G , B A Law (Durham), B.C. Teaching Cert. C. C R A M , B A , M A , Ont. Prof. Teaching Certificate L. C R O W E , B.Sc. (U of Conn.) M B A (N. Eastern Univ.) M . G I O V A N N E T T I , B S A (St. E X . ) , B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent), T E S L Cert., M A (TESL) (SFU) S. G R E E N A W A Y , B.Comm. (UBC), C A C. GRIEVES, B.Ed., Sec. (UBC) computerized accounting, general office procedures, and computer applications. A two-week work practicum is included in this training program. Admission Requirements • Completion of Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status. • Interested students will attend an informal meeting and a personal interview. Program Content FIRST TERM Credits B T E C 111 Business English I 3.0 B T E C 115 Business Systems & Procedures 3.0 C. S C H N U R R E N B E R G E R , Lab Supervisor B T E C 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 K. V I C K A R S , B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C G A B T E C 146 Computer Applications I 6,0 S. H O G A N , C A N. POWER, B A , (Concordia), Lab Supervisor 15.0 Support Staff Faye Ulker, Clerk Typist Note: Students must achieve a minimum of "B" a Wendy Weberg, Divisional Assistant grade in BTEC 117 to continue in this program. Contact SECOND TERM E-mail: abt@capcollege.bc.ca B T E C 149 Financial Computer Applications B T E C 211 Business Writing 3.0 B T E C 217 Accounting Procedures II 3.0 B T E C 220 Accounting Procedures III 3.0 B T E C 252 Organizational Behaviour Tel: 984-4959 Career Opportunities The Accounting Assistant program provides students with an understanding of both manual and computer accounting systems and the ability to apply this knowledge to business situations. Students are introduced to other computer applications and general office procedures. Graduates are finding employment as accounting THIRD TERM B T E C 149 Credits CIP* 3.0 B T E C 215 Computerized Accounting B T E C 300 Directed Work Experience perform accounting functions in their own businesses. advanced financial courses, leading towards a degree and/or a professional accounting designation. Students who achieve a minimum grade of " B " in the following courses will receive credit from Business Administration: • B T E C 252 is equivalent to B A D M 106 • B T E C 217 is equivalent to BFIN 141 • B T E C 146 & 149 are equivalent to B C P T 121 & 122. Career/Vocational 114 10 Financial Computer Applications accountants for small and medium-sized firms, or they In addition, graduates of this program may ladder into 4.5 16.5 assistants, accounts receivable or payable clerks, the Business Administration program to take more Credits L5 4.5 Certificate Requirements: *CIP — course in progress 36.0 ACCOUNTING SUPPORT PROGRAM Admission Requirements • Completion of Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status. • Interested students will attend an informal meeting and a personal interview. Faculty L. C R O W E , B.Sc. (U of Conn.) M B A (N. Eastern Univ.) M . G I O V A N N E T T I , B S A (St. E X . ) , B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent), T E S L Cert., M A (TESL) (SFU) S. G R E E N A W A Y , B.Comm. (UBC), C A C. G R I E V E S , B.Ed., Sec. (UBC) S. H O G A N , C A N. POWER, B A , (Concordia), Lab Supervisor C. S C H N U R R E N B E R G E R , Lab Supervisor B. S M I T H , B A (UBC), B.C. Prof. Teaching Cert., T E S L Cert. Support Program Content Credits FIRST TERM B T E C 111 Business English I 3.0 B T E C 112 Language Skill Development 1.5 B T E C 115 Business Systems & Procedures 3.0 B T E C 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 B T E C 124 Comprehensive Computer Applications 6.0 B T E C 217 Accounting Procedures II 10 19.5 Staff Faye Ulker, Clerk Typist Note: Students must achieve a minimum of a "B" grade Wendy Weberg, Divisional Assistant in BTEC Contact SECOND TERM E-mail: abt@capcollege.bc.ca B T E C 215 Tel: 984-4959 The Program The Accounting Support program is a full-time, six- 117to continue with this program. Credit Computerized Accounting 3.0 B T E C 217 Accounting Procedures II CIP* B T E C 218 Accounting - Comprehensive Project 1.5 B T E C 300 Directed Work Experience 15 month program offered from January to June. This program provides training in manual and computerized accounting, general office procedures and computer applications. The Accounting Support program also 6.0 25.5 Total Program Credits: CIP — course in progress includes a two-week supervised practicum. Career Opportunities Graduates are finding employment as accounting assistants, accounts receivable or accounts payable clerks, and accountants for small and medium sized firms, or they perform accounting functions in their own businesses. In addition, graduates of this program may ladder into the Business Administration program to take more advanced financial courses, leading towards a degree and/or a professional accounting designation. Students who achieve a minimum of " B " in the following courses will receive credit from Business Administration: • B T E C 217 is equivalent to BFIN 141 • B T E C 124 is equivalent to B C P T 121 & 122 ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Faculty D. B L A N E Y , ID (UBC), CPS, M.Ed. (SFU) M . C R A G G , B A Law (Durham), B . C . Teaching Cert. C. C R A M , B A , M A , Ont. Prof. Teaching Certificate M . G I O V A N N E T T I , B S A (St. F.X.), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent), T E S L Cert., M A (TESL) (SFU) S. G R E E N A W A Y , B.Comm. (UBC), C A G. GRIEVES, B.Ed. (UBC) S. H O R N , ID (UBC), M.Ed. (SFU) N. POWER, B A , (Concordia), Lab Supervisor C. S C H N U R R E N B E R G E R , Lab Supervisor K. V I C K A R S , B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C G A Support Staff Faye Ulker, Clerk Typist Wendy Weberg, Divisional Assistant Career/Vocational 115 Contact THIRD TERM E-mail: abt@capcollege.bc.ca Tel: 984-4959 B T E C 230 Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development B T E C 233 Web Page Design and Integrated • Career Opportunities Credits Applications 3j) 4.5 The Administrative Assistant in today's office provides a high level of technological and administrative support 1.5 Certificate Requirements: 36.0 to management. Graduates of this program are finding employment in a wide range of technological support positions including office, administrative and executive assistants, office managers, and computer applications trainers. The Program ANIMATION FUNDAMENTALS SUMMER INSTITUTE Faculty The Administrative Assistant program is a full-time, ten-month program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in English grammar and composition skills, interpersonal skills, computer applications and much more. A valuable component of the training that students receive is a twoweek practicum in a business organization. C. SIMMONS, Dip. Digital Art & Design, Dip. Fine Arts (University College of the Cariboo), Cert. Instructor Development (New Brunswick) Instruction provided by Digital/Commercial Animation faculty and industry professionals. Contact Tel: 990-7854 E-mail: abt@ capcollege. be. ca E-mail: animation @ capcollege. be. ca Tel: 984-4959 General Information Admission Requirements • Completion of Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status. This eight-week, full-time program provides students with a broad foundation of skills related to the animation industry. It is designed for individuals seeking a • Touch typing recommended. career in animation who want to further develop their • Strong English skills. skills and portfolio prior to entering either the full-time Digital Animation or Commercial Animation Program Content FIRST TERM Programs. Credits 3.0 The Program B T E C 111 Business English I B T E C 115 Business Systems and Procedures 3.0 This program will introduce students to the process of B T E C 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 creating traditional and computer animation. Partici- B T E C 146 Computer Applications I 6J) 15.0 pants will have an opportunity to learn and practice animation techniques through hands-on exercises. The following topic areas will be covered: Animation Note: Students who do not achieve a minimum of a Principles and Timing, Drawing for Animation, Design "C" in BTEC 111 and BTEC 146 must receive written Basics for Animation and Digital Animation. permission from the program convenor to be able to continue in the program. SECOND TERM Program Start Date: Credits Introduction to Computerized Accounting 1.5 B T E C 147 Administrative Computer Applications 4.5 B T E C 118 B T E C 148 Administrative Applications 3.0 B T E C 211 Business Writing 3.0 B T E C 252 Organizational Behaviour 3.0 B T E C 300 Directed Work Experience 15 16.5 Career/Vocational 116 A maximum of twenty-four students will be accepted each summer. The program runs during the months of July and August. Admission Requirements and Procedures 1. A n Application for Admission must be submitted, APPLIED FISHERIES & FORESTRY SCIENCE together with official transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary courses to the Registrar's Office. 2. Students must have a keen interest in drawing and animation. 3. Applicants must consult with the coordinator prior to registration to confirm eligibility for the program. A. FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE DISTANCE LEARNING FORMAT B. WATERSHED RESTORATION TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE C. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSE IN FISHERIES SCIENCE D. STEWARDSHIP TRAINING (STREAMKEEPERS) E. FISHERIES AND FORESTRY WORKSHOPS For more information, contact 990-7854. 4. Payment in full is required to confirm registration and a seat in the program. 5. The Fundamental Program is also open to high school students currently attending Grades 11 or 12. Sechelt Campus Please see the Concurrent Admission section of this Faculty Calendar D. J. B A T E S , Dip.Tech. (BCIT), B.Sc, M . S c , PhD (SFU), R.P.Bio. Application Deadline A . B E L S H A W , B.Sc. (UBC), M A (Princeton) Admission to the Animation Fundamentals program is on a first come, first served basis. Priority will be given to applicants who wish to develop their drawing and E. J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic), PhD (U.Qld.) R. W A Y T E , Assoc. Arts (OLU), Novell Cert. J. WILSON, Assoc. Lib. Arts (Malaspina) animation skills prior to entering the Digital Anima- Contact tion or Commercial Animation programs. Tel: 986-1911, local 5903 E-mail: fisheries @ capcollege. be. ca Information Meetings Information meetings will be held between September and April. Please contact the department at 990-7854 for dates and times or check out our web site at: www.capcollege.bc.ca/digi/summer A. FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE — DISTANCE LEARNING FORMAT Career Opportunities Special Fees and Expenses Students may expect to pay approximately $2000 for tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the eightweek program. Graduates of the program may find challenging careers with either the private or public fish culture sector. This includes the commercial aquaculture industry, government contracts with fisheries agencies, and consulting firms. Professional Standards A Fish Culture Technician, while working under the A l l Animation Fundamental students are required to adhere to high standards of academic performance and professional behavior. Program Content supervision of a manager, is responsible for the wellbeing of intensively reared salmonids. The Program The Fish Culture Technician program is available in Credits distance learning format only. Students may register in ANIM010 Animation Principles and Timing 2.25 one or more courses. Upon completion the student is A N I M 020 Design Basics for Animation 2.25 awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. A N I M 030 Drawing for Animation 1.5 The distance learning program has been designed for A N I M 040 Digital Animation L5 individuals who are currently working or seeking 7.5 employment in the fish culture field and who wish to Note: Changes in this curriculum outline may be made in accordance with industry and college requirements. upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. Career/Vocational 117 Admission Requirements Graduation Requirements Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or To receive a Fisheries Technician certificate from by writing to the Sechelt campus. A n information Capilano College, students must successfully complete package and application will then be forwarded. all Fisheries Technician courses or their equivalents (33.0 credits). Note that at least 50% of these credits must be obtained via courses at this College. Program Content Credits FSCI 100 Introduction to Salmonid Biology 3.0 FSCI 101 Fish Culture I 3.0 FSCI 102 Fish Culture II 3.0 FSCI 103 Water Quality 3.0 FSCI 105 Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding & Growth 3.0 FSCI 106 Fish Health 3.0 FSCI 120 Computers in Fisheries 3.0 FSCI 140 Field Practicum I 3.0 FSCI 141 Field Practicum II 3J) 27.0 B. WATERSHED RESTORATION TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE The Program This two semester program gives participants the skills required to work as fisheries technicians on fisheries management and aquatic rehabilitation projects in B C . Instruction in this program emphasizes the practical Program Content Credits C M N S 152 Report Writing FSCI 100 Introduction to Salmonid Biolojsy 3.0 FSCI 120 Computers in Fisheries 3.0 FSCI 140 Field Practicum I 3.0 FSCI 141 Field Practicum II 3.0 FSCI 150 Streamkeepers I - Introduction to Watershed Stewardship 3.0 FSCI 190 Fisheries Techniques I '4.5 FSCI 191 Fisheries Techniques II 4.5 FSCI 192 Aquatic Habitat Rehabilitation 3.0 R E C . 163 Wilderness First Aid I through working projects modeled from existing stream and riparian assessments. The assessment 3.0 33.0 C. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSE IN FISHERIES SCIENCE A university transfer course in the applied aspects of fisheries management is currently available through the department. The course available for credit towards undergraduate academic transfer is: aspects of salmonid habitat and population assessments and rehabilitation methodology, by guiding participants 3.0 Credits FSCI 200 Biology of Salmonids 3.0 (RIC) standards and rehabilitation methods are M E L P - D. STEWARDSHIP TRAINING (STREAMKEEPERS) WRP accepted techniques. Instruction will take place The Stewardship Training helps citizens protect and techniques follow the Resource Inventory Committee in the field as participants are guided through working examples of actual stream and riparian assessments and restoration projects. Admission Requirements preserve freshwater habitats. Development pressures from our expanding populations threaten these environments. The Stewardship Training encourages good watershed practices through productive, hands-on involvement. Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or Community stewardship is essential for long-term by writing to the Sechelt campus. Students seeking protection of our environment. advance credit for particular courses must apply in Workshops provide intensive training in methods used writing and submit the appropriate documentation for a Prior Learning Assessment (PLA). Call the Sechelt campus for the appropriate contact person. to survey and map streams,'as well as to make assessments of stream health based on habitat complexity, water quality, insect and fish populations. Streamside Applicants must also submit with their application, planting methods are also covered. transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary courses Workshops are scheduled throughout the province as taken previously (except Capilano College). demand arises. Credits FSCI 150 Career/Vocational 118 Streamkeepers I - Introduction to Watershed Stewardship 3.0 General Information E. FISHERIES AND FORESTRY PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOPS/COURSES The Applied Information Technology (Infotec) Pro- The Applied Fisheries and Forestry Science Depart- knowledge to act as developers in the emerging world ment develops and delivers workshops, seminars and courses for government, industry and public groups on a wide range of related topics. These workshops cover such topics as riparian ecology and aquatic habitat assessment to introduction to computer use in the resouce management field. Instructors are experienced practitioners with specialities in the subject area. Groups looking for assistance in developing extension workshops or requiring delivery of workshops on specific topics should contact the Department directly. Existing workshops include: C N S V 200 — Biodiversity Inventory Techniques FSCI 050 — Fish Habitat Assessment Workshop FSCI 211 — River Hydraulics and Habitats N S C 36211 (Continuing Education) — Electro-fishing Use and Safety Workshops are offered on a demand basis. gram at Capilano College was established in 1990 with a mandate to provide students with the skills and of interactive and computer-based communications. With a foundation in the development of interactive multimedia and online production, the program constantly evolves to accommodate new directions in technology and theory. Students are provided with an environment that fosters the discipline and skills necessary to communicate effectively and creatively with an ever-expanding global information base. Admission Requirements • Grade 12 graduation or equivalent with English 12 • Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate • Personal interview Applicants should be prepared to supply information or proof in support of their qualification for the nine credits. Examples of qualifications include postsecondary education, extensive work experience, a works portfolio and/or applicable life skills. The department will only grant interviews to applicants APPLIED INFORMATION T E C H N O L O G Y (INFOTEC) PROGRAM with sufficient qualifications for the nine credits. Note: Applications for Admission, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents must be submitted to the Registrar's Office. Special Fees and Expenses Faculty M . A N D E R S O N , Dip. (Emily Carr), Dip. Applied Information Tech. (Capilano) B. C A L V E R T , B A (Sask), Dip. Applied Information Tech. (Capilano) S. K A R M A L I , Dip. Computer Analyst/Programmer (Red River College), Dip. Applied Information Tech. (Capilano) D. R A N K I N , B F A (SFU), Dip. Applied Information • Personal computer system capable of performing tasks required in this program. (See program brochure for further information) • Texts, software, cartridges • BBS online fees/program fees Important Note This is a general view of the Infotec program. While Tech. (Capilano) D. TAIT we have made every effort to describe courses and L. W U , Dip. Commercial Mus. (Capilano) rapidly changing field; new releases in hardware and requirements accurately as of Fall 2001, we work in a software may require changes in course content, credit Coordinator: Shirin Karmali and scheduling, and required equipment. Lab Supervisors: L. Wu, M . Anderson, D. Rankin Staff: Cathy Cole Contact E-mail: infotec@ capcollege.be.ca Tel: 984-1727 Ca reerlVoca tiona I 119 DIPLOMA PROGRAM March - April The Diploma program is a 10-month, full-time program with a class limit of 20 students. Please contact the Infotec Department for application details and program information. Diploma Program Profile FIRST TERM — Sept. - Dec, 2001 Credits September - October INFO 136 Integrated Media Production INFO 148 Time-Based Data Integration II CIP* 1.5 INFO 158 Interactive Communications III 1.5 INFO 171 Applied Production Management CIP* INFO 172 Technical Support: Concentration CIP* INFO 177 Professional Development CIP* INFO 180 Computer Mediated Communications CIP* 1.5 INFO 185 3D Production for Multimedia INFO 150 Contemporary Issues I 1.5 INFO 192 Applied Database Technology 1.5 INFO 151 Interactive Communications I 1.5 INFO 193 Systems, Tools, Utilities II 15 INFO 156 Technical Support: Foundation 1.5 INFO 166 Applied Telecommunications 1.5 INFO 167 Systems, Tools, Utilities 1.5 INFO 195 Interactive Graphics 3.0 INFO 199 Interactive Project Planning and Design 0.75 29.25 SUMMER TERM — April - June, 2002 May - June INFO 171 Applied Production Management CIP* INFO 177 Professional Development CIP* INFO 180 Computer Mediated Communications CIP* 1.5 INFO 192 Applied Database Technology CIP* INFO 137 Applied Educational Technology 1.5 INFO 194 Cross-Platform Conversion 0.75 INFO 138 Advanced Graphics 0.75 INFO 145 Internet Tools and Techniques 1.5 INFO 161 Project Management 1.5 INFO 173 Technical Support: Augmentation 1.5 INFO 195 Interactive Graphics CIP* INFO 197 Scripting for the Web Browser 15 November - December INFO 135 Text-based Production for Interactive Systems 21.0 0.75 *CIP — course in progress. Additional Program Requirements Students will be required to make up an additional nine credits either by transferring credits from another postsecondary institution or, by evaluation of work experience through the prior learning assessment process. SPRING TERM — January - April, 2002 Credits January - February INFO 136 Integrated Media Production 3.0 INFO 139 Digitized Sound 1.5 INFO 155 Interactive Communications II 1.5 INFO 160 Self-Marketing 1.5 INFO 171 Applied Production Management 1.5 INFO 172 Technical Support: Concentration 3.0 INFO 177 Professional Development 4.5 INFO 180 Computer Mediated Communications 3.0 INFO 196 Applied Design 1.5 Educational Technology 0.75 INFO 198 ARTS A N D ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT (formerly Performing Arts Management) A. TWO YEAR DIPLOMA PROGRAM B. EIGHT-MONTH ADVANCED CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Faculty L. B A X T E R , B A (Hons) (Queen's), M B A (UBC) F. B L A C K , B F A (SFU), B A (UVic), Program Manager D. PRICE, B A (SFU), M F A (UBC) C. S T E R N , B.Comm., B.Ed. (UBC) J. S T E T T N E R , Cert. Arts Admin. (Banff), B A (Arizona), M B A (UBC) Career/Vocational 120 Contact Tel: 984-4911 E-mail: gdavie @ capcollege. be.ca Arts and Entertainment Management offers two programs of study which provide students with the skill-sets, the job experience, and the contacts necessary to gain employment in the industry. The Diploma in Arts and Entertainment Management is a two-year program designed for high school graduates. The Diploma Program Curriculum FIRST TERM Credits A E M . 140 Arts & Entertainment Management I A E M . 142 Arts & Entertainment Introductory Practicum I 1.5 3.0 TBA 1.5 Visual and Performing Arts (Jazz Studies, Music, Studio Art, Textiles, Theatre) or Film Studies course 3.0 Management is an eight-month program for students English 100 or Communications (Writing) 3.0 with two or more years of post-secondary education or Elective 3.0 Advanced Certificate in Arts and Entertainment equivalent work experience. Both programs offer students a unique blend of course work and practicum experience. Students do internal practicums working in various capacities in the Capilano College Performing Arts Theatre which hosts a variety of arts and entertainment events including live theatre, jazz, and popular music. In external practicum placements students get on-the-job experience working for professional arts and entertainment organizations. Past placements have included the Arts Club Theatre, Ballet B.C., Vancouver Playhouse, Gateway Theatre, SECOND TERM A E M . 141 A E M . 143 Practicum II Film Studies course 3.0 English or Communications (Writing) 3.0 Elective 3.0 THIRD TERM A. DIPLOMA PROGRAM This two-year program offers a preparatory year during which students acquire general study, writing, and research skills; become familiar with basic computer 3.0 Music, Studio Art, Textiles, Theatre) or A E M . 240 Victoria Fringe Festival, and Gateway Theatre. 3.0 Arts & Entertainment Introductory Visual and Performing Arts (Jazz Studies, and New Music West. Our graduates have found Books, Arts Club Theatre, Firehall Arts Centre, Arts & Entertainment Management II Coastal Jazz and Blues Society, Lucas Talent Agency, employment with Sam Feldman Agency, Raincoast Credits Credits Internal Practicum in Arts & Entertainment Management I 4.5 A E M . 242 Management Seminar and External Practicum I 6.0 A E M . 245 Public Relations, Marketing and Promotion 1.5 A E M . 248 Arts Advocacy, Grantsmanship and Fundraising 1.5 TBA 1.5 literacy applicable to the industry; and gain familiarity with one or more of the cultural areas represented by departments in Visual and Performing Arts or Film FOURTH TERM Studies. A E M . 241 Entertainment Management II In the second year of the program, students will share classes with students in the Advanced Certificate A E M . 243 Program. During the second year students gain an overview of all aspects of arts and entertainment A E M . 246 management in both the commercial and non-profit cultural sectors. Practicum placements are an essential part of this program. Through both internal and external place- 6.0 Organizational Structures in Arts & Entertainment A E M . 247 1.5 Financial Management in Arts & Entertainment A E M . 249 4.5 Management Seminar and External Practicum II management including marketing, resource development, computer applications, and financial and tour Credits Internal Practicum in Arts & 1.5 Company and Tour Management _L5 Total Credits: 60.0 ments the students gain practical experience and develop successful relationships with one or more cultural organizations in the community. Career/Vocational 121 students with prior education or work experience a Admission to Full-Time Studies in the Diploma and Advanced Certificate Programs unique blend of course work and practicum experience Students entering either program on a full-time basis B. ADVANCED CERTIFICATE PROGRAM This eight-month Advanced Certificate program offers in the arts and entertainment industry. Students gain an overview of all aspects of arts and entertainment management including marketing, resource development, computer applications, financial and tour management in both the commercial and non-profit cultural sectors. should arrange for an interview by contacting the Visual and Performing Arts Office by the end of March (for August) or the end of October (for December). Prior to the interview, students should forward to the Department their transcripts and a resume, and should complete an application to Capilano College. Practicum placements are an essential part of this program. Through both internal and external placements the students gain practical experience and develop successful relationships with one or more cultural organizations in the community. The course work for the program is concentrated in a three-week intensive period at the beginning of each of the two terms. This is followed each term with both an internal and external practicum. Admission to Open Courses and PartTime Studies in the Diploma and Advanced Certificate Programs Students may wish to take more time than scheduled to complete their program studies. If seats are available it may be possible to design an individualized completion schedule. This is particularly suitable for those working in the field who want to upgrade their skills. Upon completion of the program, students have the skill-set, the job experience, and the contacts necessary to gain employment in the industry. Students may register in individual courses subject to availability of seats and a successful interview. Contact the Visual and Performing Arts Office to arrange for an interview. Prior to the interview, students not currently Advanced Certificate Program Curriculum Credits FIRST TERM Internal Practicum in Arts & Entertainment Management I 4.5 Management Seminar and External Practicum I 6.0 Computer Applications in Arts & Entertainment Administration 1.5 A E M . 345 Public Relations, Marketing and Promotion 1.5 A E M . 348 Arts Advocacy, Grantsmanship and Fundraising 1.5 A E M . 340 A E M . 342 A E M . 344 SECOND TERM Credits A E M . 341 Internal Practicum in Arts & Entertainment Management II 4.5 A E M . 343 Management Seminar and External 6.0 Practicum II A E M . 346 Organizational Structures in Arts & Entertainment Management 1.5 A E M . 347 Financial Management in Arts & Entertainment 1.5 A E M . 349 Company and Tour Management Total Credits: Career/Vocational 122 1.5 30.0 enrolled at the College should forward to the Department their transcripts and a resume, and should complete an application to Capilano College. Fees 2000/2001 • Diploma Year 1: $60/credit • • Diploma Year 2: $89/credit Advanced Certificate: $89/credit A non-refundable deposit is required upon acceptance into either program. Fees are not refundable after the first day of classes. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMS Department Chair: Charlene Hill Faculty J.S. B R O W N L E E - B A K E R , B B A (SFU), M B A (Asia-Pacific Institute) A. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA PROGRAM B. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA PROGRAM • Accounting/Finance • General Management • Marketing C. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION DIPLOMA PROGRAM • Accounting/Finance • Business Computing • General Management • Marketing D. BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBA) DEGREE COMPLETION PROGRAM (B. C. OPEN UNIVERSITY) E. COMPUTER SPECIALIST (DIPLOMA) PROGRAM (CSP) F. TECHNICAL COMPUTER PROFESSIONAL (DIPLOMA) PROGRAM (TCP) G. EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS • Business Administration Certificate • Advanced Business Administration Certificate • Business Computing Certificate H. LOCAL GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE PROGRAM I. RETAIL MARKETING CO-OP CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (RMCP) J. WINDOWS SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (WSP) K. PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING TRANSFER PACKAGE B. C A M P B E L L , (Seneca), CNI A . C A R T E R , B.Sc, M B A (U of A, City U), C A N P. C U B B I N , B A (Oxford), M B A (SFU) W. ENWRIGHT, B F A , M F A (UBC), L L B (McGill) G . F A N E , Dip. Tech., B . S c , M B A , C M A (BCIT, CityU, UBC) G . F A R R E L L , M B A , C M A , F C M A (SFU) A. G H A S E M I N E J A D , B.Sc, M C S E M . G O G U E N , M A Economics (Swedish School of Economics and Business Administration) D. G O O D W I N , M B A F. G R U E N , B.Mgt. Eng., M.A.Sc. (RPI, Waterloo) C. HILL, B A (Santa Clara) P. H O L D E N , B A , L L B , M B A (UBC, U . of Ottawa, UBC) G . H U G H E S , B.A.Sc. (U of T), C G A , M B A (Asia Pacific Institute) S. IBARAKI, ISP, CNI, C N E , MSSB, B E T A T E A M , NETeam, DpSc (CIPS, N O V E L L , M I C R O S O F T , IBM, OUC) W. INGLIS, B A , Dip. Mktg. (UBC, U . Montreal) W. INKSTER, C G A (Canada), A C S M (Capilano), CNI C. KILIAN, B A , M A (SFU) J.D. L O B L A W , B A (U o f T ) R. L O N G W O R T H , B.Sc, M.Ed. (Concordia, St. Michaels), ISP T. M A C K A Y , B A (SFU), C A A P (Institute of Canadian Advertising, Toronto) J. M A Y , B. Comm. (UBC) C A R. M C B L A N E , B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) C. M C K I E , B.Comm., M B A , P T C (UBC, City Univ.) L. M I C H A E L S , B.Sc, B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) L . E . MILNER, M B A , C G A J. M O L E N D Y K , B.Tech. (BCIT) R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm., C M A (U of A) G . N I K O L O V , U D E (Sophia), PhD (U of London) N. N O W L A N , B A (Queen's University), M A Community and Regional Planning (UBC), M.Ed. Counseling Psychology (UBC) R. O ' C O N N O R , B.Admin. (Ryerson), ISP, M C S E , MCT, CTT D. O ' L E A R Y , B A Ed. (Memorial), Dip. Adult Ed. (Alberta), M . Ed. (UBC) S. P E A K E , B A (SFU), T E S L C E R T (SFU) J. P E N D Y G R A S S E , B.Sc, Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota) H. P L U M E , C M A , A C S M (Capilano) A . RAJWANI, B.Comm. (UBC), C A J. S A R R E A L , B.Sc, M . S c , PhD, A C S M , (U. of Philippines, U . of Florida, N. Carolina U . , Capilano) Career/Vocational 123 D. S A U E R , B A , M B A (SFU, U B C ) programs by our Advisory Board, graduates, students G . SIMON, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) and faculty led us to accentuate our training in prob- M . S O N G , B A (UBC), L L B (UBC) lem-solving, written and verbal business presentations, C. STEPHENS, CNI, C N E , C T T and team work. This gives our graduates an edge in M . T A Y L O R , B.Sc. (U of A) today's highly competitive job market, and gives them L. T E E T Z E L , B.Comm. (UBC), M P A (Queens) the expertise to succeed in the workplace of the future. T. T O W I L L , C M A , M B A (Asia Pacific Institute) Our graduates proceed to occupations such as: M . V A N H O R N , B.Ed. (U of A), A C S M (Capilano), MCP A . H . V I C K , B.Comm. (UBC) • Accountant • Advertising Account Manager K. V I C K A R S , B.Ed., L i e Acct. (UBC), C G A • Computer Programmer A . W A T S O N , B A (U of C), AIBC, M B A (Asia Pacific • Institute) J. W A T S O N , B.Admin. (Brock University), C M A G . W A U G H , B A , M A - Reading, (UBC) R. W E I Z E L , BPE., B.Comm. (U of M), M B A (McMaster), C M A Entrepreneur • Event Producer • Financial Analyst • Financial Planner • Lending Officer T. W I L L C O C K , M C N I , M C T , C T T , M C N E , M C S E • Network Administrator J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A • Operations Manager R. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC) • Production Manager H. B. Y A C K N E S S , B.Comm., M B A (SFU), C A D. YASINSKI, B F A (U of M) A. Z A Y A C , B A (SFU) A . Z H U , M.Sc (UBC), B.Comm (UBC) • Promotion Manager • Retail Specialist • Research Coordinator • Sales Representative/Sales Manager Support Staff • Store Manager/Owner Carmen Orton, Div. Assistant • Systems Analyst John Boylan, Co-op Assistant Nancy Findlater, Receptionist Colleen Liptaj, Learning Assistant Jan Merrick, Learning Assistant Lorraine Sikavish, Receptionist Wendy Corriveau, Receptionist — Sylvan Testing Centre Cheryl Hee, Receptionist — Sylvan Testing Centre Contact Tel.- 984-4960, Fox: 984-1734 E-mail: busadmin @ capcollege. be.ca Web site: http://www.capcollege.bc.ca/badm General Information The Department of Business Administration at Capilano College stresses a balanced combination of classroom learning and hands-on business education. Our instructors bring practical, up-to-date business knowledge to the classroom, sharing the expertise that has made them successful in the business community. Class sizes are limited, which allows faculty to maintain direct contact with all their students. We continually review and update our programs according to market needs so that our graduates have the skills employers' demand. A recent review of our Career/Vocational 124 In the past, many of our graduates have developed careers with large corporations such as Kellogg's, Hershey's, Chevron, I.C.B.C., B B D O Advertising, The Future Shop, Labatt Breweries, Brights Wines, B . C . Tel, B . C . Ferries, and B.C. Hydro. The entrepreneurial skills gained in the program have also led many graduates to administrative jobs in small and medium sized businesses such as Minerva Technologies, Seanix Technology Inc., Western System Controls, and Sierra Consulting. Admission Requirements • Grade 12 or equivalent with a minimum of "C+" in English 12, or be eligible to enrol in English 100, and a " C " in "academic" Math 11, or • Mature student status with successful completion of testing in English and/or Math skills. • Submission of the Capilano College Application for Admission, official transcripts, and appropriate application fee to the Registrar's Office. • Students currently enrolled in Grade 12 will be considered on the basis of interim grades. Additional program admission requirements are found in the specific program descriptions. Applicants who lack the minimum admission require- Business Administration Program Start Dates ments may apply as a mature student provided they A student can commence studies in the Business Mature Students Status have not attended secondary school for at least two Administration department in the Fall (September), years. The Registrar's Office will consider a mature Spring (January), or Summer (May) terms. Most student status based on the student's written request students complete the 60-credit Business Administra- listing educational intent along with details of other tion diploma program in two years. qualifications or experience and an academic transcript of education completed. Math 11, and/or English 12 Articulation Agreements upgrade and an interview may be required. Secondary Schools Mature students with significant business experience have the option of completing the Business Adminis- Formalized agreements have been articulated with the tration diploma in less than two years. This can be Burnaby, Coquitlam, Vancouver, North and West achieved by combining an increased term course load, Vancouver, and Sunshine Coast school districts with Prior Learning Assessment, or by attending school whereby: for four consecutive terms. A student wishing to Students attaining a " B " or better in Accounting 11 and complete their diploma is less than two years must Financial Accounting 12 can apply for dual credit for consult a business administration faculty advisor for Capilano's BFIN 141 Accounting. Application forms assistance with their program plan. are held by high school counselors and require high school instructor signatures. Articulation Agreements in the Business Administration Department at Capilano College Secondary Business Administration Department School Districts Burnaby, Coquitlam, Open University Block Transfer North Vancouver, Sunshine Coast, Vancouver (BBA) Available in partnership Articulation Individual West Vancouver with Capilano College Post-Graduate Diploma Courses Business and Athabasca U. Articulation (BBA) Master's of Business Royal Roads Diploma (BComm) Block Transfer Applied Articulation U of Lethbridge Administration Programs For example: (BMgt) SFU Business Technology UNBC Programs (BBA) (Capilano Individual College) Courses Evening Retail Certificate Marketing UBC UVic Athabasca U. WWU Certificate Advanced Business Evening Computing Certificate Certificate Career/Vocational 125 Transferability University A block transfer agreement of 60 credits exists, for Students who have already completed degrees or taken students who have completed the Business Administra- other college or university courses may apply to have tion diploma program, with the following universities: those credits transferred towards the Capilano College B. C. Open University, Royal Roads University, Business Administration programs. To ensure a smooth University of Northern British Columbia, Athabasca transition, please provide the Registrar's Office with University, University of Lethbridge. Contact Richard transcripts and course outlines when you apply. A Longworth in the Business Administration department student must complete at least 50 percent of the for further information. Business Administration department program requirements at Capilano College to receive a Capilano College diploma or certificate. Program Flexibility Whether you choose part-time or full-time studies in • Business Administration, you will be able to accumu- Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) late credits toward a certificate, diploma, or degree. We The Business Administration Department is committed have designed our programs to suit your needs as well to the recognition of prior learning. Prior learning as the needs of employers. The flexibility of our assessment (PLA) recognizes demonstrated learning programs allows you to start with Capilano College, for credits which have been acquired through life or build your own educational package today, and con- work experiences. You can obtain P L A credits for all tinue to learn with us in the future. This "laddering" first-level courses. For further information contact the concept proves your education can be adapted to fit P L A Coordinator at Capilano College. There is a fee your changing environment and those of industry. for P L A assessment equal to the regular course costs. The Business Administration Department at Capilano offers a variety of programs from a Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree (in partnership with B.C. Open University), to Co-op Education, diplomas, to numerous certificates. Many courses are transferable from one credential to another, making it easier for students to advance to higher levels. Co-op and/or General Advanced Business Degree Diplomas Diplomas Certificates Completion Level 4 30 credits Level 3 30 credits 30 credits Level 2 Up to 60 30 credits 30 credits credits 30 credits 30 credits Min. 120 credits 90 credits 60 credits leader. Costs Students should be prepared for extra costs other than textbooks in some courses. These may include calculators, computer software, or specialized course-related kits. Students should not rely on the (F, S, Su) indicators associated with individual course descriptions when planning their personal timetable. You should use the Computing Registrar's published timetable for the term or other 1 CONCENTRATIONS timetable information from the Business Administra- Retail Mkt. 33 cr. tion department to plan your timetable. Evening 30 cr. 18 cr. English Requirement Evening Co-op Advanced Business Computing 18 cr. Local Gov't Admin. Cert. 18 cr. 126 of behaviour expected from a professional manager or Accounting Marketing Career/Vocational College and College-related activities. This is the type Timetables General Mgt. ' ing that reputation. As future leaders and business administrators, students must be prepared to model • Block Level 1 attitude. Our classes stress the importance of maintain- appropriate professional behaviour while engaged in Business Administration Department Offerings OU Our graduates have achieved an excellent reputation based on professional performance and positive Advanced Business, or Business Administration BBA Professionalism at Capilano A l l Business Administration diploma students must complete the English 100 course, or equivalent, to graduate. To be eligible for English 100 you must have Academic electives must be university transfer courses. an " A " in English 12 or attain a suitable mark in the Non-university transfer courses will be considered only Language Proficiency Index (LPI) or the college if prior approval is granted from the chair of the administered English Diagnostic Test (EDT). See the business administration department. E D T information in the Registration section in this Calendar. It is preferred that you take the English 100 course in the FIRST T E R M or prior to completing your first year as it is a general prerequisite for all second year level courses. Flexibility is a key aspect of all our program offerings. You have the option of completing your Business Administration diploma on a full-time or part-time basis, depending upon your needs. As your needs and those of employers' change, we are able to respond Accounting/Finance Designations Many of the courses offered in the Diploma and Degree programs are transferable to the Chartered Accountant (CA), Certified General Accountant (CGA), and Certified Management Accountant (CMA) accreditation programs. Refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide and the Capilano College Transfer Guide for with customized education packages that enable you to "ladder" into different areas or levels of specialization. This includes the option to obtain an Advanced D i ploma or Co-op Diploma specializing in Accounting/ Finance, General Management, or Marketing or the option to obtain a Bachelor of Business Administration degree at Capilano College through the B.C. Open University or through selected articulated universities. more information. A full-time course load provides a minimum of 20 A. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA PROGRAM 4 instructional hours). We suggest that at least 40 hours instructional hours weekly (typically, one course equals weekly of outside studies and preparation time will be required. Graduates of the two-year Business Administration diploma program have the skills and knowledge required to be effective managers in a demanding and changing workplace. Our graduates have achieved an Admission Requirements • Grade 12 or equivalent with a minimum of "C+" in English 12, or be eligible to enrol in English 100, excellent reputation based on professional performance and positive attitude. Our instructors bring practical, up-to-date business knowledge to the classroom, sharing the expertise that has made them successful in the business community. and a " C " in "academic" Math 11, or • Mature student status with successful completion of testing in English and/or Math skills. • Class sizes are limited, which allows faculty to maintain direct contact with all their students. The first year of the diploma program provides a solid foundation in general business knowledge with courses in Accounting/Finance, communications, marketing, computing, and organizational behavior. The second year offers the opportunity to concentrate in a particular area of specialization. Six of the 10 second-year courses are electives, four business electives and two academic electives. Use these electives to concentrate your studies, focus on career goals, or broaden your education. Submission of the Capilano College Application for Admission, official transcripts, and appropriate application fee to the Registrar's Office. • Students currently enrolled in Grade 12 will be considered on the basis of interim grades. Program Profile Students must complete all first year courses prior to taking second year courses. If necessary, any remaining first year courses can be taken concurrently in the second year, first term. First Year, First Term Credits Business electives must be courses offered by the BADM 101 Management 3.0 Business Administration Department at Capilano BADM 106 College ( B A D M , BCPT, BFIN, B M K T , or IBUS Organizational Behaviour 3.0 BCPT 121 Business Computing I 3.0 BFIN 141 Accounting** 3.0 ENGL 100 Composition courses). You can use the business electives to commence specialization in any of these management areas: • Accounting or Finance • Business Computing • General Management • Marketing 3.0 15.0 Career/Voca tiona I 127 First Year, Second Term Credits BADM 102 Quantitative Methods 3.0 BADM 107 Business Law I* 3.0 Business Electives BADM 268 Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management 3.0 Operations Management 3.0 BCPT 122 Business Computing II 3.0 BADM BMKT 161 Marketing * * 3.0 BADM 302 Human Resource Management 3.0 CMNS 220 Advanced Business Writing and Editing BADM 303 Industrial Relations 3.0 3.0 BADM 304 Strategic Management 3.0 15.0 BADM 305 Leadership 3.0 30.0 BADM 307 Advanced Business Law II 3.0 BADM 310 Quantitative Methods III 3.0 BCPT 221 Business Computing Presentation Total First Year Credits * Students planning to concentrate their studies in Accounting/Finance must take Financial Accounting I (BFIN 142) during their second term of the first year in place of Business Law I ( B A D M 107). They will then take Business Law I ( B A D M 107) in the second year as a business elective. ** Students may take Marketing ( B M K T 161) in the first year, first term and Accounting (BFIN 141) in the first year, second term. Cost Accounting I 3.0 342 Cost Accounting II 3.0 344 Personal Investment Management 3.0 BFIN Business Information Systems 3.0 BFIN BADM 210 Business Statistics 3.0 BFIN BFIN 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 ECON 111 Principles of Microeconomic Theory 3.0 30.0 Total Program Credits 60.0 Students planning to continue their studies beyond the two-year diploma should complete the following business electives in the second year. Credits Accounting/Finance BFIN 142 Financial Accounting I 3.0 BFIN 341 Cost Accounting I 3.0 BFIN 342 Cost Accounting II 3.0 3.0 341 BFIN 201 Total Second Year Credits 3.0 Management Accounting Accounting Microcomputer BADM 6.0 Financial Accounting I 249 BFIN Two Academic Elective 142 244 BFIN Credits 12.0 3.0 BFIN BFIN Four Business Electives Graphics BFIN BFIN Second Year 301 Credits Applications 3.0 346 Financial Accounting II 3.0 347 Financial Accounting III 3.0 350 Advanced Financial Management 3.0 351 Taxation. BMKT 168 Introduction to E-Commerce 3.0 BMKT 261 BMKT 263 Professional Selling Skills 3.0 BMKT 312 E-Commerce and Marketing 3.0 BMKT 360 Marketing Research 3.0 BMKT 364 Consumer Behaviour 3.0 BMKT 365 Marketing Strategies and Decisions 3.0 IBUS 321 International Business 3.0 IBUS 334 Communication and Culture in International Business 3.0 IBUS 340 International Trade Law 3.0 IBUS 357 International Marketing 3.0 Concepts 3.0 Advertising 3.0 Note: Not all electives are offered every semester. Students planning to continue their studies beyond the two-year diploma should consult a coordinator to General Management BFIN 244 Management Accounting Credits ensure they choose the appropriate electives. Those 3.0 students that are continuing should take 300 level electives in their third year of studies when possible. Credits Marketing BMKT 261 Advertising 3.0 Credential BMKT 263 Professional Selling Skills 3.0 Diploma in Business Administration (60 credits) BMKT 360 Marketing Research 3.0 Business Administration diploma graduates may be eligible to obtain up to a 60-credit block transfer toward a business degree (Bachelor of Business Ca reer/Voca 128 tional Administration) at Capilano College through the B . C . Open University. Diploma graduates may also be eligible to obtain up to a 60-credit block transfer toward undergraduate degrees at the following universities: University of Northern B.C., Royal Roads University, University of Lethbridge and Athabasca University. Contact Admission Requirements Advanced Business Diploma • Business Administration Diploma (60 credits) Advanced Business Diploma plus B B A degree completion • Business Administration Diploma (60 credits) • Business Administration Department Telephone: 984-4960, Fax: 984-1734 E-mail: busadmin @ capcollege. be. ca Web site: http://www.capcollege.bc.ca/badm Acceptance into the B B A degree completion program. Program Profile The advanced diploma is designed for two groups of students: B. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA PROGRAM Students wanting more concentrated business knowledge may complete the Advanced Business diploma. You will establish your area of specialization and gain 1. Those who plan to complete the Advanced Business diploma program (90 credits). 2. Those who plan to complete the B.C. Open University's Bachelor of Business Administration degree upon completion of the Advanced Business diploma program (120 credits). specific training pertinent to management practices in General Management, Accounting or Marketing. The 90-credit Advanced diploma requires 30 credits in addition to a Business Administration diploma. These A D V A N C E D ACCOUNTING, GENERAL M A N A G E M E N T , OR MARKETING DIPLOMA (90 Credits) 30 credits consist of two core courses, six upper level Business Administration diploma (60 credits) plus business electives, and two academic electives. advanced diploma program (30 credits). Business electives offered in this program can be any business administration course. Academic electives are CORE COURSES Credits any university transfer course. If you also plan to BADM 304 Strategic Management pursue the B . C Open University's Bachelor of Busi- IBUS 321 International Business IBUS 334 ness Administration (BBA) degree, you should carefully choose your electives to fit the B B A degree requirements. 3.0 or Communication and Culture in International Business 3.0 You may complete a second option (an additional 15 Two Academic Electives 6.0 credits) for any Advanced Business Administration Total Core Course Credits 12.0 Diploma in the following ways: 1. Complete the core courses, plus all the courses required for both advanced business diploma options. (You must complete at least 15 additional credits for the second option.) Indicate on a Request for Evaluation Form, that you wish to be evaluated for two options, and state what the options are. If you have successfully completed all courses, your diploma will then list both options you have completed. In addition, your permanent Advanced Accounting Diploma Complete BFIN 142 Financial Accounting in the second year of the Business Administration diploma program. Credits One Business Elective 3.0 Five Business Finance Electives 15.0 Total Advanced Accounting Credits 18.0 student record and transcript will bear this information. 2. You may complete a second option for an A d vanced Diploma at a subsequent time. Simply complete the additional courses (minimum 15 credits) in another option. Once you complete these courses, submit a Request for Evaluation together with your original diploma. Your diploma will then be reissued to list both options. Career/Vocational 129 Credits Advanced General Management Diploma Complete BFIN 244 Management Accounting in the second year of the Business Administration diploma Three Business Finance Electives 9_fJ Total Advanced Accounting Credits 9.0 program. Credits B A D M 301 Operations Management 3.0 BADM Human Resource Management 3.0 302 Four Business Electives 12.0 Total Advanced General Management Credits 18.0 Advanced General M a n a g e m e n t Diploma Complete BFIN 244 Management Accounting in the second year of the Business Administration diploma program. Credits Three 300-level Business Electives 9J) Total Advanced General Management Credits 9.0 Advanced Marketing Diploma Complete B M K T 261 Advertising, B M K T 263 Professional Selling Skill, and B M K T 360 Marketing Research in the second year of the Business Administration diploma program. Credits Three Business Electives 9.0 Three Business Marketing Electives 9.0 *CIP — course in progress Note: course sequencing and content subject to change. Contact department for current information. General Information The Latin American Management Program (LAMP) is a post-graduate management diploma program. It is designed to train professionals in the relevant management tools, regional context knowledge, cultural sensitivity and communication skills to enable them to perform effectively in any country in the Americas. L A M P seeks to train leaders who are capable of considering both the business and the socio-economic LATIN AMERICAN MANAGEMENT PROGRAM (LAMP) development issues from a management perspective, and have the required skills and competencies to be successful. The Program Faculty L A M P consists of a nine-month academic period on Paz B U T T E D A H L , B A , M . S c , PhD (Florida State our North Vancouver campus, followed by a one-year University), Canadian Perspectives, paid work placement in the region. Latin American Perspectives Students take core courses such as Latin American Paul C U B B O N , B A (Oxford), M B A (SFU) Int'l Marketing, Int'l Business Development and Entrepreneurship Alan D O N A L D , B.Eng. (U. Andes), M B A (Berkeley), Program Director, Int'l Trade, Latin American Perspectives Gretchen F E R G U S O N , B A (Concordia), M A (UBC), NGO Outreach, Latin American Perspectives, Int 7 Career Management Jared FINESMITH, B A (University of New York), Technology in Management Alessandro F O N T A N A , Portuguese for Managers Rita ISOLA, B A, M A (SFU), Latin American Perspectives Mitra K I A M A N E S H , M.Eng. Arch., M.A.S. Arch. (UBC) Negotiating Across Cultures, Int'l Project Management, Int'l Business Development Isabel M A Y O , B A (ITAM, Mexico), Spanish Conversation Charles PRIESTER, F C B A B.Comm., M A (UBC), Perspectives, International Finance, Human Resource Management, Marketing, International Business Development Plans, Latin American Legal Systems, and Canadian Perspectives. In addition, students choose to study either business Spanish or Portuguese. The full-time, intensive coursework includes a combination of lectures, seminars, workshops, guest speakers, and case studies. The second phase is a one-year, paid co-op placement. Jobs are sought in private sector, government or nonprofit organizations throughout the region. During this year, students are registered in a parallel academic course equal to 9 credits in which they participate in online learning activities and attend a ten-day conference in Latin America. Inquiries for application/information packages should be directed to the Latin American Management Program office, telephone (604) 990-7881, fax (604) 984-4992, email: lamp@capcollege.bc.ca International Finance Cristina S A N T A E L L A , B A (CUNY), M A (UMASS), PhD (SFU), Spanish for Managers Maria-Luisa SINCLAIR, (ESAN, Peru), Human Resource Management Karen YIP, B A , L L B (UBC), Latin American Legal Systems Contact Tel: (604) 990-7881 Fox: (604) 984-4992 Email: lamp@capcollege.bc.ca Web site: www.capcollege.bc.ca/lamp Admission Requirements The program requires: • a university bachelor degree • an intermediate level of Spanish is preferred • English T O E F L level of 560 paper-based score or 220 computer-based score for international applicants Professionals are selected on the basis of their academic record, relevant work and international experience, a written submission, and an interview. The maximum number of students admitted per year is 32. Post-Graduate Programs 199 Successful applicants will demonstrate strong interpersonal and written communication skills, plus commitment to the Latin American region. Previous work experience and international exposure are desirable. Individuals who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into the program are also invited to apply. Sponsorship would come from business, government or non-profit organizations that want their employees trained for international work. WRITING PRACTICES Contact Tel: 984-4957 Email: humanities @ capcollege. be. ca General Information Writing Practices is a unique one year, post-baccalau- Courses reate certificate program offered by the Capilano L A M P 500 — Latin American Perspectives I The program offers advanced studies to writers with L A M P 501 —International Finance Review Writing Institute, within the College system. several years experience in writing or recent College or L A M P 506 — Canadian Perspectives University graduates. L A M P 507 — International Marketing I Participants in the program have access to some of the L A M P 508 — International Business Strategy following: group discussions, tutorials, seminars, L A M P 509 — International Career Management I L A M P 520 — Latin American Perspectives II L A M P 521 — Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce L A M P 522 — International Management Tools II (Negotiating Across Cultures) L A M P 523 — Latin American Legal Systems L A M P 524 — International Human Resource Management lectures, and readings given by Capilano College faculty, invited faculty, and a Writer-in-Residence, all of whom are professionals in their field. A major benefit of the program experience is the freedom to pursue a self-directed writing project with access to a variety of writers with special expertise in contemporary and current writing practices. A major component of the program experience is the interchange among the participants, which may include L A M P 525 — International Project Management critiques, encouragement of work in progress, exposure L A M P 526 — International Trade Principles and Logistics to new concepts and methods, and collaborative L A M P 528 — International Business Development challenge, stimulation and support, the program offers & Entrepreneurship L A M P 529 — International Career Management II writing. Along with providing the writer a context of access to a community of committed writers. L A M P 550 — Workshops Admission Requirements L A M P 560 — Co-op Work Placement To enter this program students should have a Bachelor L A M P 570 — Co-op Studies PORT 510 — Introduction to Portuguese for Managers I PORT 511 — Intermediate Portuguese for Managers II of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. Exceptional students with equivalent writing experience may be accepted at the discretion of the program faculty. Application Procedures S P A N 510 — Intermediate Spanish for Managers I Application for places in the Writing Practices program S P A N 511 — Intermediate Spanish for Managers II must be submitted before each Fall and Spring term. S P A N 520 — Advanced Spanish for Managers I Applicants will be accepted on the basis of their prior S P A N 521 — Advanced Spanish for Managers II education (BA, B F A , or equivalent), record of writing achievement (publications), portfolio submission, and statement of intent (project proposal). First time applicants will be given priority over participants who have previously completed TCRI 300 and 301 with the Institute. Post-Graduate 200 Programs Submission Requirements • C V , Biography or equivalent: A summary of education, publications, awards, scholarships, travel, etc. • Portfolio: A twenty page selection of previously published or unpublished work in any genre. • Project Proposal: A written statement of intent, specifying areas of independent study and an anticipated time frame for their completion. Submissions are assessed by an adjudication panel of faculty. Applications for the Fall term must be submitted by April 30th, and those for the Spring term by September 30th. Contact the Humanities Division at 984-4957. Applications should be addressed to: The Convenor The Capilano Review Writing Institute Humanities Division 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver B C V7J 3H5 Fees The 2000-2001 tuition fees were $1000 per term. There are two terms per year. Some ancillary fees will also apply. Advanced Options Courses Credits TCRI 300 Writing Practices I 15.0 TCRI 301 Writing Practices II 15.0 Post-Graduate Programs 201 Continuing Education Program Consultants music, professional film studies, social sciences, N. B O H N A , MMus., Community Music School natural sciences, career development, business, compu- T. B Y R N E S , M A (UVic), Coordinator, Continuing ter training, personal development, media, and modern Education E. C O O K , M A (Michigan State University), C R C (Certified Rehabilitation Commission), Career Development Programs P. C R A S S , Aboriginal Film and Television P. FORST, B.Rec.Ed. (UBC), General Programs, Eldercollege, Contract Services, Sechelt Campus L. JEST, M.Ed. (SFU), Director of Continuing Education L. KOPCHIA, General Programs and Contract Services, Squamish campus languages. Educational study/travel tours are also available through Continuing Education. Continuing Education courses are not listed in the College Calendar — they are advertised in seasonal calendars distributed throughout the North Shore. The full Continuing Education program is on the web at www.capcollege.bc.ca/continuinged. Community Music School The Capilano College Community Music School offers K. LIND, B A (Mus) (UBC), Eldercollege group instruction for students of voice, theory, and a B. MORRIS, M A (UBC), Professional Film Studies wide variety of instruments. Group music instruction R. S C H U S T E R , M A (Michigan State University), for children includes: Robert Pace Group Piano, Programming Consultant, Squamish Campus R. S T E C , B A , M A (UVic), Arts, Communications, Health, Languages, International T. T H O M P S O N , Business, Business Communications, Computers, Occupational Certification M . D E J O N G W E S T M A N , M.Sc. (UBC), Natural History, Educational Tours Support Staff Marianne Ketchen, Administrative Assistant Barbara Ottley, Assistant to the Director Sean Bridgeman, Barb Cooper, Cacilda Tang, Program Assistants Shari Bergman, Receptionist Lauren Mulholland, Publicist Contact Strings for Children and Kodaly/Orff classes. Adult instruction on instruments includes piano, violin, guitar and others. The Community Music School also offers Capilano College Festival Chorus, Cecilia Ensemble Women's Choir, and vocal instruction classes. Classes are held on campus and in other community locations. Children's programs are advertised in the local media each May, and both children's and adults' courses are listed in the Continuing Education calendar published three times a year. Email: cms ©capcollege.bc.ca Eldercollege Eldercollege is a year-round educational community The College offers a variety of continuing education open to men and women who are 55 and older. Eldercollege provides learning opportunities for older adults who wish to enrich their lifestyle through selfdirected education and contribute to the social and cultural development of the community. Eldercollege participants design and offer quality educational activities to stimulate interest in learning and to provide a forum for sharing ideas and knowledge with others. courses and programs. There are no prerequisites for Members can lead study groups, serve on the admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain Eldercollege Board and its committees, and be study level of proficiency is recommended. group participants. Activities are both planned and The majority of continuing education offerings are an operated by members to maintain a high quality 984-4901, fax: 983-7545 (Lower Mainland) 892-5322, fax: 892-9274 (Howe Sound) 885-9310, fax: 885-9350 (Sunshine Coast) Email: ceweb@capcollege.be.ca Continuing Education outgrowth of the College's academic and career/ offering at a minimum cost. vocational programs whose faculties contribute to the Email: eldercollege@capcollege.bc.ca high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, Continuing Education 205 Certified Financial Planner™ Program CFE Educational Travel: Natural History, Arts and Languages Developed by the Canadian Institute of Financial Continuing Education offers a wide variety of travel Planning (CIFP) specifically for individuals who wish and study opportunities ranging from island-hopping in to become qualified professional financial planners, the the Galapagos to Summer Workshops in France at Paul CFP program covers the full spectrum of financial and Babette Deggan's Centre Estival des Arts. products, services and strategies. It is offered at Capilano College on the institute's behalf, with the approval of The Financial Planners Standards Council of Canada. After completing the program, students with two years' work experience can write the professional proficiency examination in order to receive the Natural History tours vary from year to year, but include field days to local sites of interest such as Burns Bog or Indian Arm or a rafting trip down the Cheakamus and Squamish rivers to view the annual congregation of bald eagles. CFP certification mark. The Special Lectures in Science series is a very popular Professional Film Studies E-mail: edtravel@capcollege.bc.ca Continuing Education offers a variety of evening and weekend courses in Professional Film Studies. Devel- community lecture series offered each term. Contracts and Educational Partnerships oped specifically to meet the industry's training needs, Various employment training and other programs courses focus on three areas identified through consul- funded through the provincial and federal government tation with unions, professional organizations and may also be developed and administered through this College faculty: division. Continuing Education works in partnership • introductory workshops that offer students the most current and reliable information about the film industry; with other faculties, colleges and community organizations to jointly develop and deliver high-quality training and career development opportunities for the • courses in production management, production crafts, directing, cinematography, grip, screenwriting, acting and other areas of interest; • a series of professional development workshops for people working in the industry. community. Organizations and societies are encouraged to cosponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the Courses at Capilano College emphasize a hands-on opportunity to foster public understanding on social, approach to the skills needed to succeed in the techni- business, artistic and technological issues. cal and creative areas of film, television, video and commercial production. Working professionals from the industry teach all courses and workshops. E-mail: fitc@capcollege.bc.ca E-mail: partner®capcollege.bc.ca Custom-Designed Programs From time to time, the College offers specific programs Aboriginal Film and Television Production Program designed to meet the needs of particular groups, This intensive 20-week certificate program provides 16 Language Culture, Career Development Facilitator, industries, governments or agencies. In recent years, these included programs in Hospitality/ESL, English weeks of instruction in film and television production Small Business Entrepreneurship and Career Transi- from the Aboriginal perspective. Students are then tions. placed in a four-week practicum. For more information, contact Peter Crass at 990-7904. Email: pcrass@capcollege.bc.ca Provincial Rafting Exams All commercial river rafting guides are required to be certified and licensed prior to conducting rafting trips on rivers located in British Columbia. Certification and licensing are obtained by passing both a written and practical certification examination. E-mail: Continuing 206 Education rafting@capcollege.bc.ca International Short-term English Language and Cultural Programs International Programs provide training for Canadians and international students. International students may enrol in programs that offer short-term E S L and Canadian culture homestay, or E S L combined with Seniors People aged 60 and over are eligible for a 10% discount on fees for most courses. Some co-sponsored and certain other courses are excluded from this policy such as travel tours, field trip activities and Eldercollege computer courses. career skills training in professional areas such as business administration, computers, tourism and others. Limit of Responsibility E-mail: intlconted@capcollege.bc.ca The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuation of any course or program or Continuing Education Policies class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of Fee Policy other similar causes. an Act of God, fire, labour problems, lack of funds, or Full course fees must be paid at the time of registration. Students are admitted to classes only after full fees have been paid. Fees are not transferable from one term to another. Please make cheques and money orders payable to Capilano College (one- or two-day courses require certified cheques). There is a $25 charge for NSF cheques. Tax receipts will be issued at year-end for course fees totalling more than $100. Please Note: No discounts on travel tours, field trip activities, Community Music School, or Eldercollege computer courses. Refund Policy Fees paid for courses or workshops cancelled by the College will be refunded in full. Applications for withdrawal and refund will only be accepted prior to the second session of a course, except in the case of workshops of short duration (up to three consecutive days) for which withdrawal applications must be received at least 24 hours before the workshop begins. Tuition fees paid by cheque/cash will be refunded by cheque to the registered student. Refund of tuition fees paid by credit card will show as a credit to the account of the credit card holder. All refunds are subject to a $20 processing fee plus any non-refundable charges such as those for texts, course materials, etc. Fees under $20 are non-refundable. Any departure from the above policy will be stated in the course/workshop description. To apply for withdrawal and refund, call 984-4901. Under no circumstances will refunds be given after the end of a course or workshop. Continuing Education 207 International Education An International Outlook Strategic Alliances Known for its innovative programs, some of which are Capilano College has developed a number of strategic unique in Canada, Capilano College is committed to alliances and informal consortia with other institutions preparing students to effectively participate as respon- and organizations in British Columbia and the rest of sible citizens in a rapidly changing and diverse global Canada, which can provide a comprehensive range of community. expertise and training to clients and partners. The College actively promotes international partner- The College is a founding member of the British ships, programs and experiences for its students, staff, Columbia Centre for International Education (BCCIE), faculty, clients and partners around the world. and a member of the Association of Canadian Commu- Capilano College has been involved in a wide variety nity Colleges (ACCC), and the Canadian Bureau for of international development, consulting, educational International Education (CBIE). projects and exchanges during its thirty-year history, which have enriched the College community and deepened its understanding "of different cultures. The focus geographically of the College in international activities is: • China • Vietnam • Lebanon • Central/South America • Mexico • Japan • Other Pacific Rim Countries International Linkages Consulting and Human Resource Development With the funding support of the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and other international financial institutions and working in cooperation with N G O ' s such as the Association of Canadian Community Colleges ( A C C C ) and the Canadian Bureau for International Education (CBIE), Capilano College has experience working with, and in, Vietnam, Thailand, China, Indonesia, India, Lebanon and South America. The College also provides custom designed training packages, corporate training and consulting in locations worldwide. Formal linkages and International Exchange Agree- Consulting and contract services offered include: ments have been developed with a number of colleges • Technology Transfer and universities worldwide including: • Needs Assessment • Dalian Nationalities University (China) • Dalian University (China) • Beijing Capital University of Economics (China) • Kushiro Public University (Japan) • Aichi Gakusen College (Japan) • Ho Chi Minh Open University (Vietnam) • Hanoi Open University (Vietnam) • Rajamangala Institute of Technology (Thailand) • Hariri Canadian University College of Technology (Lebanon) Cooperation with these institutions facilitates student and faculty exchanges, permits collaboration on international development projects in other countries and enables the delivery of Capilano College courses • Institutional Strengthening • Program and Curriculum Development • Instructional Design • Custom-designed training programs Any inquiries should be directed to the International Office: International Education 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, British Columbia V7J 3H5 Telephone: (604) 990-7895 Fax: (604) 984-1743 E-mail: intemational@capcollege.bc.ca and training in a variety of locales. International Education 211 International Programs Dalian, China Short-Term ESL And Canadian Culture Homestay Programs Capilano College, through its institute in China, These programs can be customized to meet the needs Capilano Canadian Institute of Higher Education of any organization or group. Please contact the (CCIHE), offers a Business Administration program at International Education department at Dalian Nationalities University in China. international ©capcollege.bc.ca or by telephone at Students who successfully complete two years of fulltime study will receive a diploma in International Business from Capilano College and C C I H E and a certificate from Dalian Nationalities University: (604) 990-7895 for information and pricing. Study Tours Capilano College, through the Continuing Education, Graduates of the two year diploma program who want department offers study tours in Natural History and to continue their studies have the opportunity for Arts and Language in locations throughout Europe, advanced study toward a Business Administration Central and South America. Enquiries can be directed university degree in Canada. Business students studying at Capilano College in North Vancouver can choose to take a selection of their fourth term courses at the College's Dalian, China, location with Capilano College instructors. For the past seven years, Capilano College has offered Beijing, China. Enquiries can be directed to the Early in 1998 Capilano College entered into a contract with the Canadian Bureau of International Education (CBIE, Ottawa) and the Hariri Foundation (HF) of Beirut, Lebanon under the auspices of the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) to develop and operate a new educational institution in Lebanon. Following some sixteen months of planning and development by all partners the Hariri Canadian University College of Technology (HCUCT) was opened on September 15th, 1999, at an attractively renovated campus located 15 miles south of Beirut overlooking the Mediterranean. H C U C T is operating with a combination of carefully selected Capilano College and Lebanese (HCUCT) faculty who have trained together in order to deliver the three year Co-op Business Diploma curriculum that mirrors that of Capilano College but is enhanced with Lebanese content. Students will graduate with specialities in General Management, Accounting and Finance, Computing and Marketing, all with a co-op education designation. They will then enter the workforce with a practical business education or continue their studies towards a B B A degree in Lebanon or at Capilano College in co-operation with the British Columbia Open University or others. In the future there should also be opportunities for Capilano College students to study some of their Business courses in Lebanon at H C U C T . A continuing involvement with H C U C T will lead to a further enhancement of our commitment to International Education at Capilano College. 212 China Summer School a three-week intensive Chinese Mandarin program in Lebanon International to the Continuing Education Department at (604) 9844901. Education Language Department at (604) 986-1911 (ext. 2423). T o Apply for University Transfer and Degree INTERNATIONAL STUDENT Programs CENTRE In addition to the above general admission requirements, applicants must: Gary H E N K E L M A N N , Manager, B.Ed. (U of Alberta) Ursel B R O W N , Support Staff Shirley ROSS, Support Staff The International Student Centre is located on the third floor of the Birch Building, Room 339, Tel: (604) 9907863. Or contact Gary Henkelmann, Tel: (604) 9837544, Ursel Brown, Tel: (604) 990-7863 or Shirley Ross (604) 990-7914. • If required, have successfully completed any necessary pre-requisite courses appropriate to the chosen field of study. • Demonstrate the required English language proficiency either by presenting an official T O E F L score of 220 (560 written score) or an official IELTS score of 6.5 or an E L A score of 145. T o Apply for Career and Technology and Vocational Programs INTERNATIONAL STUDENT INFORMATION In addition to the above general admission requirements, the applicants must: • Have permission from the coordinator of the program. Capilano College provides a wide variety of educational programs including: university transfer courses in arts and science, diplomas and certificates in Career and Vocational areas, English as a Second Language (ESL), E S L combined with university transfer or career courses, and four-year degrees in Business Administration, Tourism, Music Therapy, and Jazz Studies. Capilano College welcomes students from all parts of the world. General Admission Requirements All international applicants must: • Be 18 years of age or older on arrival. • Have the minimum grade point average of 2.0 on a 4-point scale. • Have completed the equivalent of secondary school graduation (grade 12) in British Columbia. • Meet the admission requirements as specified for the intended program of study. • Have a valid Student Authorization from the Government of Canada. • Demonstrate the required English language proficiency either by presenting an official T O E F L score of 220 (560 written score) or an official IELTS score of 6.5 or an E L A score of 145. Application Process To apply to Capilano College international students should follow these steps: • Complete an Application for Admission form. • Enclose a $ 100 Cdn non-refundable Application Processing Fee. • Enclose a certified copy of all high school and university transcripts translated into English. • If applying for the academic or career programs arrange to have an original copy of your T O E F L results sent to Capilano College. (Capilano College code is 0505.) After receiving this information, Capilano College will send the student an admission letter indicating the conditions of the admission. International Student Fees Admission Requirements for Specific Program Areas (as of September 1, 2000) T o Apply for the English Language Program (ESL) International student tuition fees for all programs of In addition to the above general admission requirements, applicants must: • Have some prior studies in English. Students should arrive with a minimum of a lower intermediate level of English. study are $275 Cdn per credit. Most courses are 3 credits. The tuition fee for most courses is $825 per term ($275 x 3 credits). The tuition fees for one term, or four months, of full-time study are $4125 Cdn. International students are required to be enrolled in a full-time program of study, which includes 12-15 credits per term (4-5 courses). Exceptions will be made for students who are in the final term of their program and require fewer courses for completion. International Education 213 If an international student's status changes to that of a landed immigrant status on/after the first day of classes in a term, the change in tuition fees will occur the following term. Students are asked to provide documentation of the status change. Satisfactory Academic Achievement All students who enter Capilano College are expected to maintain acceptable standards of academic performance. Students should refer to the section in this Calendar which explains Capilano College's guidelines Note: Capilano College reserves the right to change for acceptable performance. Should an international fees and policies without notice. student begin to fall below the acceptable performance standards, he/she will receive prior warning and be Additional Fees given access to academic advising services. If the General Fees: standards of academic performance, he/she shall be student continues to be unable to maintain acceptable All international students will be assessed an additional placed on probation and may, if the situation persists, general fee of $48 Cdn each term. This fee is assessed be required to withdraw from the program. as a contribution toward the Student Union and Capilano Courier fee. International Student Support Material/Lab Fees: Capilano College provides special support to interna- Where applicable to specific courses, students will be tional students. assessed lab/materials fees. Prior to arrival staff in the International Student Centre In addition, students are also responsible for such expenses as medical insurance coverage, textbooks, work closely with students to ensure that they receive the necessary application and admission information housing, meals, recreational and transportation costs. and documentation. All international students are Refund Policy The International Student Centre provides information Students should familiarize themselves with Capilano College's refund policy prior to submitting payment for their studies. invited to Orientation prior to the start of term. and resources on all aspects of the international student's stay in Canada. E-mail: IntEd@capcollege.bc.ca. The Advising Centre has Academic Advisors who answer questions about programs of study, course International students who: a. Withdraw in the first or second week of instruction will receive a 67% refund of tuition fees. selection for university transfer or career programs, developing an educational plan, and so on. Contact Jean Berry at (604) 983-7539. The Counselling b. Withdraw after the second week of instruction will Department has Student Counsellors who provide receive no refund of tuition fees. c. Withdraw for medical reasons or due to a failure to obtain a student authorization prior to arrival at Capilano College will be entitled to a full refund of tuition fees paid. Students must notify Capilano College in writing and provide documentation prior to the start of the term. Once instruction begins, policies A . and B. above apply. educational counselling, career counselling, and Refunds for non-base funded courses vary. Check with the Cashier's Office. In addition, in all refund cases, the application fee of $100 Cdn is non-refundable. Students who wish to defer their application to the next term must do so in writing prior to the start of the term. Medical Insurance All students must have adequate medical coverage while studying at Capilano College. International 214 Education personal counselling plus provide workshops and outreach programs. Contact Karen Peardon at (604) 983-7535. Capilano College encourages all international students to participate in the International Club to meet Canadian and other international students and to participate in a variety of activities, on and off campus. Tel: (604) 983-7535. The Peer Support Centre has student volunteers who are available as conversation buddies during fall and spring terms. Tel: (604) 983-1744. Capilano College strives to ensure that all international students are well received and have a positive and successful educational experience. OS Course Descriptions Lab hours Lecture hours * Other hours Course Number Duration of the course (in weeks)** Number of credits for the course Department Name BIOL 105 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs Term in which the course is usually offered * * * 15wks Environmental Biology F = Fall S = Spring Su = Summer Course Name * In some courses t h e d e p a r t m e n t may convert t h e f o u r t h lecture h o u r t o a n o t h e r scheduled instructional activity. W h e r e this occurs, students w i l l be advised by t h e course instructor a n d in t h e course o u t l i n e given o u t at t h e b e g i n n i n g of t h e t e r m . ** Please check t h e T i m e t a b l e f o r w e e k l y course hours a n d course d u r a t i o n (in weeks) f o r c o n d e n s e d courses/terms. * * * Please check t h e T i m e t a b l e t o c o n f i r m t h e t e r m o f f e r e d as this may c h a n g e after t h e Calendar is p r i n t e d . The n o m i n a l length of a t e r m is 15 weeks. Please see t h e A c a d e m i c Schedule at t h e f r o n t of this calendar f o r t h e first a n d last days o f classes a n d f o r t h e dates of t h e e x a m i n a t i o n p e r i o d . ACTP001 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) ACTP005 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Job Search and Maintenance Techniques Visual and Print Communication Skills The focus of this course is to encourage students' needs to develop and use job search techniques and appropriate employment behaviours. Students will also be encouraged to practice self-advocacy in terms of their employment needs. A n emphasis will be placed on developing interview skills with confidence. The focus of this course is to extend students' awareness, knowledge and understanding of communication skills required for obtaining employment and to improve their ability to communicate effectively using a variety of media (eg. computer, printed words, signs). Class time is comprised of discussions, talks, worksheets, field trips, role-plays and hands-on experience. Students will be given instruction in computer skills. Students will be given opportunities to prepare resumes, cover letters and thank-you letters using the Microsoft Word software program. ACTP002 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Occupational Preparation and Safety in the Workplace The focus of this course is to provide students with practical experience in a work situation including preparation prior to placement and follow-up concluding the practicum. Emphasis will be placed on making students aware of and knowledgeable about WHMIS, W C B rules and occupational health and safety. ACTP006 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Leisure Education To assist students to clarify their leisure interests and values and use their leisure time more constructively. Students will be encouraged to become more aware of their own feelings and beliefs about leisure so that future leisure decisions will be by their own choice and from their own value system. Emphasis will be placed on project work within the community. Course Descriptions 217 ACTP 007 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) ACTS 104 6 credits (4,0,8) hrs Consumer Preparation The Working Actor (Advanced) This course provides students with strategies and opportunities to practice and improve a range of consumer related skills. Field trips are incorporated in the program. Prerequisite: A C T S 101. ACTP 008 3 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Interpersonal Communications This course provides students with an opportunity to discuss and develop the skills involved with effectively communicating in a diverse range of interpersonal roles and relationships (friend, neighbour, consumer, citizen). ACTP 009 6 credits (25,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) 15wks (S) A continuation of the study of what it takes to be successful in the "real" world of acting in film. Acting students will take part in productions by Professional Film Studies students. The Working Actor, Introduction must be completed as a pre-requisite to taking this course. AEM. 140 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Arts and Entertainment Management I An introduction to the skills and organizational systems necessary to run a performing arts organization. A major emphasis will be on company and season marketing strategies. Work Experience To give the student a practical experience in a work situation including preparation prior to placement and follow-up concluding the practicum. ACTS 100 2 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) AEM. 141 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) Arts and Entertainment Management II A continuation of A E M 240 with an emphasis on resource development. 1.5 credits (0,0,4) hrs 15wks (F) Working with the Director AEM. This course will explore the Actor/Director relationship which exists during the film making process. Particular attention is paid to the production of feature films, dramatic productions, movies of the week and filmed series. Arts and Entertainment Introductory Practicum I ACTS 101 2 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) 142 Prerequisite: Interview. This is a practicum in which students will rotate through various positions in the Capilano College Performing Arts Theatre. Students in this course will work in teams with senior students who will head a particular area. The Working Actor This course is designed to prepare the student to face the technical, personal and professional challenges of developing a successful career in the competitive world of acting in film and television. ACTS 102 2 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) History of Acting in Film This course explores the historical development of both the mutable nature of film content and the evolution of film acting techniques. ACTS 103 6 credits (4,0,8) hrs 15wks (S) Working with the Director (Advanced) Prerequisite: A C T S 100. This course continues the exploration of the Actor/ Director relationship and includes opportunities to take part in a series of student film productions. Students must have completed Working With The Director, Introduction to take this course. AEM. 143 3 credits (0,0,8) hrs This is a practicum in which students will rotate through various positions in the Capilano College Performing Arts Theatre. Students in this couse will work in teams with senior students who will head a particular area. A E M . 240 4.5 credits (0,0,25) hrs (F) Management I Prerequisite: Interview. This is a seven-week practicum in which students rotate through various positions in the Capilano College Performing Arts Theatre. A E M . 241 4.5 credits (0,0,25) hrs 7 wks (S) Internal Practicum in Arts and Entertainment A continuation of A E M . 240. 218 7 wks Internal Practicum in Arts and Entertainment Prerequisite: Interview. Descriptions (S) Prerequisite: Interview. Management II Course 15wks Arts and Entertainment Introductory Practicum II A E M . 242 6 credits (0,0,30) hrs 7 wks (F) A E M . 249 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Management Seminar and External Practicum I Company and Tour Management Prerequisite: Interview. Prerequisite: Interview. This is a seven-week placement with a professional arts or entertainment organization in which students can apply the knowledge and skills they learned in the classroom. A seminar is held at the end of the practicums in which the students meet and share what they learned from their placement. The purpose of this course is to provide students with an understanding of how an arts and entertainment organization operates and how tours are planned and executed. A E M . 340 4.5 credits (0,0,25) hrs 7 wks (F) Internal Practicum in Arts and Entertainment A E M . 243 6 credits (0,0,30) hrs 7 wks (S) Management I Management Seminar and External Practicum II Prerequisite: Interview. Prerequisite: Interview. This is a seven-week practicum in which students rotate through various positions in the Capilano College Performing Arts Theatre. A continuation of A E M . 242. A E M . 245 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (Su) 4.5 credits (0,0,25) hrs 7 wks (S) Public Relations, Marketing and Promotion A E M . 341 Prerequisite: Interview. Internal Practicum in Arts and Entertainment In this course students examine how the image presented by an arts or entertainment organization to the public affects its revenue potential. They learn how to shape that image and how to target and market to their potential audience. Management II Prerequisite: Interview. A continuation of A E M . 340. A E M . 342 6 credits (0,0,30) hrs 7 wks (F) Management Seminar and External Practicum I A E M . 246 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Organizational Structures in Arts and Entertainment Prerequisite: Interview. This course provides students with an understanding of the organizational structures of an arts and entertainment organization. It examines the role of boards of directors, volunteers, and paid personnel, and teaches the skills necessary to build successful relationships between these sectors. A E M . 247 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Financial Management in Arts and Entertainment This course is designed to teach fundamental accounting procedures such as the preparation of a general ledger, balance sheet and income statement. Financial planning, budgeting, cash management, and payroll will also be covered. 1.5 credits This is a seven-week placement with a professional arts or entertainment organization in which the students can apply the knowledge and skills they learned in the classroom. A seminar is held at the end of the practicums in which the students meet and share what they learned from their placement. A E M . 343 (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (Su) 6 credits (0,0,30) hrs 7 wks (S) Management Seminar and External Practicum II Prerequisite: Interview. A continuation of A E M . 342. A E M . 344 Prerequisite: Interview. A E M . 248 Prerequisite: Interview. 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (Su) Computer Applications in Arts & Entertainment Administration Prerequisite: Interview. This course teaches applications for computers in Arts and Entertainment Management. Students gain an understanding of basic word processing and database/ spreadsheet programs. Arts Advocacy, Grantsmanship and Fundraising Prerequisite: Interview. This course teaches the skills necessary to become an effective advocate for the arts. The students learn how to successfully complete grant applications and how to plan and execute a successful fundraising campaign. Course Descriptions 219 A E M . 345 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (Su) Public Relations, Marketing and Promotion Prerequisite: Interview. In this course students examine how the image presented by an arts or entertainment organization to the public affects its revenue potential. They learn how to shape that image and how to target and market to their potential audience. A E M . 346 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Organizational Structures in Arts and Entertainment Management Prerequisite: Interview. This course provides students with an understanding of the organizational structures of an arts and entertainment organization. It examines the role of boards of directors, volunteers, and paid personnel, and teaches the skills necessary to build successful relationships between these sectors. ciation of art are the aims of the course, and through lectures and class discussions, students will develop an eye for seeing and appropriate terms to describe the works shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly reveals how changing styles in architecture, painting, and sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the political, social, and religious thought of each period. AHIS 101 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Financial Management in Arts and Entertainment Prerequisite: Interview. This course is designed to teach fundamental accounting procedures such as the preparation of a general ledger, balance sheet, and income statement. Financial planning, budgeting, cash management, and payroll will also be covered. A E M . 348 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (Su) Arts Advocacy, Grantsmanship and Fundraising Prerequisite: Interview. This course teaches the skills necessary to become an effective advocate for the arts. The students learn how to successfully complete grant applications and how to plan and execute a successful fundraising campaign. A E M . 349 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Company and Tour Management Prerequisite: Interview. The purpose of this course is to provide students with an understanding of how an arts and entertainment organization operates and how tours are planned and executed. AHIS 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) The History of Art I This course studies the history of art beginning with the pyramids of Egypt and concluding with the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High Middle Ages in Europe. A n understanding and appre- Course 220 Descriptions (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the twentieth century. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period will be closely considered. AHIS 104 A E M . 347 3 credits The History of Art II 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to Visual Culture I This course is designed to encourage students to become visually literate and confident in the analysis/ interpretation of all aspects of the visual arts. Confrontation with a wide range of ideas, images and media will stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding of the creative process. The purposes of art will be discussed and the relationships between art and society explored. The interdisciplinary nature of art will be examined as well as the achievements of Canadian artists. AHIS 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (5) Introduction to Visual Culture II What is the impact of advertising on the viewer? What are the achievements of women artists? What are the current issues concerning art and censorship? These and other topical subjects relating to the arts will be addressed in this course. Attention will also be given to such themes as magic and ritual in art, the body in art, the artist as observer, the landscape in art and aspects of photography. The material will include the art of the past as well as the current art scene. Consideration will also be given to the achievements of Canadian artists. This course is designed to help students decode their visual world and become visually literate. AHIS 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Pre-Columbian, African and Northwest Coast Indigenous Art This course introduces the student to aspects of PreColumbian art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African art. The art, architecture and performing arts of indig- enous peoples will be examined in the context of cultural, religious and social issues. Students will learn about civilizations that flourished in Mexico prior to the Spanish Conquest. A section on the art of the Northwest Coast Indian will illuminate the achievements of local indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the environment. In the component on African art, students will study the early history of African art and later artistic developments in a variety of regions ranging from Senegal to Zaire. AHIS 107 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) The Art of India, China and Japan Explore exotic Indian temples, ancient Chinese burials and Japanese shrines in this introductory course to Asian art. Indian, Chinese and Japanese works of art will be examined in the light of cultural, religious, social and political issues to emphasize the close connections between art and society. In particular, the impact of Hinduism, Buddhism and Confucianism on the arts will be examined. Students will gain insights into the evolution of important periods, styles and artistic traditions in Asian art. Consideration will be given to a wide range of art forms, including the performing arts and the Japanese tea ceremony. AHIS 210 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) History of Modern Art (19th Century) This course studies the mainstreams of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the social and political upheavals of the 19th century, where issues of class, gender and race are considered. AHIS 211 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) History of Modern Art (20th Century) This history of 20th century art begins with the work of Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution— Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual and Earth Art—is studied, leading to a full discussion of Post Modernism and the art of the 90's. The aim of this course is to demystify modern art by studying the underlying concepts and theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the ethos of contemporary life. AHIS 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Early Renaissance Art in Italy This course traces the origins of the Early Renaissance in Italy, beginning with the art of Giotto and focusing attention on the creators of the new style, the architects, sculptors and painters of Florence, Arezzo, Mantua and Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate of the fifteenth century, linked to the expression in this new art, will also be considered, as will be the emerging importance of private patronage. AHIS 221 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy This course studies the art of the High Renaissance and the emerging view of the artist as sovereign genius. The work of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is examined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists of the Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial style dominates the latter part of the 16th century. The contributions of the Venetians as well as the architecture of Palladio will also be considered. AHIS 231 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) History of Textile Art I This course first studies the textile traditions of the Near East by considering Ancient Egypt and its great linen manufactories, and the silk guilds of the Byzantine Empire, as well as tracing the influence of Sassanian designs. Cotton and the central role it played in the struggle for Indian independence is highlighted as we move further east to consider the evolution of the Dragon Robes of China and the kimonos of Japan. This study concludes with textile designs and tapestries produced in Medieval and Renaissance Europe where the important contributions of such leading artists as Raphael and Rubens are fully considered. AHIS 232 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) History of Textile Art II This course first explores the textile traditions of Africa and the Americas. The textiles of the Kuba of Africa, Ancient Andean cloth and Contemporary Mayan textile designs are examined as important artistic expressions of these cultures. Navaho weaving and the great tradition of the Chilkat Dancing Blanket of the Pacific Northwest are studied as examples of cross-cultural expressions. Our attention then focuses on the effects of the Industrial Revolution on textile practices and the contributions of William Morris and the Arts and Crafts Movement. The course concludes with a discussion of 20th century textiles and explores the work of some of the leading contemporary textile artists. Course Descriptions 221 ANIM 010 2.25 credits (6,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) ANIM 113 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Animation Principles and Timing Life Drawing for Animation I This course is an introduction to the procedures used to create animated characters with life, weight and personality. Students will learn how to create movement frame-by-frame, using drawings and objects. This course will demonstrate the importance of life drawing in the creation of animated movement. Students will learn to accurately draw what they see. Human proportions and the human form in action will be studied. Quick gesture drawing will be practised intensively to build on the student's ability to create simple line drawings that communicate weight, structure and feeling. ANIM 020 2.25 credits (6,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Design Basics for Animation Students will be introduced to design as it applies to commercial animation production. This will include: basic perspective skills; character design; posing; layout design; colour design and storyboard design. ANIM 030 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Drawing for Animation Students will learn how to improve their drawing skills through observation and practice. Gesture drawing from the model will be emphasized in this course with the focus on quick sketches that capture the form and weight of the model. Basic anatomy will be introduced and students will maintain a weekly sketchbook of drawings. ANIM 040 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Digital Animation This course will introduce the student to computergenerated animation and the tools used to create character animation digitally. Students will learn to apply the traditional principles of animation to digital characters. ANIM 111 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Animation Drawing I An introduction to creating animated movement. Basic animation timing skills, animation principles and procedures used to produce character animation will be introduced. ANIM 112 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks Animation Design I Students will learn design skills as they relate to commercial animation. Strong posing, drawing on model, and character design will be introduced. Perspective drawing will be reviewed. (F) ANIM 114 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) History of Character Animation This course will cover the development of character animation from Winsor McCay to the present. Emphasis will be on the Disney, Fleischer, Warner Brothers, M G M and U.P.A. studios of the 1930's and 40's and will include major developments and the work of important directors. Current trends in animation will be discussed. ANIM 121 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Animation Drawing II Students will learn how to animate more complex movement of more diverse characters. Animation timing is emphasized. Special effects animation will be taught. Acting in animation and animating to prerecorded dialogue will be introduced. ANIM 122 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Animation Design II Students will gain more practical experience in the posing of animation and will work with a wider range of characters. Bringing out the character's emotions will be practised. In this course, the student will learn to create a full design package for an animated production. ANIM 123 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Life Drawing for Animation II Students will build on the skills learned in A N I M 113 and they will increase their ability to accurately render the human form in movement. Structure and anatomy of humans will be emphasized. Animal anatomy and movement will be studied. ANIM 124 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Anatomy for Animation This course introduces students to the anatomical design of the human form. Students will study the bones and muscles as well as the relationships of bone and muscle of the human body in action and at rest. Course 222 Descriptions ANIM 126 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) ANIM 241 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Layout Design I Animation Drawing IV Students will be introduced to the skills of animation background design. The animation camera stand and its functions will be demonstrated. Design and composition skills will be introduced and perspective drawing will be developed further in order to produce complex and detailed layouts. This course will focus on the production of students' demo tapes meant to showcase their animation skills. Students will be focused on feature-quality key animation involving a variety of characters and actions. Character and personality in animation will be emphasized. ANIM 231 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) ANIM 242 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Animation Drawing III Major Projects Animating characters that act is the focus of this course. Dialogue breakdown and animating to dialogue will continue to be emphasized. Animation involving several characters in the same scene will be covered and students will work with more complex and realistic character designs. In this course, students will be allowed to concentrate their efforts on a specific career such as layout artist, computer animator, character designer or key animator. Working one-on-one with an instructor, students will design and produce their own projects in order to achieve success in their specific fields in the industry. ANIM 232 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) ANIM 243 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Storyboard Design Life Drawing for Animation IV Students will be taught to create storyboards that communicate film narratives effectively. In this class, students will be expected to design animation sequences to be produced in the fourth term, eventually becoming a major part of their demo tape. Movement and sequential drawing studies will be emphasized. The main objective of this course will be to make use of the skills and techniques learned in previous life drawing classes to create a diverse range of excellent portfolio pieces tailored to the expectations of the animation industry. ANIM 233 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) 3 credits Life Drawing for Animation III ANIM 245 Students will continue to improve their life drawing skills while working primarily with sequential studies. The ability to accurately depict emotion and mood, particularly of the face, eyes and hands will be the main objective of this course. Practise in the use of foreshortening and tone will be included. Colour and Media ANIM 234 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Basic colour theory will be taught using a variety of painting materials and techniques used in the animation industry. Students will learn the specific skills required of animation background painters and will create finished backgrounds from original layout designs. ANTH 121 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Computer Animation Introduction to Social Anthropology Students will be introduced to computer generated animation. The students will use traditional animation and design skills acquired in the first two terms of the program to create quality computer animation using 3D software. This course will provide students with a strong foundation of computer animation skills enabling them, if they wish, to begin to focus on a career in computer animation. A survey of social anthropology to include the study of communication, economic systems, kinship and family patterns, social control, political organization, religion, and the arts. Also includes understanding the methods and effects of culture change. Examples of different cultural practices will be drawn from societies throughout the world. ANTH 123 ANIM 236 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Layout Design II This course will further develop the student's layout design skills, enabling them to produce finished animation layouts of high quality. Technical skills concerning camera moves will be included and students will work to industry standards. Actual layout tests from major animation studios will be part of the curriculum. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks(ForS) Introduction to Archaeology An introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods of Archaeology, including the techniques used to discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples will be drawn from archaeological research around the world. Course Descriptions 223 ANTH 124 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs ISwks(ForS) ANTH 206 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks(ForS) Human Origins First Nations of British Columbia An introduction to the theoretical foundations and evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. The biological and cultural evolution of humankind as indicated through a study of evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains, and archaeological discoveries. A study of the cultural history, diversity, and complexity of the Native Peoples of British Columbia. The archaeological past, traditional lifeways, and current issues are examined. ANTH 208 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks(ForS) Indigenous Peoples of North America ANTH 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Intermediate Social Anthropology A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues in Anthropology. ANTH 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F o r S) A survey of the cultural history and social organization of native peoples of the North American continent including Canada, the United States and Mexico. An examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. ANTH 241 6 credits (2,9,0) hrs 15 wks Anthropology and the Environment Archaeology Field School The study of the interaction of people, culture and environments, emphasizing human adaptive strategies. Focus of the course will vary each semester, exploring such topics as subsistence patterns, systems of knowledge in traditional cultures, modernization and globalization, and current issues. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ANTH 204 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) This practical field course focusses on the identification, recording and recovery of archaeological remains. The majority of the time is spent in the field. Note: When the course is offered during a seven week summer session, the course hours each week are doubled. Ethnic Relations APMC 503 A study of the relations between ethnic groups. The construction, maintenance and expression of ethnic boundaries and identities will be examined within a variety of cultural contexts, including Canada. The course will address the social construction of difference and will offer perspectives on racial stereotyping, the politics of representation, the expression of ethnic popular culture and its wider consumption. Processes, such as de-colonization and globalization which have been involved in the rise of ethnic consciousness will be analysed, together with theoretical concepts through which ethnicity may be comprehended. International Career Management ANTH 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs, 15 wks (S) Multiculturalism The course will examine multiculturalism within Canada and utilize comparative material from Australia and New Zealand. The creation and impact of multiculturalism will be addressed from historical and cultural perspectives. The scope will move from broader Canadian issues to looking specifically at British Columbian ethnic relations and the changing cultural landscape. Course 224 Descriptions (Su) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) This course will help students develop skills and an understanding for networking and working in an Asian environment. APMC 505 9 credits (12,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Co-op Work Term This course covers the work expected during the Work Term. It has four major modules: 1) Mid-term Conference; 2) International Career Development; 3) Sectoral Focus Groups; 4) News Analysis. Associates will be expected to maintain a high level of communication with the program through electronic means. Failure to pass each individual element of the course will result in failure of the co-op term and thus the program. APMC 515 0.25 credits (0.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Directed Studies This two-fold course allows students, through directed research and a written paper, to explore an area of special interest or need. It also includes preparation for the final comprehensive exam. APMC 518 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) APMC 533 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs International Finance I International Business and Trade This course will aim at providing students with an understanding of financial concepts and strategies that influence business in the conduct of international commerce. This course will focus on case studies. APMC519 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to International Business and Trade This course provides students with an understanding of the basic concepts involved in marketing products and services, as well as with a familiarity with marketing terminology and the application of the "marketing concept" . APMC 520 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Economic Geography I This course will introduce students to current concepts in socio-economic analysis and will emphasize the spatial aspects of economic processes. Emphasis is on the dynamism of economic change and how this change interacts with local social, political and environmental matrices. The course will be issue oriented. There will be a mix of theoretical background, actual case studies, and training in analytical skills. APMC 534 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Business Development Projects These are supervised team projects working with Vancouver-based companies. Business plans and projects are prepared for Asian opportunities chosen in conjunction with the companies. APMC 525 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) International Management I This course provides students with a broad understanding of the management process and functions as well as with the interrelatedness of these topics with human hehaviour in organizations. Students also study the application of this learning in an international context particularly with respect to the Asia Pacific region. 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) International Finance II This course is a continuation of A P M C 518. APMC 532 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks Economic Geography II (S) 15 wks (S) This course is a continuation of A P M C 525, but places a greater emphasis on guest presentations by senior executives whose companies actually are operating in the Asia Pacific region.. APMC 540 5.25 credits (7,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Asia Pacific Perspectives I This series of courses is designed to introduce students to the historical and current social, political and cultural patterns of the Asia Pacific region. Students will review and develop skills in cross-cultural communication. They will also develop skills in regional analysis that will help them understand relationships within Asia and with the West. APMC 541 3.75 credits (5,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Asia Pacific Perspectives II This course is a continuation of A P M C 540. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Cross Cultural Communication This course will develop an understanding of the process of communication, including appreciation of the fact that communication is significantly affected by the culture, personality and experience of the communicator. This course will also develop an understanding of the students' own culture and its effects on behavior. APMC 560 0 credits (0,0,0) hrs Owks (F,S) Workshops This series allows students to customize the program by selecting from a range of courses which offer an opportunity to develop special skills or to study special issues concerning Asia. APSC 120 APMC 531 (2,0,0) hrs (S) International Management II APMC 550 APMC 524 1.5 credits 15 wks 1 credit (1,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Introduction to Engineering This course uses guest speakers, videotaped material and field trips to provide students with an orientation to a career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final "grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or N C (No Credit Granted). This course is a continuation of A P M C 520. Course Descriptions 225 6 credits APSC 160 (4,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) BADM 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Engineering Design Organizational Behaviour An introduction to the process of engineering design. The application of mathematical, scientific and technical knowledge to practical problems is examined throught the use of case studies and design projects. Design problems are chosen from a variety of engineering disciplines to provide an exposure to some of the different facets of engineering practise. Emphasis will be placed on graphical, written, and oral communication of the technical material associated with engineering design. The objective of this course is to allow the student to develop the necessary skills and conceptual tools to both understand and deal effectively with human behaviour in organizations. These skills are of at least two kinds: 3 credits BADM 101 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) 1. interpersonal, that is, relating more effectively with other individuals and groups, and 2. analytical, to be able to perceive and understand situations accurately, and make effective decisions based on this understanding. BADM 107 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Management Business Law I Students study modern management practices, current events, ethics and problem solving. In addition, students will study and practice effective business presentations and public speaking. The course instructors will facilitate discussion and integrate topics through the use of contemporary business issues. Students will be introduced to the components of the Canadian legal system, and will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A study of the basic principles of commercial law will provide the foundation for a detailed examination of Contract Law, including the sale of goods, consumer protection legislation, and employment and labour law, as well as an examination of tort law, intellectual property, insurance, company and partnership law, and creditor remedies. 3 credits BADM 102 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Quantitative Methods Prerequisite: Acceptance into a Business Administration full-time program or a minimum " C " in Math 11 or equivalent. BADM 201 This course provides a strong foundation in the mathematics of finance and business. The student will utilize standard financial models in analysis, problem solving, and decision-making. Computer spreadsheet applications are utilized. BADM 103 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Supervisory Skills This is a study of the human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts include persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Students will learn applications in human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction of change. Note: This course is offered at the Sechelt and Squamish campuses only. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Business Information Systems Prerequisite: B C P T 121 or C O M P 101 with minimum " C " grade. Students will be required to apply the concepts and theories learned in their first year courses to solve integrated business problems in a logical and literate manner. The importance of accurate, dependable, management information for problem solving will be illustrated through case study analysis and a major group project. Note: Not offered every summer. BADM 210 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Business Statistics This course provides a strong foundation in basic business statistics emphasizing analysis and decisionmaking in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Spreadsheet applications of descriptive, inferential, and bivariate models are utilized. A working knowledge of spreadsheets (Excel) is required. Course 226 Descriptions (F,S) BADM 268 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management Skills needed in problem solving and researching the small business environment will be learned and applied. Business owners, managers and would be decision makers are encouraged to take this course. The instructor and guest lecturers from the business community will lead students through detailed aspects of business from finance to human relations. The production of the business plan will be discussed and part of a plan will be written. BADM 299 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Co-op Placement I The first co-op work experience is designed to provide students with a four-month, full-time work term in business, industry or government. The main thrust of this course is the opportunity to put into practise the major aspects of the students' business education. Special emphasis will be placed on assessing the attitude and work ethic of the "co-oping" student. Students will be encouraged to network in the industry and to participate in professional organizations. Note: B A D M 299 can be accepted as a lower level general business elective in Diploma programs only. BADM 301 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Operations Management Prerequisite: B A D M 210 with minimum "C+" grade. Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practices and functions of production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production and control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. BADM 302 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs Human Resource Management 15 w k s (F,S) Prerequisite: 45 credits. This course provides the student with a basic, functional understanding of current personnel/human resource-management concepts and applications in developing small and larger business. Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of human resource management being the responsibility of A L L management, not just the personnel department. BADM 303 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,Su) Industrial Relations Prerequisite: 45 credits. This course introduces the student to labour unions and their relationship with management. Topics covered include the Labour Code, collective bargaining and dispute resolution. BADM 304 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Strategic Management Prerequisite: 75 credits. The student gains a basic understanding of the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise. Participating in a practical business simulation game is a major component of the course. Note: For accelerated, Co-op Diploma, Advanced Diploma and British Columbia Open University students only. BADM 305 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Leadership Prerequisite: B A D M 106 plus an additional 42 credits or B A D M 106, B A D M 101 plus five years of relevant work experience. This course will provide the student with an understanding of what effective leadership means and how he or she can be a more effective leader. This will be done through a combination of theoretical work, discussions with community leaders and through the development of critical leadership skills and competencies. Specific competencies will include conflict resolution skills, coaching skills and facilitation skills. The philosophy behind this course is that effective leadership is essential as a means to guiding our work teams, organizations and society to more productive and humane futures. BADM 307 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Advanced Business Law II Prerequisite: B A D M 107, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law. A second law course will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A review of the basic principles of commercial law will lead to the examination of more complex contractual relationships such as discharge of contract, agency, bailment, real property, commercial tenancy, legal devices for securing credit including mortgages, and bankruptcy. Other topics include competition law, management and operation of a corporation and intellectual property. Note: This course is available every second year. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 227 BADM 310 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) BBIO 053 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,5u) Quantitative Methods III ABE Provincial Biology I Prerequisite: B A D M 102 (Pass), BADM210 (C+), Prerequisite: BSCI 033 or equivalent and English 11 B C P T 122. or equivalent or B E N G 031 as co-requisite. This course provides the student with a practical Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, understanding of the application and theoretical cell metabolism and genetics. Includes laboratory foundation of commonly used techniques in statistical investigations. modeling. It includes basic descriptive statistics, 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs inferential statistics, regression and time-series analy- BBIO 054 sis, and other quantitative models such as decision- ABE Provincial Biology II trees, multiple regression, and the fundamentals of linear programming. The student will analyse business situations in order to develop the appropriate statistical models, and will apply spreadsheet software to develop solutions used in recommending appropriate management action. BADM 399 Prerequisite: BSCI 033 or equivalent and English 11 or equivalent or B E N G 031 as co-requisite. Topics include reproduction, digestion, circulation, immunity, respiration, excretion, nervous system, and hormones. Includes laboratory investigations. BBIO 053 and 054 together prepares students for college 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Co-op Placement II level post-secondary programs for which Biology 12 is a pre-requisite. Prerequisite: B A D M 299. BCHM 043 The second co-op work experience is designed to ABE Advanced Chemistry I provide students with a four-month, full-time work term in business, industry or government. The main thrust of this course is the opportunity to put into practise the major aspects of the students' business education. Special emphasis will be placed on assessing the attitude and work ethic of the "co-oping" student. Students will be encouraged to network in the industry and to participate in professional organiza- (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Students will learn principles and methods of chemistry including atomic structure, periodic trends, writing formulas and determining the names of both inorganic and organic formulas. Reaction types and the relation of chemistry to society will be covered. Includes laboratory investigations. BCHM 044 1 credit 1 credit Prerequisite: BSCI 034 or equivalent. tions. BBIO 043 15 wks (F,S,Su) 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Advanced Chemistry II ABE Advanced Biology I Prerequisite: B C H M 043 and B M T H 033. Prerequisite: BSCI 033 or equivalent and English 11 This is a continuation of B C H M 043. or equivalent or B E N G 031 as co-requisite. Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, evolution, plant physiology. Laboratory exercises are included. BBIO 044 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Prerequisite: BSCI 033 or equivalent and English 11 or equivalent or B E N G 031 as co-requisite. Topics include microbe and plant structure, diversity, behavioral ecology, biosphere, ecosystems, human population concerns. Laboratory exercises are included. BBIO 043 A N D 044 together prepares students for many career/vocational programs. 228 some applications of the gas laws, prepare and dilute solutions. Properties of acids and bases including pH will be investigated. Includes laboratory investigations. ABE Advanced Biology II Course Students will use the mole concept to solve quantitative problems, learn Descriptions BCHM 053 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Provincial Chemistry I Prerequisite: B C H M 044 or equivalent and B M T H 034 or equivalent. Students will learn principles and methods of chemistry including organic nomenclature, thermochemistry, chemical reaction rates, oxidation-reduction and some applications of electrochemistry. Includes laboratory investigations. BCHM 054 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) * ABE Provincial Chemistry II Prerequisite: B C H M 053 or equivalent and B M T H 043 or equivalent. This is a continuation of B C H M 053. Students will explore the concepts of chemical equilibrium, solutions and solubility, chemistry of weak acids and bases, neutralization. Students choose between nuclear chemistry or VESPR. Includes laboratory investigations. BCOP 131 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S) ABE Intermediate Level Computer Studies A paced, credit course offering an introduction to commonly used business software such as word processing, spreadsheets and the Internet. Also included is an introduction to Windows disk and file management. BCMP041 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) BCMP051 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks ABE Provincial Level Computer Studies A paced, graded course offering an introduction to fundamentals of the Internet. The major focus is web page authoring. Other topics include: e-mail, discussion groups and web search engines. BCMP052 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 w k s ABE Provincial Level Computer Studies (S) Prerequisite: B C M P 0 4 1 and Math 10 or B M T H 033/ 034 with a minimum "B-"standing. A paced, graded course offering an introduction to computer programming. Students will analyse problems, design solutions, develop programs, test, debug and document the software they write. 15 wks (F) This is the foundation course for all programming skills developed by the program. Design techniques using hierarchy charts, flowchart, and pseudo code will be studied. The course will use a computer language to demonstrate the structured programming skills necessary for good programming. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) The Developmental Tools of Information Systems A traditional look at the systems life cycle process. Modeling and charting will be included. The tools and methodology applied by the systems analyst will be studied. The course covers an overview of the system life cycle, system flow charting. Data Flow Diagrams, Normalization, Bubble Diagrams, P E R T / C P M Networks. ABE Advanced Level Computer Studies A paced, graded course offering both an introduction to commonly used business software and essential computer concepts and terminology. Software used includes: word processing, spreadsheets, graphics, Windows and the Internet. Computer concepts include examination of: processors, storage devices, input/ output devices, computer communications, security, ethics, ergonomics, and purchasing considerations. (4,0,0) hrs Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic BCOP 171 BCMP031 3 credits BCOP 204 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Business Computing III Prerequisite: B C P T 122 with a minimum " C " grade. This course provides more in depth instruction on graphic presentations using Internet technologies. Students will learn operating systems essentials for the World Wide Web as well as the technologies to create dynamic and interactive web pages. Topics include: markup languages (HTML), as well as server and client scripting ( D H T M L ) . Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCOP 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Applied Statistics for Business Prerequisite: B C O P Year One. This course provides a strong foundation in business statistical models and techniques emphasizing analysis and decision making in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Data Analysis software (SPSS) is utilized for applications of descriptive, inferential, bivariate and multiple regression models. BCOP 206 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Accounting for Managers Prerequisite: BFIN 141 with a minimum " C " grade. Study of managerial and financial information requirements and controls necessary to support specific decisions with an emphasis on budgeting, forecasting, controlling and decision making. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 229 BCOP 214 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) BCOP 351 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Business Computing IV Network I Prerequisite: B C O P 204 with a minimum " C " grade. Prerequisite: Acceptance into B C O P Program. Students will explore advanced database concepts, including automation techniques, using popular Windows-based D B M S software. The following topics are included in the course: the planning, creation and maintenance of databases, the development of information retrieval techniques, the design and customization of forms, the creation and use of macros and modules in an automated system. This course provides students who are new to Microsoft Windows 2000 with the knowledge necessary to understand and identify the tasks involved in supporting Windows 2000 networks. This is an introductory course designed to provide an overview of networking concepts and how they are implemented in Windows 2000. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of BCOP 352 instructor. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Network II Prerequisite: Successful completion of B C O P 351. BCOP 231 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Data Management Prerequisite: B C O P 171 with a minimum " C " grade. The structure, design and control of hierarchical, network and relational databases. Emphasis is on modeling tools as applied to business case studies. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCOP 240 This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to install and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional on stand-alone computers and on client computers that are part of a workgroup or a domain. In addition, this courses provides the skills and knowledge necessary to install and configure Windows 2000 Server to create file, print and Terminal servers. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Micro-Computer Hardware & Software BCOP 353 Prerequisite: Acceptance into the full-time B C O P To provide students with an understanding of PC hardware and troubleshooting and its relationship with DOS and Windows operating system. The course will be hands-on. Included in the course will be Command line interface commands and the hardware/software interface with operating systems. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,Su) Network III program. BCOP 325 instructor. (S) Novell Operating System Prerequisite: B C O P 351 and B C O P 352 with minimum " C " grade. A Novell Certified course providing a foundation for the daily tasks of network administration using Netware 4.x. Topics include: client setup and maintenance, global directory services setup and maintenance, user maintenance, server maintenance, the file system, establishing systems security, and print setup. After the course, the student may write the optional 4.x C N A exam for their Certified Novell Administrator designation. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Successful completion of B C O P 352. This course is for new-to-product support professionals who will be responsible for installing, configuring, managing and supporting a network infrastructure that uses the Microsoft Windows 2000 Server products. Topics include - D H C P Server service, DNS Server service, WINS, network security protocols, routing and remote access, troubleshooting routing and remote access configuration, Remote Authentication Dial-In User Server (RADIUS), connectivity between network segments and integrating network services. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCOP 354 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Network IV Prerequisite: Successful completion of B C O P 353. This courses provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure and administer Microsoft Windows 2000 Active Directory services. The course also focuses on implementing Group Policy and performing the Group Policy-related tasks required to centrally manage users and computers. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course 230 Descriptions BCOP 461 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) BCPT 122 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Directory Services Infrastructure Business Computing II Prerequisite: Successful completion of B C O P 354. Prerequisite: B C P T 121 with a minimum " C " grade or B T E C 146 with a minimum " B " grade. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design a Microsoft Windows 2000 directory services infrastructure in an enterprise network. Strategies are presented to assist the students in identifying the information technology needs of an organization, and then designing an Active Directory structure that meets those needs. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. This course is a continuation of B C P T 121, providing further uses of microcomputers in business. Students will receive hands-on experience with spreadsheets and presentation graphics and graphical user interface software. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCPT 221 BCOP 470 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) SQL Server Administration Prerequisite: Successful completion of either B C O P 214 and B C O P 231. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required to install, configure, administer and troubleshoot Microsoft S Q L Server client/server database management system version 7.0. Topics include - S Q L Server overview, installing and configuring, managing security, managing database files, backing up databases, restoring databases, automating administrative tasks, and planning and setting up replication. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCOP 471 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks '(F) SQL Server Implementation Prerequisite: Successful completion of B C O P 470. This course provides students with the technical skills required to implement a database solution with Microsoft S Q L Server client/server database management system version 7.0. Topics include - S Q L Server overview, Transact-SQL, creating databases, implementing data integrity, planning and creating indexes, querying multiple tables, summarizing data, managing transactions and locks, distributed data, implementing triggers, and advanced text queries. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BCPT 121 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Business Computing I An introduction to the use of microcomputers in business. This course provides hands-on experience with word processing, data management and graphic user interface software. It also looks at the operating system and its functions. Students will examine the uses of computers today and the selection process for acquiring hardware and software. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Business Computing Presentation Graphics Prerequisite: B C P T 122 with a minimum " C " grade or better. This course is an introduction to sophisticated presentation, graphics and desktop publishing software, and related hardware, for the purpose of producing high quality business presentations and advertising materials on a personal computer. BENG 011 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15wks (F,5) Basic Literacy Level English A course in basic reading and writing. Students focus on the composition of words and basic sentences. BENG 021 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Fundamental Level English: Writing Skills, Spelling, Word Attack An introductory Fundamental course in reading and in writing of sentences and short paragraphs. BENG 031 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Intermediate Level English An Intermediate course in writing. Most A B E students enter the English program at this level. Students write a series of paragraphs and two longer compositions. BENG 040 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Advanced Level English: Short Report Writing Prerequisite: B E N G 031. A short-report writing course with a vocational/ technical emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Students develop the summarizing, notetaking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. Course Descriptions 231 2 credits BENG 041 (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) An advanced course in short-report writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. B E N G 041 has a technical/academic emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing and includes introductory work in literary analysis and evaluation for students proceeding to B E N G 052. 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Prerequisite: BFIN 141 with at least a " C - " grade or B T E C 217 with at least a "C+" grade. Prerequisite: B E N G 031. BENG 052 BFIN 142 Financial Accounting I Advanced Level English: Advanced Report Writing 15 wks (F,S,Su) Provincial Level English: Critical Reading and Writing Prerequisite: 70% in B E N G 041. A Provincial level course in essay writing. Students study and write a variety of essays to prepare for written work at the university transfer level or equivalent in diploma programs. B E N G 052 has an academic/ Students will apply generally accepted accounting principles to the establishment and maintenance of accounting systems, including the preparation, analysis and interpretation of financial statements. (CGA, C M A , and C A transferable). BFIN 241 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Finance for Managers Prerequisite: BFIN 141, B A D M 102 & C M N S 220. In this practical financial management course students study financial management techniques. They apply this knowledge to business decisions. Topics in this course include: evaluating business performance, financial institutions and markets, valuation of financial assets, obtaining financing, managing assets and international finance. Contemporary financial issues are discussed throughout this course. literary emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. BFIN 244 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Management Accounting 2 credits BESC041 (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Advanced Level Earth and Environmental Sciences Prerequisite: BSCI 033, 034 or Science 10. An introduction to the earth sciences, with environmental applications and a British Columbia emphasis. Areas of study include earth materials, notably minerals, rocks and mining; water, including sources, processes and contamination, and natural earth hazards, such as earthquakes and volcanoes, landslides and flooding. Laboratory investigations and field trips are involved. Prepares students for further courses in physical and social sciences. 3 credits BFIN 141 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Accounting This course is an introduction to financial concepts and business principles. Students will record business transactions and create financial statements. Also they will be exposed to a broad range of topics including legal compliance, asset management and financial statement analysis. This course is designed to prepare the student for courses in Managerial Accounting and Financial Management. We recommend that students with weak math skills take B A D M 102 (Quantitative Methods) before, or at the same time as, BFIN 141. Course 232 Descriptions Prerequisite: BFIN 141 with a minimum " C - " grade. This course introduces students to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It provides an overview of controls affected internally by management using the tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operations perspectives. BFIN 249 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Accounting Microcomputer Applications Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum " C - " grade. Students will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using A C C P A C for Windows accounting software. They will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of the practical constraints of internal control in the A C C P A C for Windows environment. Systems covered will include general ledger, AJ R and A/P (inventory optional). There will be additional costs for printing and disks. Note: Students in this course should expect to spend approximately $75.00 for materials and group activities. BFIN 341 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) BFIN 350 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Cost Accounting I Advanced Financial Management Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum " C - " grade. Prerequisite: BFIN 141 and BFIN 241 with a mini- A study of organizational decision making and planning using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant. (CGA, C M A , and C A transferable with BFIN 342). BFIN 342 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) mum " C - " grade. The content of this course concentrates on the development of analytical and conceptual skills for financial decision-making. The course places emphasis on capital asset pricing models, capital budgeting and capital structures. (CGA, C M A and C A transferable with BFIN 241). Note: Not offered every year. Cost Accounting II Prerequisite: BFIN 341 with a minimum " C - " grade. BFIN 351 A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost Accounting I. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, and strategic decisionmaking methods. (CGA, C M A and C A transferable with BFIN 341). Taxation BFIN 344 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Personal Investment Management BFIN 346 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Financial Accounting II Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum " C - " grade. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in BFIN 142. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. (CGA, C M A and C A transferable with BFIN 347). 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Financial Accounting III Prerequisite: BFIN 346 with a minimum " C - " grade. A sequel to BFIN 346 which examines current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. (CGA, C M A and C A transferable with BFIN 346). 15 wks (F) This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporations, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. (CGA, C M A and C A transferrable) BGEO 052 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Provincial Level Geography A study of interactions between the people of B.C. and their geographic environment. Students will discover the diverse regions of B.C. and the set of geographic and human attributes that make each region distinct. Students will assess the success of people's adaptations to their geographic environment, with a focus on mutual sustainability of land, air, water, living and earth resources, and human populations. BHST052 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (S) Provincial Level History A survey of 20th century history, including major issues in present day geopolitics. BIOL 104 BFIN 347 (4,0,0) hrs Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum " C - " grade. Prerequisite: BFIN 241. A central theme of this course is investors using securities to increase personal wealth. This is accomplished by studying such topics as: types of securities, security markets, modem portfolio theory, active asset management, balancing risk and return, and security valuation techniques. 3 credits 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F,Su) Human Biology I This is the first term of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students not planning to take further courses in biology. The basic concepts of human biology and the position of man as an organism are examined. Major topics include: the evolution of man, the structure and function of human cells and tissues, cell division, human genetics, human reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition. BIOL 104 fulfils the entrance biology requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. Course Descriptions 233 BIOL 105 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) BIOL 111 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks Environmental Biology Introductory Biology II This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students, examines a wide range of environmental issues from a biological perspective. Basic principles of ecology are developed and the impact of modern society on the environment is assessed. The overall focus is global; however, the basic ecological principles are developed using primarily British Columbian and other Canadian examples. Major environmental issues relevant to Canada are also stressed. Major topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered species, air pollution and global warming, water resources and water pollution. Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 108 or 110. Note: This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit and, together with BIOL 104, as a prerequisite for BIOL 204 and 206. BIOL 106 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,Su) Basic Introductory Biology I Corequisite: BIOL 107. This course is designed for the student who has not received a minimum of "C+" standing in Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) or who has not taken Chemistry 11 (or B C H M 041). Upon successful completion of BIOL 106 and BIOL 107, students are qualified to take BIOL 111. The course topics for BIOL 106 and BIOL 107 together are the same as for BIOL 110. BIOL 107 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F, Su) Basic Introductory Biology II Corequisite: BIOL 106. This course is designed for the student who has not received a minimum of "C+" standing in Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) or who has not taken Chemistry 11 (or B C H M 041). Upon successful completion of BIOL 106 and BIOL 107, students are qualified to take BIOL 111. The course topics for BIOL 106 and BIOL 107 are the same as for BIOL 110. BIOL 110 3credits (4,3,0) hrs 15wks (F) Introductory Biology I Prerequisite: Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) with a minumum of "C+" standing and Chemistry 11 (or B C H M 041). The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will include biochemistry, the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course 234 Descriptions (S.Su) A continuation of BIOL 106/107 or 108 or 110 which further develops the discussion of biological concepts including development, biological systems, evolution and ecology. BIOL 113 3credits (4,3,0) hrs 15wks (S) Human Biology II Prerequisite: BIOL 104. A continuation of the study of human biology commenced in BIOL 104. The course focuses on the anatomy and physiology of the following organ systems: cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous, and urinary. Special emphasis will be given to health and fitness as well as discussion of disease and treatment. The laboratory sessions will provide complementary practical study of the systems, and introduce techniques used to make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, E K G , blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion of BIOL 104 and BIOL 113 permits students upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT to receive credit for B H S C 105. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BIOL 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Genetics I Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111; and C H E M 110/111. An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical approach to transmission genetics, genetics of humans, introductory molecular genetics, quantitative genetics and population genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. BIOL 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Genetics II Prerequisite: BIOL 200. A continuation of the principles and mechanisms of heredity, with emphasis on the genetics of microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and developmental genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. Note: BIOL 214 and concurrent registration (if not already completed) in BIOL 215 are recommended. BIOL 204 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) BIOL 210 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks Ecology I Morphology of Vascular Plants Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111; or BIOL 104/105. Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111. An introduction to the principles of ecology with emphasis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure; ecosystem concepts, components, interrelationships, energy flow and nutrient cycling. Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B . C . context. Both plants and animals will be considered but plants will be emphasized. Weekly field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone structure and composition, while a southern B . C . field trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones. Note: This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. BIOL 205 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Ecology II Prerequisite: BIOL 204. A continuation of ecological principles, with the introduction and application of quantitative concepts. The emphasis will be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour, competition, predator-prey relationships, and other aspects of interactions of plant and animal populations. Weekly field trips and a three-day field trip to the Pacific Rim National Park area will be included in the course. Note: This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. BIOL 206 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Ecology of the Western Pacific Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111; or BIOL 104/105; or G E O G 112/114. This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography of the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean. Basic principles of biogeography and ecology will be presented with reference to the regions concerned. Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics will be discussed for the following regions: the Asian Mainland, with emphasis on Japan and China; the Malay Peninsula and Indonesia; and Australasia, focusing on Australia, Papua New Guinea and New Zealand. There is no lab for this course. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of the biology coordinator. (F) A comparative study of the vascular plant groups, the pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms with emphasis on the evolution, morphology, ecology and function of each of the groups. Discussions of problems in plant morphology. BIOL 212 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Invertebrate Zoology Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111. A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture components and the course includes a three-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. BIOL 213 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Vertebrate Zoology Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111. A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory complements the lecture component with representative vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes several half day field trips. BIOL 214 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Cell Biology Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111. Corequisite: C H E M 200. An integrated study of the structure and function of cells and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy will be related to the molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on comparisons between specialized cell structure and function. The laboratory exercises will use modern methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a detailed study of cell structures and their functions. Note: Transfer to U B C requires C H E M 200/201. Course Descriptions 235 3 credits BIOL 215 (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) BMKT 168 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Biochemistry Introduction to E-Commerce Concepts Prerequisite: BIOL 214. This foundation course introduces the concepts, vocabulary, and procedures associated with e-commerce and the Internet. The purpose of this course is to provide students with a broad overview of all aspects of e-commerce so they may determine areas of specialization and establish a solid basis for further learning. The course takes a project approach to teaching and learning about e-commerce. Corequisite: C H E M 201. An examination of the fundamental principles and basic facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. Cell energetics, blosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues. BMKT 261 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Advertising BIOL 220 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Microbiology I Prerequisite: BIOL 106/107 or 110, and 111; C H E M 108/109 or 110/111. A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism of micro-organisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. BIOL 221 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Microbiology II Prerequisite: B M K T 161. This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This'is not a course on designing, creating, and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. Students will participate in an advertising campaign simulation project. Prerequisite: BIOL 220. A continuation of BIOL 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms. The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. BMKT 160 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Marketing Prerequisite: Same as eligibility for E N G L 100, i.e. EDT=100. An overview of marketing as applied to computer and related markets and products. Students will participate in class discussions related to product planning, research, promotion and distribution systems. Each student will make a sales presentation. BMKT 161 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Marketing Prerequisite: Same as eligibility for E N G L 100, ie. EDT=100. This course covers the full spectrum of Canadian marketing of consumer products and services including: Market segmentation, consumer behaviour, products, packaging, distribution and promotion. Students will analyze case problems and prepare a strategic marketing plan. Videos, guest speakers and in-class discussion about marketing topics will assist in the learning experience. Course 236 Descriptions BMKT 263 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Professional Selling Skills Every business professional starts with an introduction to professional selling. Communication basics, including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving, and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also explore, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. BMKT 312 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) E-Commerce and Marketing Prerequisite: B C P T 121, B C P T 122, B M K T 161. This course is offered as an advanced level marketing subject and is designed to provide an in-depth, practical and up-to-date look at all major aspects of electronic commerce. It covers business to consumer, business to business, and consumer to consumer models. The course links theory to traditional business strategy, competitiveness and consumer behaviour models, combined with many real-world models. Upon completion of this course, students will have a comprehensive understanding of the impact of ecommerce on business and how they can apply ecommerce principles and tools to develop more effective and complete marketing programs. BMKT 360 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) BMTH 021 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Marketing Research Fundamental Level Mathematics Prerequisite: B M K T 161 and B A D M 210. Whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and proportion, percent, powers and roots, averages and graphs. This course is designed to prepare students for an Intermediate course in mathematics. An introductory course indicating how to make the most out of marketing research. Through the practical applications of a research project, students will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American research will be studied. BMKT 364 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Consumer Behaviour Prerequisite: B M K T 161. Today, as never before, studying the behaviour of consumers is paramount for anyone pursuing a business career, especially in the marketing area. A blend of both concepts and applications from the field of consumer behaviour will form the basis of this course. Students should find this subject very interesting and motivational when applied to several aspects of business management including marketing research, creative advertising, team building and environmental marketing. Research projects, case discussions and problem solving will be stressed in both individual and team activities. This course is offered every two years. Note: B M K T 360 is preferred as a prerequisite. BMKT 365 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks BMTH 033 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Introductory Algebra Prerequisite: B M T H 021 or placement by the instructor. This course covers properties of the Real number system. It is an introduction to algebra, basic operations with algebraic expressions, equations in one variable, inequalities and problem solving. This is the first of the two courses required to complete an A B E Intermediate level in mathematics. BMTH 034 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Intermediate Algebra and Geometry Prerequisite: B M T H 033 or equivalent. This course covers measurement of perimeter, area and volume; theorem of Pythagoras, right angle trigonometry; systems of equations in two variables; graphing linear relations; slope, intercepts. This is the second of the two courses required to complete A B E Intermediate level in mathematics. (F) 1 credit (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Marketing Strategies and Decisions BMTH 043 Prerequisite: B M K T 161. Advanced Algebra I This course will explore in greater depth the concepts of values and lifestyles, product development, service marketing, positioning, strategic planning, tactical promotion, international marketing and marketing notfor-profit organizations. The focus will be on analyzing marketing problems, developing strategic decisionmaking skills and applying hands-on tactical solutions for results. Guest lecturers, projects and a computer simulation will be used to enhance the classroom components. Prerequisite: B M T H 033/034 OR Math 10 with " B - " or higher or placement test. BMKT 367 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Promotion Strategy and Analysis Prerequisite: B M K T 261. This is a course dealing with the development of an advertising campaign (CAP-ADS). Students will study campaign strategy including how it is planned and organized in cooperation with the production, marketing, sales and finance departments as well as the use of outside agencies. Some time will be spent with advertising research as a pre and post control factor. This course covers radical equations, exponent laws, polynomials and rational expressions, factoring, complex fractions, quadratic equations. This is the first of the two courses required for an A B E Advanced level in mathematics. BMTH 044 1 credit (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Advanced Algebra II and Trigonometry Prerequisite: B M T H 043 with "C+" or higher. This course covers functions and relations, quadratic functions, maxima and minima, transformations of relations, tangent theorems, trigonometry, right triangles, functions of angles in standard position, Sin and Cosine Laws. This is the second of the two courses required for A B E Advanced level in mathematics. Course Descriptions 237 1 credit BMTH 053 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) BSCI 021 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Precalculus I Fundamental Level General Science Prerequisite: B M T H 044 or Math 096 or Math 11. An introduction to the basic scientific concepts and language of general science. This course covers functions, graphs, transformations, exponential and logarithmic functions. This course is the first of the two courses required for an A B E Provincial level in mathematics. 1 credit BMTH 054 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Precalculus II Prerequisite: B M T H 053 or equivalent. This course covers circular functions, trigonometric identities and equations; polynomial and rational functions. This course is the second of the two courses required for A B E Provincial level in mathematics. BPHY043 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Advanced Physics I Prerequisite: BSCI 034 or equivalent and B M T H 033 or equivalent. Students will learn the safe use and limitations of basic laboratory equipment. The concepts of forces, momentum and energy will be explored. Motion in two dimensions will be studied. Includes laboratory investigations. BPHY044 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) BSCI 033 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Intermediate Science I This course covers the chemistry and composition of living things. Digestion and absorption in animals, circulation and respiration, the skeleton and muscles, nutrition are also covered. BSCI 034 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Intermediate Science II This course covers the chemistry of elements and compounds, use of the periodic table, chemical reactions, the physics of magnetism and electricity, the nature of energy, and work and machines. BSOC031 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Intermediate Level Social Studies An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics. Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. BSOC041 2 credits (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F) ABE Advanced Physics II Advanced Level Social Studies Prerequisite: B P H Y 043. A study of economic, political, and social issues in Canada and in some neighbouring countries. This is a continuation of BPHY043. Students will explore concepts in electrostatics, analysis of electrical circuits, waves and sound, optics. Students choose between the study of fluids or thermodynamics. Includes laboratory investigations. BPHY 053 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in decisions and policies that affect their economic, political and social interests. BTEC 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) ABE Provincial Physics I Business English I Prerequisite: B P H Y 044 and B M T H 044. This course will review the fundamental principles of grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Memo writing will be covered. The study of motion in two and three dimensions. Students explore the concepts of force, momentum and energy in more detail than in B P H Y 043. Includes laboratory investigations. BPHY 054 1 credit (2,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ABE Provincial Physics II Prerequisite: B P H Y 053 and B M T H 044. Students will explore the concepts of electric field, circuit analysis, magnetic field, waves and optics. Includes laboratory investigations. Course 238 Descriptions - BTEC 112 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) Language Skill Development This course will train students to apply the correct techniques of written communications to their proofreading, verifying, and editing. BTEC 113 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Business English and Communications This course will train students in grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct word usage, proofreading skills and memo writing. BTEC 115 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) BTEC 144 4.5 credits (6,2,0) hrs Business Systems & Procedures Business Computer Applications II This course will review basic math skills and train students to correctly compute and accurately maintain business records. Prerequisite: B T E C 143 or equivalent. BTEC 117 3credits (4,2,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) 15 wks (S) This course provides students with an overview of technological advances in office automation, the use of database and spreadsheet microcomputer applications. 6 credits (8,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Accounting Procedures I BTEC 146 This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy, and thoroughness as well as independent decision making. This course will train students in the theory and practical applications of a word processing software program and a database program. This course will also build keyboarding speed and accuracy skills. BTEC 118 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15wks (S, Su) Computer Applications I BTEC 147 4.5 credits (6,2,0) hrs 15 wks Introduction to Computerized Accounting Administrative Computer Applications An introduction to Simply Accounting. This course provides hands on experience using, G L , AP, A R and Payroll modules. Prerequisite: B T E C 146 or equivalent. BTEC 119 4.5credits (6,2,0) hrs 15wks (S) Accounting Procedures I This course introduces E S L students to the theory of accounting and the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy, and on independent decision making. BTEC 124 6 credits (8,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Comprehensive Computer Applications This course will provide a survey of MS Office 2000 (Word, Access, Excel and Power Point) and improve keyboarding skills. BTEC 140 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) (S) Students will build upon previously acquired skills to create complex business documents using advanced word processing features. This course introduces students to spreadsheet and graphical presentation software application applications. Students will continue to develop their keyboarding skills. BTEC 148 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Administrative Applications Sutdents will apply the appropriate administrative procedures and techniques to complete a variety of administrative tasks by participation in office simulations. Students will utilize a variety of paper and/or electronic reference sources to research information. BTEC 149 4.5 credits (6,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Administrative Procedures Financial Computer Applications This course will introduce students to the basic office administrative procedures associated with the modern business office. Students will apply their knowledge of records control, time management and other procedures to a simulation. The students will review the math functions related to spreadsheets. In addition, the students will become proficient users of spreadsheets in both DOS and window environments. Students will also receive an overview of technological advances in office automation. BTEC 143 4.5 credits (6,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits Business Computer Applications I BTEC 211 To introduce students to some of the theoretical aspects of microcomputers, hardware and software, theory and practice of word processing, and correct keyboarding techniques to increase speed and accuracy on a microcomputer. Business Writing (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: B T E C 111 or B T E C 113 or equivalent. This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's quality of grammar, spelling, and word usage, and to develop and/or improve composition skills. Course Descriptions 239 BTEC 212 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks BTEC 233 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Business English II Web Page Design and Integrated Applications Prerequisite: B T E C 111 or B T E C 113 or equivalent. Prerequisite: B T E C 146 and B T E C 147 or equivalent. This course utilizes the computer to assist students in developing/improving their letter and memo writing skills, as well as their spelling, grammar and vocabulary skills. Students will be introduced to desktop publishing and basic Web page design theory and concepts. This course continues to build the student's ability to integrate documents using a variety of software applications. BTEC 215 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Computerized Accounting BTEC 251 Prerequisite: B T E C 117 or equivalent. Interpersonal Skills This course is designed to instruct the student in the use of the accounting application program, A C C P A C , for entering, storing and retrieving records, and producing standard financial reports. This course will provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence job performance. Students will practice in-person and telephone responding, customer service and issue resolution skills in a supportive environment. BTEC 217 3 credits (4,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S, Su) Accounting Procedures II BTEC 252 Prerequisite: B T E C 117 with a minimum of a " B " grade. This course is a continuation of B T E C 117 with emphasis on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used extensively throughout the course. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. BTEC 218 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 8 wks 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Organizational Behaviour (S, Su) This course will provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence performance on the job. This course will also identify the positive administrative and supervisory skills that program graduates will need as they wish to assume additional career responsibility in the future. BTEC 300 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S, Su) Accounting - Comprehensive Project Directed Work Experience This course provides students with a comprehensive simulated business situation representative of those encountered in business. This course involves both lectures on job search techniques and resume preparation. In addition, at least a 30-hour work practicum must be completed in an industry placement related to the student's program of study. BTEC 220 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Accounting Procedures III CHEM 030 Prerequisite: B T E C 117. This course provides students with business simulations handling accounts payable, accounts receivable, payroll bank reconciliations, and an integrated small business simulation. BTEC 230 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development This course will build the student's keyboarding speed and accuracy using skill-building materials, timed writings and targeted corrective practice. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to Chemistry This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. CHEM 101 3credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) Fundamentals of Chemistry Prerequisite: Chem 11 or C H E M 030 or B C H M 041; Principles of Math 11 required, Principles of Math 12 preferred. A study of chemical principles, nomenclature, stoichiometry and solutions, gases, chemical bonding, thermochemistry; an introduction to acids and bases, equilibrium, and nuclear chemistry. Course 240 Descriptions CHEM 110 3credits (4,3,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) CHEM 200 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Bonding and Structure Organic Chemistry I Prerequisite: Completion within the last three years Prerequisite: C H E M 111. Any student who has of: Chem 12 (C+) and Principles of Math 12; or Chem attempted the course previously will not be allowed to 11 (A) and Principles of Math 12 (A or B); or register without the instructor's permission. CHEM101 (C) and Principles of Math 12; or B C H M A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy 042 (C+) and Principles of Math 12. of organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, Corequisite: organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl M A T H 105 or 116/117. A course for students who plan careers in science. A halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. brief review of stoichiometry, nomenclature and the 3 credits gaseous state; atomic structure; periodic trends; CHEM 201 chemical bonding and molecular structure; an introduc- Organic Chemistry II tion to organic chemistry; solutions and colligative Prerequisite: C H E M 200. properties. C H E M 110/111 may be completed by guided self-study format; however, this option is not availalable in 2001/2002. CHEM 111 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S.Su) (4,3,0) hrs Chemical Dynamics and Energetics CHEM 204 Introduction to Physical Chemistry M A T H 116/117. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Chemical Dynamics and Energetics Prerequisite: C H E M 110. Corequisite: 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: C H E M 111, M A T H 126/127. A course for students who plan a career in science. Kinetics; equilibrium; acids, bases, salts and buffers; thermodynamics; solubility; redox equations and electrochemistry; recovery of metals from ores. C H E M 110/111 may be completed by guided self-study format; however, this option is not available in 2001/ 2002. CHEM 151 (S) Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. Prerequisite: C H E M 110. Corequisite: 15 wks M A T H 116/117. A course for engineering students only. Kinetics, equilibriums, acids, bases, salts and buffers; thermodynamics; solubility; redox equations and electrochemistry; recovery of metals from ores. This course is an introduction to chemical thermodynamics and its application to gas behaviour, chemical and phase equilibria, colligative properties, ionic solutions, electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. Note: This course is not offered in 2001/2002. CHEM 205 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry Prerequisite: C H E M 111. An introduction to the properties, bonding, structure and reactivity of coordination complexes of the first row elements. Modern spectroscopic methods and chemical kinetics will also be covered. The laboratory component emphasizes the synthesis of inorganic compounds and the use of modern analytical instruments. Note: This course is not offered in 2001/2002. CHEM 206 CHEM 154 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to Analytical Chemistry Chemical Principles for Engineers Prerequisite: C H E M 111. Prerequisite: Completion within the last three years of: Chem 12 (C+) and Principles of Math 12; Chem 11 (A) and Principles of Math 12 (A or B); or C H E M 101 (C) and Principles of Math 12; or B C H M 042 (C+) and Principles of Math 12. The basic principles and techniques of analytical chemistry, including neutralization, complex-formation and gravimetric reactions. Various types of chromatography will be introduced along with an introduction to visible and ultraviolet spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy and electrochemical methods of analysis. Corequisite: M A T H 105 or 116/117. A course for engineering students only. A study of stoichiometry, atomic structure and bonding, the solid state, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics and electrochemistry. Course Descriptions 241 CHIN 100 3credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Beginning Chinese I Introduction to Mandarin Chinese using the Pinyin system of pronunciation in Mainland China. For complete beginners (spoken and written) in Chinese. This course starts with basic tones and pronunciation to prepare students to speak the language. It also teaches basic grammar and the writing of about 150 Chinese characters. CHIN 101 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Note: This course is not offered every year. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CHIN 201 Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CHIN 110 3credits (4,2,0) hrs 15wks Continues the work of C H I N 200. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 1.5 credits (4,2,0) hrs This course is designed to provide A P M C P students with functional Chinese communication skills for daily and job-related circumstances in China and other Mandarin-speaking countries and regions. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. (F) 3 credits (4,1,0) hrs CHIN 203 Introduction to Chinese IV Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. (4,2,0) hrs 15 w k s instructor. 1.5 credits (4,2,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Prerequisite: CHIN 203. This course is a continuation of CHIN 203. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program Students only. (Su) Intermediate Chinese I Prerequisite: CHIN 101. This course is for students who know the basics of Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600 Chinese characters, or for those who have completed CHIN 100 and 101. It teaches more Chinese characters, focusing on reading and writing of simple Chinese texts. Chinese literature is also introduced. Descriptions Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of Introduction to Chinese V Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Course This course is a continuation of CHIN 202. (S) This course is a continuation of Chinese 110. Students wil develop communicative competence around themes and situations such as work, family, food, interests, making appointments, asking for directions, etc.. 242 Prerequisite: CHIN 202. CHIN 204 (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) students only. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: CHIN 110. 3 credits 15 wks For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program Basic Chinese II CHIN 200 (F) Introduction to Chinese III Basic Chinese I 3 credits 8 wks Prerequisite: Completion of one year of Chinese. This course introduces students to the basics of Mandarin. This course is designed to maximize the acquisition of oral fluency and comprehension. The course will lay the foundation for further understanding and study in an immersion environment. CHIN 111 (Su) Prerequisite: CHIN 200. CHIN 202 CHIN 101 takes students who have learned basic Mandarin phonetics and about 150 Chinese characters. This course stresses conversational skills and listening comprehension using situational dialogues. Students will learn more grammatical structures and Chinese characters. They will also learn how to use a Chinese dictionary as a tool for further study. (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks Intermediate Chinese II Beginning Chinese II Prerequisite: C H I N 100. 3 credits CMNS 080 3 credits (10,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Career Program Communications Preparation for ESL Students Aims at bridging the gap between E S L courses and communications courses required by Career/Vocational programs. The course assignments include letters, memos, proposals and a resume. Emphasis throughout the course is on audience, style, tone and formats appropriate to business writing, with little focus on English mechanics. CMNS 110 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) 1.5 credits CMNS 125 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Standard English Usage Communication Theory A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction. Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting and revising short written assignments. A survey of principles influencing interpersonal communication as well as mass media: print, film, video, and audio. Exploration of communication theory as it applies to digital media. CMNS 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Administrative Writing CMNS 130 Intended for writers who work in corporate communications or administration, this course covers the basics of memorandums, internal reports, evaluations, briefs, and proposals. Some attention to online communications, and strong emphasis on developing a clear writing style. Introductory Media Communications CMNS 114 1.5 credits (5,0,0) hrs 6 wks (F) A course for Media Program students, introducing interviewing skills, non-verbal communication and group dynamics. Students will also develop and improve their skills in writing, listening and public speaking. CMNS 136 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Language and Action in the Culture of the Workplace Introduction to Film & TV Scriptwriting in Canada This course helps students develop the attending and questioning skills required to interact with others in a learning group, at work, and in daily life; to develop presentation skills needed for classroom and workplace success; and to develop writing skills appropriate to a letter of application and a resume. Topics include nonverbal attending behaviours, listening , receiving and giving feedback, questioning others, presentations, conflict resolution and assertiveness, and writing basic job search documents. An application of proven trends and strategies in commercial scriptwriting with focus on the transfer of the writer's concept into cinematic script. The goal is to apply techniques observed in screenings to the development of a Masterscene script intended for portfolio development. Marketing strategies in the Canadian film, television and new media industries will also be discussed. CMNS 137 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F.S) Elements of Film and Television Scriptwriting CMNS 115 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Communications for Animation Students learn various communications skills necessary for success in the animation industry. Content will include presentation, writing and research skills, and script writing for animation. An examination of successful Canadian trends and strategies in scriptwriting as demonstrated by accomplished cinematic artists. Focus will be on understanding effective techniques required to transfer the writer's dramatic concept into a compelling cinematic script. CMNS 138 CMNS 120 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Effective Writing and Speech A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review of English basics as well. By writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise arid precise. CMNS 123 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Fundamentals of Communication for Artists and Designers Theory and practice in fundamentals of communication. Topics include interpersonal and group communications; mass media; basic research skills related to text and imagery; and oral and written presentations designed to help students differentiate between description, analysis, critique and interpretation. The course also provides time for discussion of, and practice in, how to give and receive constructive criticism. 1.5 credits (0,0,4) hrs 8 wks (F.S) Workshop in Film 8i TV Scriptwriting for Canadian Markets Prerequisite: C M N S 137. A workshop in developing a Masterscene script. The focus is on applying concepts and observations from C M N S 137 in the development of a script for a personal portfolio. Marketing strategies will be discussed. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. i CMNS 145 3credits (3,0,1) hrs 15wks (F,S) Writing for the World Wide Web Writing, editing and revising information for the computer medium, especially hypertext for Web sites. Attention to concise style, logical organization and the limitations of the computer screen. Course Descriptions 243 CMNS 146 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) CMNS 174 3 credits (6,0,2) hrs 8 wks (F,S) Introduction to Web Writing Wilderness Leadership Communications Basic principles of writing and editing text to enhance its readability and effectiveness in the Web environment. Students review Web sites and write an article for Web publication. Delivered on-line. A course in writing and speaking for wildernessleadership professionals. Emphasis on correct, effective business correspondence, writing proposals job searching, marketing, public speaking, interviewing, and conflict resolution. CMNS 152 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks T (F,S) 3 credits Report Writing CMNS 179 Writing for the workplace: letters, memorandums, and reports. Review of English basics in the context of business writing. Legal Communications CMNS 153 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Communications and the Arts Prerequisite: C M N S 120 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists. A spoken presentation may be required. CMNS 154 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) This course is planned to help develop listening, speaking and writing skills for work in the legal profession. Listening and speaking assignments include observation and discussion of a variety of materials presented in non-written form. Writing assignments address three goals: to equip students with the tools they need to write accurately and appropriately; to provide opportunities to practice translating from speech and observation to written formats, as is often required in legal practice; and to master format, tone, layout and style in general and legal correspondence. (F,S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Communications in Outdoor Recreation and Tourism CMNS 190 Writing for Outdoor Recreation and Tourism Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles, briefs and proposals. Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership, techniques of researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development of an effective prose style. Students will write three articles in suitable format and submit them for publication in established periodicals. CMNS 159 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Magazine Article Writing (F,S) Communications for the Legal Secretary Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. CMNS 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,S) Advanced Business Writing and Editing CMNS 165 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F) Technical Presentations Communications 165 is intended to foster writing and presentation skills for work in the new media industries. The course encourages students to explore current problems and career trends in technical and professional writing. CMNS 170 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Presentation Skills for Public Speaking The dynamics of organizing material, overcoming shyness and developing poise as a speaker in a variety of contexts. Attention to research, voice training, nonverbal communication, and strategies for timing presentations. This course uses the television laboratory whenever possible, enabling students to see themselves on camera, as well as to benefit from feedback from others, as they refine their ability to project, to organize their thoughts, and to address audience needs. Course 244 Descriptions Prerequisite: Successful completion of E N G 100. Researching, organizing, writing and editing extensive business documents: reports, proposals, memorandums, press releases. Particular attention to clear style and logical organization. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMNS 223 3 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Communications Skills, Applications & Contexts for Design Prerequisite: C M N S 123. C M N S 223 is intended to familiarize students with the role of designers and illustrators in business, and to define a broad resource of opportunities as they acquire the vocabulary, conceptual skills, and writing competencies appropriate to a wide variety of professional contexts in illustration and design. CMNS 250 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) CMPT 152 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Technical Writing Structured Programming Technical writing for science, engineering and the professions. Emphasis on definitions, process analysis, writing instructions, resume preparation, and an extended formal report. The course includes examination of technical reports and study of the role of technical writing in corporate and scientific settings. Introduction to programming logic and program design. This course concentrates on planning, designing and charting programs for business related problems. The main part of the course is theory based with some hands-on practical work in the latter weeks using a modern programming language. CMNS 280 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) CMPT 155 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Marketing Commercial Fiction Quantitative Methods for Managers Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the full-time program. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. CMNS 323 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Professional Communications for Artists and Designers Prerequisite: C M N S 223. The objectives of C M N S 323 are to help students develop professional business communications skills for work as an artist or designer. Topics will include writing correspondence, proposals, resumes and budgets appropriate to the development ofa professional portfolio for use in self-employment, freelance work, contract proposals, and employment searches. The course includes presentation and interview skills. CMNS 354 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) A survey of the basic quantitative tools used to aid decision making. Financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications will be examined. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMPT 180 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Microcomputer Applications I Provides an orientation to microcomputers in business; including word processing, communicating with operating systems and spreadsheets. CMPT 182 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Systems Provides a basic understanding of systems concepts and development of specific skills: form design, coding, flow charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication. CMPT 184 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Visual Basic Advanced Communication Skills for Tourism Management Prerequisite: B C O P 131 or C M P T 152 with a minimum " C " grade. Prerequisite: C M N S 154 or equivalent, plus computer literacy and Internet access. Application of object oriented visual development techniques to produce Windows applications. Also a foundation of the Windows programming tools. Intended for students registered in the Open University Tourism Management degree program, C M N S 354 is aimed at developing advanced skills in written and verbal communications, including technical writing, presentation skills, and information technology applications. CMNS 356 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Advanced Media Communications This course will essentially concern itself with an intense look at the process of seeking out and obtaining employment. A variety of approaches and techniques will be examined in considerable detail. As well, the course will emphasize the importance of developing a portfolio and will deal with freelancing as a viable employment alternative. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMPT 191 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Accounting for Managers I Develops an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and procedures as a basis for financial decisions. Emphasis will be placed on accounting information, systems and control. Course Descriptions 245 CMPT222 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) CMPT 276 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Microcomputer Applications II Projects in Industry - Practicum Prerequisite: C M P T 180 with a minimum " C " grade. Work experience with host companies for the purpose of applying knowledge to complete an industryoriented project. Provides a basic understanding of microcomputer concepts, hardware and software selection criteria, and system and application software. Provides hands-on experience with Windows, spreadsheets, presentation graphics and data base management. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMPT 289 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Systems Implementation Prerequisite: B C O P 231 with a minimum " C " grade. (Su) A project based course where students implement an on-line computer system applying analysis and design concepts from the System Development Life Cycle. Prerequisite: C M P T 222 with a minimum " C " grade. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMPT 223 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Microcomputer Applications III Students will explore advanced database concepts, including automation techniques, using popular Windows-based D B M S software. The following topics are included in the course: the planning, creation and maintenance of databases, the development of information retrieval techniques, the design and customization of forms, the creation and use of macros and modules in an automated system. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. CMPT 224 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks CNSV200 3 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks Biodiversity Inventory Techniques An introduction to terrestrial biodiversity inventories and sampling procedures. The emphasis is on the understanding of biodiversity issues, process, data analysis and interpretation of findings. Students will be involved in data collection in the field. This course will be a required course in the Applied Conservation Biology Certificate program currently under development. (Su) C O M M 290 Microcomputer Applications IV 4 credits (5.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: C M P T 223 with a minimum " C " grade. Quantitative Methods for Business This course covers the application of graphics and desktop publishing development techniques in the production of presentations in a Windows and web pages environment. A solid foundation in computer hardware and trouble shooting techniques is also included. A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study of computer software packages is included. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Applications of Statistics in Business CMPT 230 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks C O M M 291 (F) Operating Systems 4 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: " C - " or better in C O M M 290 The methods and applications of statistics in business; continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. Prerequisite: C M P T 184 with a minimum " C " grade 4 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) and either B C O P 214 or C M P T 223 with a minimum C O M M 292 " C " grade. Principles of Organizational Behaviour Comprehensive knowledge of the widely used operating systems: UNIX, M S - D O S and Windows-NT. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language and Web server Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. installation. C O M M 293 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Financial Accounting An introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings and the statement of change in financial position. Course 246 Descriptions C O M M 294 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) COMP 120 3 credits (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Managerial Accounting Introduction to Computer Science Prerequisite: " C - " or better in C O M M 293. Prerequisite: Principles of Math 12 with at least a " B " grade or M A T H 105 with at least a " C - " grade. Keyboarding skills and familiarity with Windows environment required. Introduction to the development and use of accounting, information for management planning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. C O M M 297 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Capital Markets and Institutions Introduction to the economic environment in which businesses operate including the role of the Bank of Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. C O M M 392 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) An introduction to union-management relations which includes the study of trade union history and structure, the collective bargaining process and labour legislation. 4 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Marketing This course provides an introduction to all facets of marketing including an analysis of uncontrollable variables, and an investigation of the marketing mix, consumer behaviour and segmentation. COMP 101 3 credits COMP 125 3 credits (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Fundamentals of Computer Science Prerequisite: C O M P 120 with at least a " C - " grade. Labour Relations C O M M 396 An introduction to the development of algorithms, computer program design, program implementation and testing. The course also exposes students to the discipline of computer science. Topics include computer hardware and software, programming languages, representation and manipulation of data, numerical analysis, programming paradigms, and theory of computation. (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F„S,Su) Computers and their Applications Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a " B " grade, or at least a " C - " grade in Math 095 or M A T H 096. An introduction to the basic concepts of computer hardware and software, operating systems, applications software and programming, and a study of some of the social and ethical implications of the increasing use of computers. Students will gain experience with a microcomputer operating system, various software packages including word processor and spreadsheet, and an interpreted programming language environment. Students will be introduced to the Internet, web searching techniques and web page development. The course also includes an introduction to problem solving, algorithm design and computer programming. This course serves as a good science option for students in Arts or Commerce. Note: Although no formal Computing Science prerequisite is listed, students are expected to have reasonable keyboarding skills and to have some familiarity with the use of computers running Microsoft Windows. A study of software development, maintenance and documentation. Data abstraction and object-oriented programming are emphasized. Introduction to data structures, sorting and searching algorithms. The course further exposes students to the discipline of computer science. Topics include software engineering, modelling and simulation, programming paradigms, and theory of computation. COMP 127 3 credits (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (S) Principles of Computer Science Prerequisite: C O M P 120 with at least a " C - " grade. Fundamental computing concepts will be studied through the features of a functional programming language. Topics include recursion, complexity, abstraction, list processing, models of computation, object-oriented programming and design, programming paradigms, programming language evaluation and computation, and logic programming. COMP 210 3 credits (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (F) Data Structures and Abstraction Prerequisite: C O M P 125 with at least a " C - " grade OR C O M P 127 with at least a " C - " grade and M A T H 116 with at least a " C - " grade and M A T H 124 with at least a " C - " grade. A study of frequently used data structures and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes abstract data types and generic abstraction in objectoriented programming. Topics include lists, stacks, queues, sets, tables, trees and graphs, recursion, searching, sorting and analysis of algorithms. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 247 3 credits C0MP211 (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (F) CSSF 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Computer Design and Architecture I First Nations Strategies for Student Success Prerequisite: C O M P 125 or C O M P 127 with at least a " C - " grade and M A T H 116 with at least a " C - " grade and M A T H 124 with at least a " C - " grade. This course is designed to prepare students to make the transition into college level programs. Topics include: time management, memory techniques, stress management, presentation skills, critical thinking, reading a textbook with increased retention, test taking tips, note taking strategies, goal setting and using College resources. An introduction to some fundamental concepts of computer design and architecture: data representation and coding, combinational and sequential digital logic, microprocessor operation, memory organizations and addressing schemes, instruction sets, assembly language, and operating system interfaces. 3 credits COMP 212 (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (S) Note: Students may not enrol in CSS. 100 and C S S F 105 concurrently. CSSF 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Computer Design and Architecture II Reading and Study Skills Prerequisite: C O M P 211 with at least a " C - " grade. Students learn and adopt methods and attitudes that promote success in college. This course includes: Memory techniques, time management, goal setting, presentation skills, critical thinking, test taking and note taking. The reading component addresses problems college students have with textbook comprehension, vocabulary, critical reading and retaining information from texts. A study of the architecture and organization of current microprocessor-based computers, relating the instruction set architecture at the programmer's level of abstraction to the digital logic implementation at the hardware designer's level of abstraction. 4 credits COMP 213 (4,0,1.33) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Software Engineering Prerequisite: C O M P 210 with at least a " C - " grade. An introduction to the concepts and practice of software engineering: systems analysis, user interface operating system interface, support tools and scripting languages, project management, user and system documentation. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks CSSF 110 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Reading Dynamics design, debugging, profiling, and testing methods, CRIM 101 Note: Students may not enrol in CSS. 100 and C S S F 105 concurrently. (F,S) Introduction to Criminology This course is intended to introduce students to the analysis of the relationship between crime and society. The core concept is that crime is embedded in social structure and process and therefore must be understood in relation to rather than apart from normal social activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime will be explored and student analysis of contemporary issues involving crime in Canadian society will be encouraged. Participants learn and practice flexible and efficient reading skills at the college level. Strategies for increasing speed, improving vocabulary, reading comprehension, memory are also included. DIGI311 6 credits (6,4,0) hrs 3D Character Animation 15 wks (F) Students will learn basic animation principles and how to apply them to simple 3D models. A n emphasis will be placed on developing good timing and animation techniques including stretch and squash, arcs, weight, anticipation / action / reaction, overlapping and secondary action. Students will complete short animation exercises demonstrating these principles. DIGI 312 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3D Design I CSS. 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) College Success - Academic & Personal Success This course is co-taught by a learning specialist and a counsellor. Topics include: time management, memory techniques, stress management, reading a textbook with improved retention, test taking tips, note taking strategies, goal setting, communication skills, using College resources, and career exploration. Note: Students may not enrol in CSSF100 and C S S F 105 concurrently. Course 248 Descriptions The focus of this course is on the design and construction of three dimensional environments and characters. Students will learn the fundamental techniques of 3D modeling, texturing and lighting. DIGI 313 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) DIGI 324 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Drawing and Design I Animation Principles II This course will help develop students' visualization, drawing and design skills related to animation production. Students will create a variety of work including characters, props and layout designs. Students will continue to work on the creation of traditional and computer animation using a variety of animation principles. An emphasis will be placed on acting and character animation. DIGI 314 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) DIGI 325 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Animation Principles Animation Production II This course will introduce the principles and techniques of classical animation. Students will explore the roll of traditional animation techniques and their importance in computer generated films. Final production of a short animated film and a demotape of animation will demonstrate the student's creative vision and artistic abilities. ECON 100 DIGI 315 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Animation Production I The changing role of computers in animation production will be examined. Students will learn the fundamentals of computer operating systems and explore the use of technology in the development of animation productions. DIGI 321 6 credits (6,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3D Character Animation II Students will focus on the creation of believable character movement through acting, emotion and story. Sound and Lip Sync will be introduced to further develop students' animation techniques. A finished demo reel will be produced showcasing each student's character animation potential. DIGI 322 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3D Design II Advanced problem solving, modeling, texturing and lighting will build on the student's ability to design and create professional quality 3D characters and scenes. Students will create a design package of 3D characters, props and layouts. DIGI 323 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Drawing And Design II Continued development of good drawing and design skills is fundamental to becoming a good animation designer. These classes will stress the creation of original character, prop and layout designs. A n emphasis will be placed on character posing and creating a professional drawing portfolio. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Introduction to Economics This course traces the development of, and conflicting views on, the nature of the capitalist economic system. It focuses on the historical development of capitalist society and the divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such economists as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx, ' J.M. Keynes and Milton Friedman. It also deals with contemporary issues and such basic concepts as supply and demand. ECON 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ((F,S,Su) Principles of Microeconomic Theory This course presents a study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium condition and the determinants of income distribution. ECON 112 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ((F,S,Su) Principles of Macroeconomic Theory Prerequisite: E C O N 111. This course presents the formal Keynesian theory of income determination and its contemporary critiques. Included is the study of the possible causes and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of the international economy. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. ECON 207 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Managerial Economics Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. This course is an application of microeconomic theory to a variety of management and planning decisions such as output maximization and cost minimization given the constraints faced by firms. Course Descriptions 249 3 credits ECON 210 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) ECON 252 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Money and Banking Economic History of the Industrial Era Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. This course is designed to facilitate an understanding of financial markets and financial institutions both in Canada and in other major industrial countries. The course will examine current issues in the regulation of financial institutions and analyze the factors behind the determination of exchange and interest rates. This course provides a study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth in the context of several countries, including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial economies and those nations now attempting to industrialize. 3 credits ECON 211 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Note: Students cannot receive credit for both E C O N 252 and the former 121. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instruc- Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112, M A T H 108 or 116/ tor. 117. This course presents an in-depth look at such topics as consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, and economic welfare. Note: Not transferable to S F U . Students registered in the Commerce program will be given priority. ECON 212 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ECON 290 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Public Policy I Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. The course involves an examination of current government microeconomic policies, including resource management, utility regulation and pricing, international trade, income distribution, taxation, education and health care. (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis ECON 291 Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112, Math 108 or 116/ Public Policy II 117. Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. The course presents an in-depth look at such topics as income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. The course involves an examination of current government macroeconomic policies, including fiscal and monetary policies, debt management policies, international finance and exchange rate management, federal provincial relations, etc. Note: Not transferable to S F U . ECON 250 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112. This course provides a broad sweep of economic history from the Old Stone Age to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of the prehistoric era, the River Civilizations, Classical Antiquity and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from feudalism in Europe to early forms of capitalism. (Students cannot receive credit for both E C O N 250 and the former 120.) Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. EDUC 155 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs EDUC 166 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 250 15 wks Child Development I An introductory study of theories and principles of development focusing on conception through 24 (Part-time programs only.) Descriptions (F) Course material spans the period from conception through the preschool years and examines physical, cognitive, language, and social-emotional growth and development. A n introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included. months. Course 15 wks Childhood Development (F) EDUC 167 2.25 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) EDUC 176 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Child Development II Applied Theory - Practicum I Theories, principles of development and child study techniques focusing on physical, cognitive, language and social-emotional growth and development from 24 through 60 months. This introductory practicum is arranged by the College. It provides the student with opportunities to observe young children and, at a beginning level, to plan, implement and evaluate activities under the supervision of a qualified sponsor teacher. Weekly seminar discussions help students integrate theory and practice. (Part-time programs only.) EDUC 170 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) EDUC 177 Interpersonal Skills An introductory course in which students focus on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students will learn basic communication concepts and practice skills which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. EDUC 171 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) This course introduces the student to various programs for young children. The role of the Early Childhood Educator, learning environments and the value of play are examined. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Guiding Young Children I This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance principles and techniques which support children's optimal development. EDUC 173 3 credits (6,3,0) hrs 10 wks (F,S) Curriculum Development I 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks 15 wks (Su) Observing and Recording/Applied Theory Practicum I The student will develop skill in observing, recording and documenting the behaviour of young children. Based on observations, the student will begin to interpret behaviours and develop program strategies while participating in this introductory practicum. EDUC 220 (F) Observing and Recording A course which develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly supervised observations form the major part of the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Health, Safety and Nutrition Through the use of lecture, videos and assignments, the student will be able to recognize the common signs and symptoms of childhood illness and plan health care appropriate to a centre setting, recognizing situations requiring emergency care; understand the role of healthy eating as it relates to normal child development within the context of the preschooler's daily life and environment; and follow valid nutrition guidelines for their own optimum health. EDUC 254 Based on the philosophy that play provides the foundation for children's growth and development, this experiential workshop course focuses on learning environments, curriculum planning and teaching strategies. EDUC 175 (6,0,0) hrs (Part-time programs only.) Caring and Learning Environments EDUC 172 4.5 credits 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Theoretical Perspectives This course provides an introduction to the history and philosophy of E C C E . Major contemporary issues are examined. International childcare is discussed. EDUC 256 1.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 5 wks (S,Su) Working with Children in Inclusive Group Settings Prerequisite: E D U C 155 or E D U C 167. This course reviews the major theories of human development and changes that occur during middle childhood in the areas of physical, social-emotional and cognitive development. Course Descriptions 251 EDUC 262 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) EDUC 277 4 credits (5.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks Special Education Applied Theory - Practicum III Students will develop an awareness of the early childhood educator's role and responsibility in preparing a safe and healthy environment that meets the needs of children requiring extra support. The course will examine the history and current perspectives on inclusion and family-centred approaches. This is, generally, a five-week, full-time practicum. If taken, however, on a part-time basis, the same number of hours are required. In this practicum, students integrate and consolidate knowledge and skills gained throughout the program. The student will be involved in all aspects of providing quality care and education for young children. (Special Needs Certificate Program.) EDUC 270 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) EDUC 292 4 credits (5.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Introduction to Working with Families Directed Independent Studies This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of an effective relationship between the Early Childhood Educator and the child's family. Community resources will be researched. Directed individual practicums. See coordinator. EDUC 271 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Introduction to Centre Organization An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects of operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children; e.g., handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre will also be discussed. EDUC 272 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Guiding Young Children II This course will extend the student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child, on promoting a positive self concept and on fostering prosocial behaviour. EDUC 273 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Curriculum Development II Prerequisite: E D U C 173. The student will acquire further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaluating learning environments for groups of children. EDUC 350 4 credits (5.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks Applied Theory - Practicum II This is a five-week, full-time practicum. If taken, however, on a part-time basis, the same number of hours are required. Working with a qualified Early Childhood Educator students extend their competencies in program planning and evaluation. Weekly seminar discussions focus on integrating theory and practice. Course 252 Descriptions (2.66,0,0) hrs 15 wks Advanced Child Development This course will focus on the similarities and differences of typical and atypical development of young children. EDUC 351 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Family, School & Community The teacher/family/community partnership will be examined with the focus being on families with infants, toddlers and children who need extra support. EDUC 352 2 credits (2.66,0,0) hrs 15 wks Centre Operations The student will gain knowledge of the broad concepts and principles involved in the effective administration and management of a child care centre and the skill required to fulfill the role of a manager/director/ administrator. EDUC 353 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks Program Planning for Infants and Toddlers The focus will be on planning schedules, routines, space and program activities for infants and toddlers. Individual and small group activities which promote self esteem, language, social behaviours and self-help skills will be planned. Goal setting and effective guidance will be discussed. EDUC 354 EDUC 276 2 credits 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Program Planning for Special Needs This course will examine strategies for collaborating with parents, adapting programs, implementing individual intervention goals and helping children to communicate with one another. EDUC 355 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks ENGL 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S.Su) Physical Care and Safety Composition The student will develop an awareness of the Early Childhood Educator's role and responsibility in preparing a safe, healthy environment, and in planning routine procedures for infants and toddler to ensure their needs will be met. Prerequisite: See information on English Diagnostic Test in the Registration section of the College Calendar. EDUC 356 3.0 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Infant and Toddler Practicum Through work experience in an infant/toddler centre the student learns and practises how to protect, support and enrich the lives of young children. EDUC 357 3.0 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Infant and Toddler Practicum This practicum focuses on working with parents and the evaluation of a quality program. These broader aspects of group care are central to the provision of quality care for infants and toddlers. EDUC 358 3.0 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Special Needs Practicum Under the guidance of a qualified Special Needs Early Childhood Educator the student practises how to program activities which include children who need extra support. EDUC 359 3.0 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Special Needs Practicum This practicum focuses on working with parents and the evaluation of a quality program. Students refine their skills of inclusive programming for groups of children. ENGL 010 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Language Skills An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to meet the demands of an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. This course is not transferable to the universities. A student will receive credit or no credit (not a letter grade) for the course. Certain sections of E N G L 010 may be designed for the needs of students of English as a Second Language. A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research techniques and documentation are taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. Certain sections of E N G L 100 may be designed for the needs of students of English as a second language. ENGL 103 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Studies in Contemporary Literature A study of selected and representative literature, including poetry, fiction, and drama from the 20th and 21st centuries. Works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period.) The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. Note: While E N G L 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. ENGL 104 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S.Su) Fiction A study of selected short stories and novels of intrinsic literary merit from the 20th and 21st centuries. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. Note: While E N G L 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. ENGL 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Poetry A study of selected major and significant minor 20th and 21st century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. Note: While E N G L 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. Course Descriptions 253 ENGL 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) ENGL 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Drama Canadian Literature - Beginnings to Modernism A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. Note: While E N G L 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. ENGL 190 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) A study of texts in all major genres from the origins of Canadian literature into the modernist era. This course will investigate various motifs and forms of writing which have evolved through early Canadian literature and which continue in contemporary work. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Creative Writing ENGL 203 An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students must have good compositional skills and are required to write extensively in their chosen genre (approximately 10 hours per week). They will also develop an awareness, through written practice, of at least one of the other genres. Students are required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. Canadian Literature - Modernism and Beyond ENGL 191 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Creative Writing 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs The continuation of E N G L 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation of individual, major, contemporary authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada. This course will study the emergence of significant contemporary motifs and approaches to writing. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENGL 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Modern American Literature A continuation of E N G L 190. ENGL 200 Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th A course which explores the works of major representative authors from the late 19th century to the present day. Students will closely examine selected texts as literary achievements and set them within the history of American literature and the framework of American culture. century. This course will provide the student with a Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of English Literature to 1660 Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A study of texts in all major genres by representative broad historical and critical frame of reference, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENGL 201 instructor. ENGL 208 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Studies in Fiction (The Novel) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) English Literature Since 1660 Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A course similar to E N G L 200, but covering the later period since 1660. Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A study of the novel from various perspectives which consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section. The aims of the course are to give the student an awareness of the cultural context in Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of which the novel came into being and became popular, instructor. and to study selected texts closely. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course 254 Descriptions ENGL 209 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) ENGL 212 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Studies in Poetry Traditions in Western Literature Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A study of individual poets or schools of poetry selected by the instructor and drawn from any era between Chaucer's time and the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical and cultural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aims of the course are to increase the student's knowledge of the craft of poetry and to study selected texts closely. A study of the literary traditions in which Western literature has developed. The course studies influential works of literature (often in translation) from various periods and countries with reference to mythology, religion, and history. Emphasis will be placed on the way in which these works have helped to form Western literary convention and a Western construction of history. The aim of the course is to familiarize the student with these traditions so the student may understand how Western literature has evolved, and to present to the student an objective history of literary convention against which to read literature. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENGL 210 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Studies in Drama Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives: The examination of dramatic types from various peiods with reference to the history and development of dramatic forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in dramatic literature and performance, and of the relationship of literary text to performance. Major plays from various periods and national theatres will be considered. The aim of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of drama as an art form which has evolved out of literary and cultural history and out of performance. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENGL 211 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Studies in Short Fiction Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A study of the development of the short story and novella form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary history in which the genre developed and through a detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section, although examples from both the 19th, 20th and 21 st centuries will be studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the development of the genre in context and of writers of major significance to the genre. ENGL 213 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Readings in World Literature Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses. A course in world literature beyond the Western tradition. The specific focus will be announced at the time of registration. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENGL 290 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Creative Writing - Poetry Prerequisite: E N G L 190 and 191. An intensive workshop in the writing of poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness of her or his own voice, her or his individual ground for writing, and the development of her or his own poetic. Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements that poets have made about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 255 ENGL 291 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Creative Writing - Fiction Prerequisite: ENGL1 190 and 191. An intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. The course will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction and give students the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice, rhythm, dialogue, diction, character, and pointof-view. Students will be expected to read a variety of works of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. They will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fiction. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. ENSC 500 4.5 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) packing' and understanding ethical issues; (b) clarifying personal ethical positions; and (c) both understanding and formulating their personal and professional roles with respect to environmental ethics/action. ENSC 503 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Environmental Law This course deals with the law and legal issues associated with the environment. Aspects of environmental law including jurisdictional issues, courts and the legal system, environmental litigation and the evolving role of First Nations are introduced. Skills necessary for legal research, critical analysis, written and verbal presentations and team work are emphasized and applied through student presentations on selected topics. Students will be strongly encouraged to conduct their research and develop their presentations in innovative and imaginative ways. Applied Ecology Approaches to applying ecological concepts to the critical analysis of a variety of environmental issues and problems are examined through discussions, lectures, small group work, written assignments and field/laboratory investigations. Teams of students undertake field work in a nearby watershed to complete an ecological profile of the study area. A n in-depth assignment allows each student to focus on an environmental topic of personal interest. ENSC 501 4.5 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Environmental Toxicology and Waste Management 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Environmental Planning and Project Management An introduction to basic management skills and approaches which have practical value in environmental planning and decision-making. Critical thinking, risk management, project planning, proposal preparation, budget management and community involvement in environmental planning will be discussed. ENSC 505 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Environmental Impact Assessment An applied examination of the effects of toxic substances on living organisms with particular focus on the aquatic environment. Tools used to measure adverse effects and to predict harm to organisms are examined. Measurement, monitoring and remediation techniques for environmental contaminants in air and soil are also examined. The course includes laboratory, field and classroom components. ENSC 502 ENSC 504 (F) An examination of the environmental impact assessment (EIA) process as a tool in environmental decision making. This course will review current Canadian federal and provincial procedural requirements as well as local and international applications. Representative field methods, the relationship between EIA and other regulatory processes, integration of EIA and social issues, and the role of public involvement will also be used as focal points for discussion. ENSC 506 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Applied Environmental Ethics Ecosystem Sustainability This course deals with values and ethical issues as they pertain to the relationship between humans and the natural world. Concepts and methods of critical moral/ values reflection are introduced and a variety of theories of ecological morality are considered. These 'tools' are then used to explore specific environmental issues. Knowledge and skills needed for communication, critical analysis, and team work are emphasized and applied through interactive practice assignments and student presentations on elected topics. The course is intended to assist students in (a) identifying, 'un- Introduction to advanced tools for assessing complex ecosystem challenges. Students will use applied systems analysis, simulation modelling, technical workshops, and other tools for tackling issues related to ecosystem sustainability. Working as an integrated team, the class will devise recommendations for improving sustainability in a local watershed; results will be presented in a variety of formats, including a public forum for local decision-makers and watershed residents. Course 256 Descriptions ENSC 507 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Computer Applications in Environmental Science 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) This seminar will provide a contemporary perspective on the field of environmental science and how students can develop their careers within it. Building on contributions of guest speakers with different backgrounds and perspectives, students will investigate career opportunities and critically examine their own situations. Students will be exposed to a wide range of current environmental trends, topics and career opportunities. Students will examine the knowledge and skills needed in contemporary environmental practice and consider how that information can guide their personal professional development. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science II A continuation of E N S C 508, this seminar will provide opportunities to investigate themes such as problem solving and critical thinking in environmental science through interactions with guest speakers and investigation of selected topics or cases. Topics will be chosen on the basis of student interest, current environmental issues and the availability of guest speakers. ENSC 510 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 16 wks (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (Su) Environmental Science Practicum Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science I ENSC 509 4.5 credits Prerequisite: E N S C 500 - E N S C 509. An introduction to the use of computers for network communication, simulation modelling and geographically-based information storage in environmental science. Students will develop skills in the use of spreadsheets for recording and manipulating data, prepare a web page, work with simple simulation models, and learn the basics of geographic information systems (GIS) with applications to environmental information using P A M A P GIS in the computer lab. ENSC 508 ENSC 511 (Su) Field Studies Prerequisite: E N S C 500 - E N S C 509. Practical experience in project development, data collection and analysis, and report preparation. Working at a site in the Vancouver area, small teams of students prepare technical proposals to address specific environmental problems, undertake data collection and analysis in the field and laboratory, and complete formal reports documenting their work and results. Study findings are also presented at a public forum. The practicum is a period of work on a real-world environmental project with a sponsor organization from the private, government or nonprofit sectors. The practicum provides students with the opportunity to apply their new knowledge and experience to an extended assignment. Students work with their practicum coordinator during the fall and winter terms to prepare their resumes and portfolios and to seek potential practicum opportunities for completion during the summer term. Students sponsored by an employer may be able to fulfil this requirement under supervision in their normal place of employment. ENSJ 105, 155, 205, 255, 305, 355, 405, 455 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Jazz Choir By audition only. Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's Jazz Choirs. The intent of the class is to build group singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. Note: Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 120,170 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks Guitar/Bass Ensemble I, II (F.S) Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. Credit from this course is not applicable to the Degree progam. ENSJ 135, 185, 235, 285, 335, 385, 435, 485 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Jazz Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI. VII. VIII By audition only. Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading skills. Note: Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 136, 186, 236, 286, 336, 386, 436, 486 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F.S) Instrumental Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII By audition only. Students rehearse in small "like instrument" ensembles under an instructor's supervision in preparation for a number of performances. Note: Performances are a mandatory part of the course. i Course Descriptions 257 ENSM 200 ENSJ 140, 190, 240, 290, 340, 390, 440, 490 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) 1 credit (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 15 w k s (F) 15 w k s (S) 15 wks (F,S,Su) Choir III A continuation of E N S M 150. Percussion Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. ENSM 210 1 credit (4,0,0) hrs Orchestra III A continuation of E N S M 160. Note: Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSM 250 1 credit (4,0,0) hrs Choir IV ENSJ 220, 270, 320, 370 1 credit (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Guitar/Bass Ensemble III, IV, V, VI ESL 031 Prerequisite: ENSJ 170 or audition. A performance ensemble comprised primarily of reading and interpretive skills. ENSJ 306, 356, 406, 456 (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 wks 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs Lower Intermediate Speaking and Listening bassists and guitarists. Students will develop their sight 1 credit A continuation of E N S M 200. This course helps students develop.the listening and speaking skills required for entry into the Upper Intermediate Level. Course topics include idioms, formal/informal English, oral reports, listening practice, vocabulary and pronunciation. (F,S) Jazz Vocal Ensemble ESL. 038 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) By audition only. Lower Intermediate Reading and Vocabulary This course includes performance of various styles of a cappella and accompanied vocal ensemble repertoire with an emphasis on jazz literature and small group performance, i.e. one singer per part. The focus of this course is on the development of basic reading, comprehension and vocabulary skills while learning skimming and scanning, identifying main ideas, using the dictionary, using context clues, and understanding and stating pronoun referents. 1 credit ENSM 100 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Choir Ensemble I ESL. 039 An exploration of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Emphasis will be placed on ensemble, tuning, tone quality, musical phrasing, balance, diction and professional presentation. A varied concert program will be learned and several performances will be given each semester. A n audition is required. Lower Intermediate Grammar and Writing 1 credit ENSM 110 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Orchestra I Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. 1 credit ENSM 150 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 15 wks (S) Choir Ensemble II A continuation of E N S M 100. 1 credit ENSM 160 (4,0,0) hrs Orchestra II A continuation of E N S M 110. Course 258 Descriptions This course prepares students with the grammar and writing skills required for higher level courses such as ESL. 049. ESL. 041 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Upper Intermediate Speaking and Listening This course helps students develop the listening and speaking skills required for entry into the Advanced Level. Course topics include idioms, impromptu speeches, oral reports, relaxed conversational forms, pronunciation, and listening practice. ESL. 048 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Upper Intermediate Reading and Vocabulary This course is designed to improve students' reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for the Advanced Level. Course topics include identifying main ideas and details, vocabulary development, word families and context clues. ESL. 049 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ESL. 066 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F.S) Upper Intermediate Writing and Grammar TOEFL Preparation I This course helps students develop the grammar and writing skills required for the Advanced Level. Stress is on sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. This course helps students improve their T O E F L scores. Students will learn how to enhance their grammar, as well as the listening and reading skills needed for the T O E F L test and other English proficiency tests. ESL. 051 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Lower Advanced Listening and Speaking ESL. 067 This course assists students in developing the listening and speaking skills required for entry into the Upper Advanced Level. The focus is on idioms, relaxed speech structures, listening to lectures and note taking, oral presentations, rhythm, stress and intonation. Advanced Reading and Vocabulary for Business ESL. 054 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) (F) This course assists students in developing their vocabulary and reading skills up to the level required for working in a business office environment. Note: This course is only open to students in the Office Assistant program. Intermediate Pronunciation In this course students will learn to discover, recognize and use English word stress, sentence stress, intonation patterns, and high frequency vowels and consonants. ESL. 058 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S.Su) Lower Advanced Reading and Vocabulary This course introduces students to reading skills and vocabulary development at the Advanced Level. Stress will be placed on improving comprehension, increasing reading speed, using context clues and making inferences. ESL. 059 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Lower Advanced Writing and Grammar This course introduces more complex grammatical structures used in controlled and free paragraph writing. It prepares students for the sentence and writing skills required for ESL. 069. ESL. 061 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs ESL. 068 This course is designed to raise students' reading and vocabulary skills to the level where they can enter College Preparatory English courses. Focus will be on recognizing different types of writing, organizational patterns, identifying point of view and making inferences. ESL. 069 15 wks (F.S.Su) 15 w k s 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Upper Advanced Writing and Grammar The emphasis in this course is on composing at the paragraph level. The aim of this course is to bring E S L students' writing skills up to the level required for College Preparatory English courses. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) This course helps students improve their oral and listening skills to prepare them for college studies. Students will practise speaking through oral reports, summarizing, and debates. Through group work, both formal and informal speech patterns will be explored. Vocabulary development will also be stressed as students incorporate new words and expressions in their speech. ESL. 074 (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F.S.Su) Upper Advanced Reading and Vocabulary ESL. 071 This course assists students in developing the listening and speaking skills required for entry into College Preparatory English courses. The focus will be on the comprehension and discussion of academic lecture material, idioms and relaxed speech structures, oral reports, debates, listening improvement, rhythm and intonation. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs College Preparatory English Level I - Listening and Speaking Upper Advanced Listening and Speaking ESL. 062 3 credits (F) Advanced Speaking and Listening for Business This course is only open to students in the Office Assistant program. This course assists students in improving their communications skills up to the level required for working in a business office environment. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Advanced Pronunciation In this course students will refine English word stress, sentence stress, intonation patterns, sound/spelling patterns, as well as production/recognition of syllables and word endings. Course Descriptions 259 ESL. 076 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S,Su) TOEFL Preparation II A continuation of E S L . 066, this course focuses not only on advanced grammar, reading and listening comprehension, but also on essay writing skills. ESL. 078 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level I - Reading and Vocabulary This course introduces the E S L student to the basic reading and vocabulary skills necessary for entry into the University Transfer and Career/Vocational divisions. Focus will be on reading comprehension at the literary, inferential and critical levels. Course material will include sample texts from various content areas. ESL. 079 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level I - Writing and Grammar This course will focus on the paragraph as the standard medium for written communications. It will also introduce students to the essay as the standard medium for academic writing. The course will continue to refine the usage of all grammatical structures. ESL. 081 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F.S.Su) College Preparatory English Level II - Listening and Speaking Students will learn to gain confidence in public speaking and listening to academic lectures. Various rhetorical techniques, such as debating, will be introduced. Through group work and formal presentations, students will have many opportunities to become more effective speakers and listeners. ESL. 088 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level II - Reading and Vocabulary This course continues the development of reading and vocabulary skills necessary for entry into the University Transfer and Career/Vocational divisions. The stress will be on inferencing skills, context clues and critical reading. Students will work with sample reading texts from various content areas. ESL. 089 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level II - Writing and Grammar This course assists students in achieving proficiency in writing essays at pre-college and pre-university level with a minimum of E S L errors. Students will develop strategies for a variety of essay requirements for college and university courses. Course 260 Descriptions ESL. 098 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level III - Reading and Vocabulary The primary aim of this course is to provide E S L students with the necessary reading skills for entry into the University Transfer and Career/Vocational divisions. The focus of this course will be on academic reading strategies, determining an author's tone/point of view and critical reading. Sample readings from various content areas will be used. ESL. 099 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) College Preparatory English Level III - Writing and Grammar This course refines students' awareness of the strategies for a variety of essay structures required for college and university courses. The course will also focus on sequencing of ideas, essay organization skills, summarizing, paraphrasing, critical reading, evaluating sources and preparing a 1,000-word processed research paper. ESLF020 15 credits (20,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) ESL - Upper Beginner Intensive This intensive 20-hour-per-week course provides students with basic language skills to the Lower Intermediate level. It includes reading (paragraphs, forms, materials from daily life), vocabulary building (word parts, using a dictionary), grammar (accurate and meaningful use of structures), writing (at the sentence level), listening (comprehending simple questions, statements, commands and expressions of courtesy), speaking (basic communicative exchanges), and pronunciation (vowels, consonants, stress). ESLF 030 15 credits (20,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F, S,Su) ESL - Lower Intermediate Intensive This intensive 20-hour-per-week course provides students with basic language skills to the Upper Intermediate level. It includes reading (skimming and scanning, predicting, drawing conclusions), vocabulary building (word structure, synonyms and antonyms), grammar (accurate and appropriate use of structures), writing (simple sentences), listening (learned elements in standard content areas), speaking (initiating and responding to simple statements, handling a variety of task-oriented and social situations), and pronunciation (word stress, sentence stress, rhythm, intonation). ESLF040 15 credits (20,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F, S,Su) FILM 101 4.5 credits (3,2,3) hrs 15 wks (F) ESL - Upper Intermediate Intensive Working in Film Crafts This intensive 20-hour-per-week course provides students with basic language skills to the Lower Advanced level. It includes reading (skimming and scanning, predicting, drawing conclusions), vocabulary building (word structure, synonyms and antonyms), grammar (meaningful and appropriate use of structures), writing (coumpound sentences), listening (discussions on a variety of topics), speaking (general conversations, social situations, levels of speech), and pronunciation (vowels, consonants, word stress and rhythm). This course provides the student with an understanding of the film industry's organization structure, unions and their prerequisites for employment and issues related to self-employment and independent contracting. ESLF050 15 credits (20,0,0) hrs ESL - Lower Advanced Intensive 15 wks (F, S,Su) 15 credits (20,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F, S,Su) ESL - Upper Advanced Intensive This intensive 20-hour-per-week course provides students with advanced language skills to the College Preparatory Level I. It includes reading (relating reading to own knowledge, determining accuracy of information), vocabulary building (expanding vocabulary recognition skills, context clue knowledge, making inferences), grammar (accurate and appropriate use of structures), writing (complex sentences, narrative/ descriptive paragraphs), listening (lectures, note taking, oral presentations), speaking (handling complicated tasks and social situations, discussions, narration techniques, debates), and pronunciation (pause fillers, rate of speech, improving diction). 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Film Development and Production An analysis of each phase of pre-production and production from story conception to the end of shooting. (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) This course features an in-depth analysis of each phase of post production. The process is followed as it moves through various stages including laboratory processing, film and video editing, sound editing, opticals and titles and re-recording. 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Screenplay Analysis and Breakdown A review of how the screenwriter develops ideas and forms them into a screenplay and how the production team analyzes then breaks down the screenplay for shooting. FILM 104 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) The Business of Film Production A Study of the business practices, economics and the decision-making processes employed in the film industry. Students will examine organizational systems, structure and contractual relationships and analyze management practices, production planning, distribution, publicity and implications of change in the industry. FILM 105 4.5 credits (2,2,4) hrs 15 wks (S) Understanding Film Crafts Virtually all crafts employed in film production are examined and students are given an opportunity for hands-on experience. Crafts studied include: Grip, Gaffer, Scenic Painter, Production Coordination, Costuming, Script Supervision, Props, Art Direction, Set Decoration, Film Make-up and more. FILM 106 FILM 100 1.5 credits Film Post Production FILM 103 This intensive 20-hour-per-week course provides students with language skills to the Upper Advanced level. It includes reading (improving comprehension, improving speed, using context clues), vocabulary building, grammar (form and appropriate use), writing (controlled and free paragraph writing), listening (lectures, note taking, understanding details of discussions on a variety of topics), speaking (idioms, relaxed speech structures, group discussions), and pronunciation (rhythm, stress and intonation). ESLF 060 FILM 102 4.5 credits (2,2,4) hrs 15 wks (S) The Directors: Roles of Assistant Directors An examination of and experience with the roles of the Third, Second and First Assistant Directors, Location Personnel and Production Managers on the working set. FILM 107 4.5 credits (2,2,4) hrs 15 wks (S) Cinematography: Roles of Camera Assistants A study of the roles of the First and Second Camera Assistants, Camera Operators, Directors of Photography and others involved in the camera department. Course Descriptions 261 FILM 110 2 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) FREN 170 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks Lighting and Camera for Film First Year University French I This is a technical course that provides hands-on training in the use of lighting, grip, and camera equipment in film production. Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, F R E N 120/121. FREN 100 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Beginning French I F R E N 100 is for absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade 11 French or the equivalent. It provides an intensive introduction to the French language, enhanced by computer practice, and an introduction to francophone culture. It aims to develop profiency in all areas of communication: listening, reading, speaking, and writing. With F R E N 101, it constitutes Grade 11 French. FREN 101 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Beginning French II Prerequisite: F R E N 100. This course, together with F R E N 100, covers high school French Grades 8, 9, 10 and 11 and prepares the student for F R E N 120, equivalent to Grade 12 French. FREN 120 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) (F) * Students registering in F R E N 170 or F R E N 171 should note that there are two different streams, and students M U S T select the class and conversation sections that best reflect their French knowledge. One section is reserved for students who have completed Grade 12 regular core French in high school and for students who were only in French immersion until Grade 7. The other section is for students from French immersion K-12 or late immersion 6-12, for students with native-like speaking abilities because of family/ travelling background and for students who have lived/ studied in a francophone province or country. F R E N 170 should be taken after Grade 12 French by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. It continues the linguistic development of the student by means of grammar revision, weekly written and oral exercises, compositions and appreciation of francophone literature. With French 171, it corresponds to First Year University French. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. University Preparatory French I FREN 171 Prerequisite: F R E N 100/101 or French 11. First Year University French II F R E N 120 together with F R E N 121 constitutes Grade Prerequisite: F R E N 170 with a minimum " C - " grade. 12 French. The comprehensive approach to this course consists of instruction in basic grammar and the development of students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. Computer and conversation practice are included as is familiarization of francophone culture. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. FREN 121 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: F R E N 120 with a minimum " C - " grade. This course, together with F R E N 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation of F R E N 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. (S) A continuation of the work done in F R E N 170. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. FREN 270 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Second Year University French I better. This advanced course, which corresponds to second year University French, is an introduction to a variety of fiction and non-fiction texts (short stories and poems) by francophone authors. It offers a review of French grammar aimed at developing writing skills through practice in composition, translation and exercises. Videos and music will enhance students' awareness of francophone culture. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 262 (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks Prerequisite: F R E N 170/171 with a grade of " C " or University Prepatory French II Course 3 credits Descriptions 3 credits FREN 271 (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) FSCI 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Second Year University French II Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding and Growth Prerequisite: F R E N 270 with a grade of " C " or better. An introductory course in the applied aspects of salmonid nutrition. Course content includes nutritional requirements of cultured salmonids, feed formulation and manufacture, feeding methods and strategies, biology of growth and growth estimation. A continuation of the work of F R E N 270. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 1 credit FSCI 050 (0,0,0) hrs 0 wks Fish Habitat Assessment Workshop This workshop is designed to introduce participants to the Watershed Restoration program Fish Habitat Assessment Procedure (FHAP). The workshop is taught over a two day period and is offered at various locations throughout B . C . 3 credits FSCI 100 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Introduction to Salmonid Biology Identification (adults and juveniles), external and internal structures and their functions, life cycles and reproduction, osmoregulation, food organisms, water quality requirements, habitat, ecological role. Emphasis on practical applications in the field. 3 credits FSCI 101 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Fish Culture I An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the fresh water culture of salmon and trout. Course content covers collection, incubation and rearing of salmonids. The major emphasis is on hatchery production of salmonids for commercial aquaculture and enhancement purposes. 3 credits FSCI 102 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Fish Culture II A continuation of FSCI 101. This course examines the intensive culture of salmonids reared in the marine environment. Content includes an introduction to the marine environment, smolt transport, salt water adaptation, cage culture and harvesting and processing. FSCI 103 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Water Quality An introduction to water quality with respect to intensive salmonid culture. Course content examines water quality parameters that impact on fish production and methods for measuring these parameters. FSCI 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Fish Health An introduction to the science of fish health. This course examines the pathogens that frequently infect cultured salmonids. Course content examines the various groups of pathogens and methods used to prevent, minimize the impact or treat these pathogens. FSCI 120 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Computers in Fisheries Introduction to Windows environment; basics of word processing, spreadsheet and data management programs using an integrated package such as Microsoft Office. FSCI 140 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 2 wks Field Practicum I Practicums involve the student working for a 10-day period at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. FSCI 141 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 2 wks Field Practicum II Practicums involve the student working for a 10-day period at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. FSCI 150 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Streamkeepers I - Introduction to Watershed Stewardship (Introduction to Watershed Stewardship) Basic techniques for watershed mapping; stream survey; identification of impacts; assessments of stream condition based on physical characteristics, water quality and invertebrates. Introduction to stream and riparian restoration. The emphasis is on urban stream environments and the methods to assess and develop management and rehabilitation strategies. Course Descriptions 263 FSCI 190 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks GEOG 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Fisheries Techniques I Human Geography: People, Places and Cultures A techniques course that introduces the student to methods and procedures used in the field to evaluate aquatic habitat and rearing salmonid populations. Topics include planning and procedures using current Resource Inventory Committee (RIC) standards; juvenile fish trapping; enhancement methods; recording and reporting data. Emphasis on practical applications in the field. Different cultures in different landscapes are compared and contrasted to our own. This course examines the many issues of human population, perception of the environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of geography. GEOG 101 FSCI 191 4.5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks Fisheries Techniques II A techniques course that introduces the student to methods and procedures used in the field to evaluate adult salmonid populations in freshwater habitats. Topics include: adult enumeration and capture methods including tagging methods; spawning assessment and production potential; enhancement methods; recording and reporting data. Emphasis on practical applications in the field. FSCI 192 3 credits (6,6,0) hrs 15 wks Aquatic Habitat Rehabilitation Review of fish habitat requirements; installation of boulder weirs; large woody debris, fry cover, spawning gravel, off-channel habitat, etc.; restoration methods for machine accessible and for remote locations; safety considerations; timing of work; preparation of proposals; permitting process. FSCI 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Biology of Salmonids This course is designed to introduce the students to the biology of the fish species found in the subfamily Salmoninae (Salmon, Trout and Charr). Course content will deal with evolution, identification, life history, ecology, basic anatomy and physiology of these animals. FSCI 211 3 credits (32.5,0,0) hrs 2 wks River Hydraulics & Habitats This 10-day field school will focus on the hydraulics and habitats of flowing water. Course content emphasizes stream geomorphology, open channel hydraulics, stream habitat assessment and design. Note: This workshop is offered at Sechelt and Squamish during August arid September. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Environmental Geography: Perception and Change There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audiovisual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions - what can we do about it? GEOG 102 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Environmental Geography: Global Concerns The focus of this environmental course is the recognition that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated regions; rather, they have become global crises. Acid rain, the greenhouse effect, depletion of the world's resources are but a few of the examples illustrating the global scale of our environmental problems. Identifying and understanding the processes responsible for the problems are most important; however, finding solutions is also critical to this course. Note: Not offered 2001/2002. GEOG 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) British Columbia: A Regional Analysis A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that of the province in which we live. •This course informs you about B . C . — its physical environment, the risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested in business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an excellent course. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to S F U and is a component of the Professional Development Program for teachers. Course 264 Descriptions GEOG 108 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) GEOG 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Canada: A Nation of Regions Urban Studies The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social well being. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. More and more of us are living in an urban world. This course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples from other cities in the world. This course approaches these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films, and field research. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to S F U and is a component of the Professional Development Program for teachers. GEOG 112 3credits (4,2,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) GEOG 202 Introduction to Earth Environments An introductory, physical geography course about the earth's various landforms. Plate tectonics, volcanism, weathering and erosion will be explained in order to understand how a landscape develops. Studies of glacial, coastal and fluvial features will be placed in a Canadian context. Environmental changes due to human activities will also be emphasized. Note: Both G E O G 112 and G E O G 114 are lab science courses and fulfil university science requirements. G E O G 112 can be taken either prior to, or after G E O G 114. It is not recommended that they be taken concurrently. GEOG 114 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Weather and Climate An introductory, physical geography course about our atmosphere. Principles of meteorology and climatology will be explained in order to understand the weather we experience daily and seasonally. Further studies will examine how the atmosphere is connected with the world's oceans and plant communities, and how humans are modifying these natural environments. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples. Note: Both G E O G 114 and G E O G 112 are lab science courses and fulfil university science requirements. G E O G 114 can be taken either prior to, or after G E O G 112. It is not recommended that they be taken concurrently. GEOG 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Urban Field Studies Prerequisite: Prerequisite or Corequisite: G E O G 201 The course is designed to engage students in the practical application of urban planning. Using principles from urban geography and urban planning, students will become acquainted with the development of an Offical Community Plan, while working in partnership with planners from the local district planning office. The course involves field study work and attendance at district public meetings. This is an excellent course for those interested in urban and/or regional planning or those intending to continue in Geography. Note: Not offered 2001/2002. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. GEOG 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Asia Pacific Geography This course examines the Asia Pacific region in terms of its social, economic, physical, historical and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the historical development and present day relationships in both East and Southeast Asia. This course introduces the concept of the Pacific Century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific. This is an excellent course for those interested in the past, present and future of the Asia Pacific region and especially for those considering a business career in this region. (S) Technology and Economic Environments An examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues. The purpose of this course is to illustrate the importance of economic processes and tools to understand our environment. Course Descriptions 265 GEOG 214 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) GEOL 111 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Our Atmospheric Environment Historical Geology Prerequisite: G E O G 114 or permission of the instruc- Prerequisite: G E O L 110. tor. This course examines the methods geologists use to deduce the origin, age and evolution of Earth and its life. These methods are then used to investigate how Earth's lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere evolved before giving rise to life, and how ever since, life has interacted with land, water and air. Next, the origin and growth of our home continent and adjacent ocean basins are studied. Finally, the processes and events that shaped (and are still shaping) our immediate environment are looked at in more detail. Uses and abuses of Earth resources and environments since the arrival of human beings also form part of the course. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. This course will provide an intermediate understanding of the processes at work in our atmospheric environment. Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy, moisture, and winds. These concepts will be applied to phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at the small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and E l Nino/Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course will involve lectures, labs, and field work. • GEOG 221 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Note: G E O G 112 may be accepted as a prerequisite with instructor recommendation. Map and Airphoto Interpretation Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course. This is a second year course that is essential for those intending to make Geography their academic major. It is also appropriate for those considering careers in environmental studies, forestry, geology, archaeology, history and other disciplines that rely extensively on maps and air photos. This course uses lectures, labs and field work to cover the basic principles of map and photo interpretation, surveying and satellite imaging. Both human and physical landscapes will be analysed. Students will undertake a research project on a Lower Mainland neighbourhood. The project will involve archival research, census data analysis and field studies. It will examine how this information can be displayed through the use of various mapping techniques. GEOL 110 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Physical Geology Prerequisite: None. However, experience in secondary level chemistry and physics will contribute greatly to mastering physical geology. This course views the Earth as a heat engine which continuously recycles air, water and solid earth materials. It examines how nature's recycling of these materials results in both the origin and the eventual transformation of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. Next, it investigates how lithospheric plates interact with each other and with external recycling (atmospheric and hydrospheric cycles). Finally it considers ways people may best adapt to these everchanging Earth environments and act as stewards of Earth's environments and resources. Course 266 Descriptions GERM 100 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Beginning German I A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading, writing and computer programs. Films, tapes, activities, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of German-speaking countries. GERM 101 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Beginning German II Prerequisite: G E R M 100 with a minimum " C " grade or German 11. This course is a continuation of G E R M 100 and must be taken in order to realize first year level college/ university German. G E R M 101 should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following G E R M 100. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. GERM 200 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Intermediate German I Prerequisite: G E R M 101 with a minimum "C+" grade, or Grade 11 or 12 German. Placement tests are available. G E R M 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German literature. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. GERM 201 3credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) HIST 110 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Intermediate German II Canada Before Confederation Prerequisite: G E R M 200 with a minimum " C " grade or German 12. Placement tests are available. A study of Aboriginal-European relations, New France and British North America. Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which have been significant in the creation of Canada and, in particular, the making of Canadian society before 1867. Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with G E R M 200, it completes the requirements for second year college/university German. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. HIST 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) History of the Ancient World This course examines a range of topics including the origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and development of Judaism and the early Christian Church. HIST 102 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution A survey of European history beginning with the 16th century Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime and the French Revolution. HIST 103 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, social classes, nationalism and imperialism, the Russian Revolution, the two world wars, the inter-wars period, and the cold war era. HIST 108 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Issues and Themes in U.S. History: 1607-1877 American history from 1607 to 1877 examines the development of the United States from early settlement through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the evolution of American politics, race relations, economic and social trends, and western expansion. HIST 109 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Issues and Themes in U.S. History: 1865-Present U.S. history from 1865 to the present. A study of the development of America as a world power after the Civil War. Special emphasis is given to U.S. foreign policy, domestic politics, and urbanization. HIST 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Canada Since Confederation This course examines the development of Canada since 1867. In particular it emphasizes prosperity and poverty; class, gender, aboriginal, and regional relations; French-English tensions; the influence of the United States; and Canada in the world community. HIST 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) British Columbia From the first contact between First Nations and Europeans in the 18th century to the present, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the development of the North Shore. HIST 207 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy. HIST 208 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Canadian-American Relations This Canadian history course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the CanadianAmerican relationship. From the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyze the influence that the United States has had on Canada. HIST 209 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) History of the Native Peoples of Canada Using ethno-historical approaches, this course examines the history of Canadian Indian, Inuit and Metis peoples. It gives particular emphasis to the attitudes, practices, policies and experiences that have shaped native-white relations and affected native peoples from 1450 to the present. Course Descriptions 267 HORT 101 5 credits (6,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) HORT 108 1.5 credits (1.5,3,0) hrs 15wks (S) Introductory Horticulture Landscape Design This course details commercial horticulture in B.C., covers basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and develops basic horticultural skills including the use and proper care of hand tools, power equipment, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering techniques. Students must participate in a three-day orientation field trip near the beginning of this course. Students also participate in a W C B certified Occupational First Aid Level I and WHMIS training. A highly practical introductory course in design theory and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic design skills. Course materials are presented by means of lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs. HORT 102 5 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Plant Materials I An introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. This course emphasizes identification, landscape values and environmental requirements of the plant materials studied. HORT 103 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Growing Media and Fertilizers This course is designed to provide students with the media science knowledge necessary for the production and maintenance of plants in the greenhouse, nursery and landscape. HORT 105 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Plant Production Designed to acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery production systems and methods. Topics will include: plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery stock production. Students will successfully produce a number of specific greenhouse and nursery crops. HORT 106 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Landscape Irrigation and Drainage This course is designed to familiarize the student with the basics of turf and drip irrigation systems as well as basic landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems. HORT 107 0 credits (0,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Park & Tilford Gardens Practicum I This is an optional landscape maintenance work experience at Park and Tilford Gardens. The objectives of the practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to master basic gardening skills and to leam to complete tasks effectively and in a timely manner. Course 268 Descriptions HORT 109 4 credits (6,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Plant Materials II A continuation of H O R T 102 with the emphasis on conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials. HORT 110 3credits (3,1,0) hrs 15wks (S) Turfgrass Management An introductory turfgrass course dealing with the selection of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, moving, cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and large area turfs. HORT 111 1 credit (3,1,0) hrs 15wks (S) Business Practices Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, job applications, resumes and interviews are also discussed. HORT 112 5 credits (4.5,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Landscape Installation and Maintenance A largely applied course covering plant installation and common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape installation topics include: site preparation, use of aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls, fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting, pest management, mulches, and methods of fertilization. Students write the B . C . Government Domesticl Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations. The majority of the course time is spent on field installation and maintenance work. HORT 114 0 credits (0,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 15 wks (F) Park & Tilford Gardens Practicum II A continuation of H O R T 107. HORT 115 1.5 credits (1,5,3,0) hrs Basic Landscape Drafting An introduction to the basic drafting skills and site evaluation methods as they are used in the landscape industry. Course topics include: basic drafting skills and equipment, site measuring, plan reading, landscape graphic presentation and introduction to quantity takeoffs. HSA. 110 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) HSRC 101 3.75 credits (10,0,0) hrs 13 wks (F,S) Work Role: Concepts in Home Support Health & Healing: Concepts for Practice This course provides an introduction to community care, the home support industry and the role of the Home Support Worker. Students also learn home management skills needed for beginning home support practice. This course provides students with the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will examine significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings underlying competent practice as a home support/resident care attendant. The course will focus on the concepts and principles related to health and healing across the lifespan, as well as aspects of caregiving that promote individual health and healing. HSA. 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Healing: Personal Care Skills for Home Support This practical course focuses on the acquisition and application of caregiving skills aimed at maintaining and promoting comfort, safety and independence for individuals in the home or in a continuing care facility. Students spend one day per week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with clients/residents. Field trips are included in the beginning of this course to increase students's awareness of community facilities. Students spend two weeks in an intermediate care facility and approximately 14 days on an extended care and home support practicum supervised by a clinical instructor. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work. All practicum and clinical placements are arranged by the College. HSA. 112 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Special Needs in Home Support This course builds upon other course materials and provides an introduction to the basic concepts and approaches involved in the care of clients experiencing changes in mental functioning. Students also learn the role of the Home Support Attendant in special needs family situations. HSA. 113 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Practical Experience This five-week practical course provides the student with an opportunity to work with a health care team in selected continuing care and special care facilities, as well as home support agencies. Select supervised experiences will emphasize the application and integration of knowledge and skills learned in other courses. The clinical experience provides an opportunity for the student to become better prepared to take on the role of a home support/resident care attendant. Opportunities will be provided for the learner to gain increased self confidence in the work setting and to become socialized as a member of the health care team. HSRC 110 1.5 credits (10,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F.S) Work Role: Introduction to Continuing Care This course provides students with an introduction to the role of the home support attendant and the resident care attendant in continuing care areas. The course builds on the content of other courses and further develops the knowledge, attitudes and values required for competent practice as a home support/resident care attendant. HSRC 111 7credits (0,6,1.5) hrs 11 wks (F,S) Clinical Skills This practical course focuses on the acquisition and application of caregiving skills aimed at maintaining and promoting comfort, safety and independence for individuals in the home or in a continuing care facility. Students spend one day per week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with clients/residents. Field trips are included in this course to increase student's awareness of community facilities. Students spend two weeks in an intermediate care facility and approximately 14 days on an extended care and home support practicum supervised by a clinical instructor. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work. All clinical placements are arranged by the College. HSRC 113 4.75 credits (0,0,160) hrs 5 wks (F.S) Home Support/Resident Care Attendant Practicum This five-week course provides the student with an opportunity to work with a health care team in selected continuing care and special care facilities, as well as home support agencies. Select supervised experiences will emphasize the application and integration of knowledge and skills learned in other courses. The clinical experience provides an opportunity for the student to become better prepared to take on the role of a home support/resident care attendant. Opportunities will be provided for the learner to gain increased self confidence in the work setting and to become socialized as a member of the health care team. Course Descriptions 269 IBUS 321 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) IDEA 100 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) International Business Survey of Design Prerequisite: 45 credits. This course is an overview of contemporary design styles and applied theories. Survey of Design is intended to provide students with grounding in the origins and future of design. This course integrates history with theory, making students literate about their own discipline. It helps students understand the unique relationships of artists and designers to culture and explore the ways in which events of the world have shaped visual literacy, form and technique. The content will be divided into three main units; the first unit will focus on the avant-garde movements that form the aesthetic and philosophical basis of modern graphic design; the second unit moves from European modemism to the American context (late 50's); and the last unit is devoted to the information age and the interpretation of design and media. This course will be a blend of lectures, case studies and discussions of current events affecting business. Students will learn the terminology of international business and the process managers go through in "internationalizing" their business, including how uncontrollable elements of international markets can impact business. IBUS 334 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Communication and Culture in International Business Prerequisite: 45 credits. The objective of this course is to increase the student's cross-cultural awareness in business settings. It looks at how different cultures negotiate and regard contracts, interpret commitments and deal with suppliers and consumers. Note: Not offered every year. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. IBUS 340 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) International Trade Law Prerequisite: B A D M 107. International trade conventions and agreements, the legal processes of importing and exporting, and the challenge of dealing with conflicting domestic laws between countries will be studied. Note: Not offered every year. IBUS 357 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks International Marketing Prerequisite: IBUS 321, B M K T 161. This course is an in-depth study of marketing internationally. It assumes the student understands uncontrollable variables in a foreign market (as covered in IBUS 321) and goes directly into the controllable.variables and the management of marketing programs. Note: Not offered every year. Course 270 Descriptions IDEA 105 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Survey of Illustration Survey of Illustration defines illustration and provides a historical survey of illustration. It provides insight into illustration styles, trends and the future of illustration. Illustrated lectures review notable illustrators and their work and discuss the influence of multi-cultural, political and economic aspects. This course aims to integrate history with applied theory making students literate about their own discipline. IDEA 110 2credits (3,1,0) hrs 15wks (F) Life Drawing I The aim of this course is to provide a background in figure drawing, and to teach students how to render the human figure accurately. The course will guide students in rendering the human figure; provide a historical overview of figure drawing; introduce anatomy; and review human figure proportions. IDEA 115 2credits (3,1,0)hrs 15wks (S) Life Drawing II Prerequisite: IDEA 110. Life Drawing II continues to guide students in rendering the human figure. There is an emphasis on perception and rendering faces, hands and feet. The draped and undraped figure is rendered using a variety of mediums and techniques. IDEA 120 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) IDEA 150 1 credit (3,3,0) hrs 8 wks Mediums and Techniques I Elements of Design The objectives for Mediums and Techniques I are to provide students with a knowledge of tools and materials (mediums) and introduce processes (techniques and skills) as applied in drawing and illustration. This course is part one of a two-part introduction. This course includes a technical introduction to a variety of monochromatic mediums, including pencil, graphite, charcoal, chalk, inks, etc., and further exploration with the addition of colour. A triadic colour palette will be introduced. Elements of Design covers basic graphic design principles. Students will be introduced to the design process of perception, concept and method. Design elements will be defined. IDEA 125 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Mediums and Techniques II Prerequisite: IDEA 120. Mediums and Techniques II is a continuation of Mediums and Techniques I and provides students with a continuation of knowledge of tools and materials (mediums); and introduce processes (techniques and skills) as applied in drawing and illustration. This course provides a technical introduction to colour mediums. The course aids students in recognizing differences in mediums and surfaces and how they can best be used to obtain specific visual expressions. IDEA 130 2credits (3,1,0) hrs 15wks (F) General Drawing I General Drawing I introduces and develops drawing techniques for the accurate representation of objects, both natural and man-made. IDEA 135 2credits (3,1,0) hrs 15wks (S) IDEA 155 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) (S) Conceptual Design I Prerequisite: IDEA 140, IDEA 150. Conceptual Design I teaches students how to develop concepts for graphic design and illustration projects. Concepts are defined as visual ideas and the context in which they exist. Students develop their approach in analyzing and creating design solutions that visually communicate. They develop the design process in generating visual ideas, organizing visual material, recognizing clear concepts, and understanding when a concept is appropriate to a specific situation or particular medium. IDEA 160 1 credit (3,1,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Survey of Typography Survey of Typography gives students an intensive background in the evolution of typography and the anatomy of the letterform. Topics include the origins of writing and alphabets; the invention of moveable type; a comprehensive historical survey of typographic visionaries and masters; and the anatomy of the letterform, including a timeline detailing the progression of styles. IDEA 161 1 credit (3,1,0) hrs 8 wks (F) General Drawing II Letterform Design Prerequisite: IDEA 130. Prerequisite: IDEA 160. General Drawing II continues to teach students how to render objects, both natural and man-made. General Drawing II develops perceptual skills. All aspects of quality of line and tone are explored. New theories in perspective will be introduced, including 3-point perspective, isometric projection and plane distortion. Letterform Design develops students' appreciation of letterform structure. Letterforms will be analyzed and used as a medium to communicate visual messages. Various aspects of the fundamental design principle of contrast, negative / positive relationships, scale and patterning will be explored. By experimenting with letterforms within the parameters of these design principles, designers will develop basic skills into expressive compositions. IDEA 140 1 credit (3,3,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Colour Theory Colour Theory provides a groundwork in colour theory. Students will experience colour relationships and acquire a working knowledge of colour in visual communications, (print, media, exhibit etc.) IDEA 175 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Digital Applications I This course introduces students to basic computer systems, tools, and utilities. It promotes awareness of the computer as a graphic tool for layout and design. Computer purchase requirements for Digital Applications II will be reviewed. Course Descriptions 271 IDEA 210 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) IDEA 237 ' 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Life Drawing III Diagrammatic Graphics Prerequisite: IDEA 115. Prerequisite: IDEA 135, IDEA 210, IDEA 220, IDEA 250, IDEA 271, IDEA 272. Life Drawing III is a continuation of Life Drawing II. The course develops acquired life drawing skills and explores new expressions of the human figure, with an emphasis on interpretation and experimentation. IDEA 220 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Painting for Illustration I Prerequisite: IDEA 125. Painting for Illustration I introduces students to the primary contemporary painting mediums and provides instruction in experimental illustration in painting a variety of styles using traditional and innovative techniques. IDEA 225 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Painting for Illustration II Prerequisite: IDEA 220. Painting for Illustration II is a continuation of Painting for Illustration I, with an emphasis on conceptual development. The course focuses on subject interpretation using experimental and traditional painting techniques and introduces more complex subject matter. IDEA 235 1.5 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Information Illustration Information Illustration I introduces students to interpretive illustration styles. The course focuses on developing information illustrations, icons and symbols as part of a series, and on designing spot illustrations to represent ideas. The emphasis is on message. 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks IDEA 240 1.5 credits IDEA 250 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Conceptual Design II Conceptual Design II is a continuation of Conceptual Design I. This course reinforces and further develops a conceptual and exploratory approach to design solutions to carry the communications message. Design process and design fundamentals are stressed as a means of achieving specific communications objectives. (S) 2 credits IDEA 260 Prerequisite: IDEA 135, IDEA 210, IDEA 220. Institutional Illustration introduces the illustration process from the initial brief to completion as applied to projects for corporate and public service clients. The course introduces image-making with communications objectives, explores possibilities of style, and develops skills in defining the target audience. Prerequisite: IDEA 161. 272 (F) This course introduces photography as a medium in graphic design and illustration. It defines the role of the photographer and art director. This course develops working knowledge in photography with an overview of photographers and photographic styles; exploration in the creation and processes involved in making new images; and an introduction to stock agencies. Technical aspects such as the reproduction of photography in design and illustration, the analysis of lighting and light, composition and cropping will be covered. This course also reviews research techniques and ethical issues in applied photography. Typography Digital I Descriptions 7 wks Prerequisite: IDEA 175. Institutional Illustration Course (4,0,0) hrs Photography Prerequisite: IDEA 155. Prerequisite: IDEA 135, IDEA 210, IDEA 220. IDEA 236 In Diagrammatic Graphics students will investigate the graphic presentation of statistics, processes and ideas. Particular attention is given to the purposes for diagrammatic graphics as particularly applied to client needs. Emphasis is made on concept, function and clarity of message. (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Typography Digital I is a continuation of Letterform Design I. This course emphasizes typography as communication, via an exploration of the expressive influence of the written word to develop an understanding of typographic hierarchy using contrast. IDEA 265 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) IDEA 285 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Typography Digital II Web Site Design Prerequisite: IDEA 260. Prerequisite: IDEA 270. Typography Digital II is a continuation of Typography Digital I. The course focuses on the formal and conceptual attributes of effectively applied typography in print, develops a high degree of design excellence in the application of typography, and provides insight about typography in digital applications (web sites). Web site Design introduces students to principles of design, and development techniques, for communication via an interactive medium: the World Wide Web. Starting from fundamentals in shaping the interactive experience such as information architecture, navigational user interface design, and usability, students will progress to application of these principles through the creation of Web pages using graphical page-creation tools. Emphasis will be placed on the specific requirements and limitations (particularly from the point of view of the graphic designer trained for the printed page) of the Web medium. IDEA 270 1.5 credits (8,0,0) hrs 4 wks (F) Digital Applications II Prerequisite: IDEA 175. This course is designed to provide students with technical skills and knowledge to set up and maintain Mac OS computer systems and to integrate their personal Mac OS computer into the IDEA Lab's computer network. This course introduces students to the basics of the Macintosh computer; Mac OS, system, tools and utilities; some basic application programs; the concept and use of a local area network. IDEA 271 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Digital Applications III Prerequisite: IDEA 270. This course provides an advanced investigation of digital graphics, building on skills and knowledge introduced in Digital Applications I. Particular attention is given to the development of graphic techniques appropriate to digital production. Through exploration of the chosen graphics application, students will address issues concerning digital colour development for both illustration and design as they investigate the various features of the software. IDEA 272 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) IDEA 290 Digital Applications IV (DAIV) provides an introduction to electronic composition and imaging using computer software (Quark Xpress and Adobe Illustrator) as a tool, on a Macintosh computer. The course covers a digital glossary, font and file management, archiving colour systems, eps file formats, and proofing. D A I V will work in collaboration with Typography Digital I. DAIV will teach tools (Quark Xpress), and Typography Digital I will teach typography aspects, including type indication in preliminary layouts / thumbnails and typographic contrast. (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Applied Design I Prerequisite: IDEA 155. Applied Design I familiarizes students with the function of graphic design, teaches the importance of visual hierarchy in communications, and emphasizes resourcefulness, conceptual development and the creative process. IDEA 295 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Applied Design II Persuasion Prerequisite: IDEA 290. Applied Design II / Persuasion focuses on advertising, editorial and publication design. This course provides a continuation of theory and technique applied to complex real world projects. The emphasis is on conceptual development and meeting communications objectives for each project and on understanding the role of the designer / art director as part of an advertising team. Digital Applications IV Prerequisite: IDEA 270. 2 credits IDEA 300 2 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Business Practices / Design and Illustration Prerequisite: Completion of IDEA Term 3 and 4 with a minimum D grade in each course. Business Practices / Design and Illustration focuses on operating in a freelance environment, client / designer contractual relationships, business practice procedures, operating in the print world, and the responsibilities required in an Internet environment. Course Descriptions 273 IDEA 330 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) IDEA 345 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Book & Editorial Illustration Survey of Professional Resources Prerequisite: IDEA 235, IDEA 236. Prerequisite: IDEA 300, IDEA 340. Book and Editorial Illustration focuses on developing an understanding of the role of illustrations as visual commentators and on developing analytical thinking in creating responses to visual content. This course explores styles of illustration. Survey of Professional Resources provides students with real-world insight into graphic design and illustration professions, and an introduction to industry partners. This course provides resources for the development of a comprehensive data base for future marketing and employment opportunities. It introduces professional associations; reviews industry ethics and conduct; and provides exposure to support services required for graphic design projects. IDEA 331 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Advertising Illustration Prerequisite: C M N S 225, IDEA 236, IDEA 295. Advertising Illustration focuses on developing an understanding of the role of the illustrator as part of an advertising team and on appreciation of the parameters of advertising illustration as applied to product and retail promotion. This course explores styles of illustration. IDEA 335 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Information Illustration II / Digital Prerequisite: IDEA 235. Information Illustration II / Digital Applications is a continuation of Information Illustration. This course emphasizes illustration applications for the information age, developing ideas to meet communications objectives for digital applications. IDEA 336 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Promotional Illustration Promotional Illustration focuses on understanding illustration for persuasion used in the context of corporate, cultural and environmental applications. Students will develop sophisticated solutions with an emphasis on concept, process and presentation. Students will explore conceptual thinking and create several solutions for realistic project requirements. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Production for Print and Digital Media Prerequisite: Completion of IDEA Term 3 and 4 with a minimum " D " grade in each course. Production for Print and Digital Media focuses on electronic fde preparation for print, review of processes and technology, and digital image preparation for print and web. This course introduces the correct terms and processes involved in preparing design fdes for reproduction and the basics of launching and updating web sites. Course 274 Descriptions 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Self Promotion Prerequisite: Completion of IDEA Term 3, 4 and 5 with a minimum " D " grade in each course. Self Promotion focuses on the development of self promotional material. Self promotion begins with determining one's strengths and setting the basic parameters of objectives, target audience and budget. Individual marketing strategies will be defined and students will list the items that are included in their plan, define a task schedule, and determine production and distribution methods. They will create materials for self promotion, and project manage and launch a selfpromotional event. IDEA 350 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Packaging Prerequisite: IDEA 331. Prerequisite: IDEA 236. IDEA 340 IDEA 346 Packaging introduces the aspects of branding in packaging, point-of-purchase and retail promotions and the potentials and constraints imposed by 3-D graphic design, including form, function and government regulations. IDEA 355 2 credits (3,1,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Design for Exhibits / Environmental Graphics Prerequisite: IDEA 390. Design for Exhibits / Environmental Graphics teaches students thinking, problem-solving, design and meeting communications objectives using 3-D design. This course focuses on the analysis of 2-D and 3-D design elements as appropriate to a design problem and introduces various mediums in 3-D design (manufactured and custom displays, and signage). IDEA 380 2 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) INFO 136 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 16 wks (S) Web Site Applications Integrated Media production Prerequisite: IDEA 285. This course provides an environment that is focused on Web site Applications builds on the principles and the application of production methodologies, advanced techniques introduced in Web site Design, concentrating on the role of the designer in the creation of skills and technologies necessary to the development of content for interactive media. information-rich websites using a professional site 1.5credits (4,0,0) hrs 8wks authoring tool. Advanced techniques in the delivery of INFO 137 Web content will also be explored, including the Applied Educational Technology creation of vector-based Web graphics and animation. This course provides an introduction to the key aspects IDEA 390 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) of planning and production as they relate to the devel(F) opment and implementation of interactive educational systems. Applied Design III Prerequisite: IDEA 295. Applied Design III deals with a wide range of graphic INFO 138 0.75 credits (4,0,0) hrs 4 wks (F) design print applications and shows how distinct kinds Advanced Graphics of communications objectives in print applications can Graphics production requires a combination of techno- serve the same client. This course develops conceptual logical and aesthetic skills. Augmenting existing thinking skills (brainstorming). graphic design skills, students are introduced to advanced graphics production techniques and tools in IDEA 395 2 credits (3,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) this workshop based course. Primary Software: Flash Applied Design IV Prerequisite: IDEA 390. Applied Design IV teaches advanced graphic design INFO 139 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) processes and professionalism. This course emphasizes Digitized Sound creating design solutions that meet communications Audio is an integral element of New Media. In addition objectives through research, analysis of target audi- to learning the fundamental concepts of audio and ence, effective content, and strong concepts. sound design, students apply tools and techniques specific to the design and production of sound for INDO110 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) interactive projects. Primary Software: ProTools Basic Indonesian I This course develops basic oral and reading skills in bahasa Indonesian through the study of grammar, INFO 145 vocabulary and culture. IND0 111 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) INFO 148 This course is a continuation of INDO 110. (F) (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Time-Based Data Integration II (F) Text-Based Production for Interactive Systems This production course provides an introduction to the methodologies specific to design and development of text-based content and documentation for interactive media/systems. 8 wks This course responds to the need for ongoing training and practice with the emerging Internet services, tools and technologies. Prerequisite: INDO110. 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs Internet Tools and Techniques Basic Indonesian II INFO 135 1.5 credits This course provides an introduction to the QuickTime system extension and its role in the integration of different media data types into a standard format. Students gain experience in data capture, compression, assembly and integration software tools and technologies. Primary Software: QuickTime, MovieCleaner Course Descriptions 275 INFO 150 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) INFO 161 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Contemporary Issues I Project Management This course examines the cultural, ethical, political, and economic issues arising with the increasing use of computers. Students survey print and electronic media to research these issues; synthesize and analyze their findings; and present their work in both written and oral format. This course provides instruction in the key aspects of project management as they relate to the development of interactive multimedia applications. Students are introduced to the management tools and techniques required to facilitate the successful completion of the software production cycle. INFO 151 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) INFO 166 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Interactive Communications I Applied Telecommunications This course examines the concept of interactive communications and the active involvement of a human mind with a computer based application. User interface design forms the basis for a model designed by each student. This course provides an introduction to the basics of communications hardware and software, telecommunications protocols, and functionality provided by the Internet and bulletin board systems. INFO 167 INFO 155 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Interactive Communications II This course focuses on the development and application of critical evaluation techniques for interactive multimedia projects. Students pursue an in-depth examination of the key structures (Information Architecture Credits) and components of interactive multimedia as they relate to the production and development of projects in individual and team settings. INFO 156 1.5credits (4,0,0) hrs 8wks (F) Technical Support: Foundation This course provides an introduction to structured programming concepts and methodologies. 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Interactive Communications III This course provides an in-depth examination of the various information design methodologies in use today. Students will examine the point of contact between user and software; specifically focusing on the potential benefits of interactivity (User Centred Design Credits). INFO 160 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks INFO 171 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 16 wks This course allows for the application of project management skills acquired in the Fall term to the development of projects during the Spring production term. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 16 wks This course provides the student with the opportunity to apply the concepts of structured and object-oriented programming to the development of interactive multimedia projects. Using the model and tools found within multimedia authoring software, students learn how t6 apply the authoring techniques required to create effective interactive applications. Primary Software: Director 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs INFO 173 Technical Support: Augmentation 8 wks (F) This course allows for the application of instructional design theory and skills to the development of interactive educational projects. Primary Software: CourseBuilder/Dreamweaver 276 (S) Technical Support: Concentration This course focuses on the basic principles of marketing. Students apply marketing theory to job market evaluation and the preparation of a personal marketing plan. Descriptions (S,Su) Applied Production Management Self-Marketing Course (F) The operating system is responsible for a computer's core operations. This course provides a comprehensive examination of the Macintosh Operating System and the necessary system skills for professionals working in a production environment. INFO 172 INFO 158 1.5 credits Systems, Tools, Utilities INFO 177 4.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 24 wks (S,Su) INFO 196 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks Professional Development Applied Design This course provides the student with the opportunity to establish professional contacts, gather work experience through a practicum, and develop a portfolio for presentation to the general public. In this course, students apply design concepts to the creation of major interactive multimedia projects. INFO 197 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) (F) Scripting for the Web Browser INFO 180 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 16 wks (S,Su) Computer Mediated Communications This course introduces students to collaborative project development for the W W W , planning and design considerations, hardware and software requirements, communication concepts and protocols. INFO 185 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) 3-D Production for Multimedia This course introduces the concepts of modeling, lighting, texture application and animation as they apply to the development of 3 D graphics for interactive multimedia. Primary Software: T B A INFO 192 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S,Su) This course provides an introduction to the structures and components of the JavaScript language including the integration of images, forms, plugins and applets. INFO 198 0.75 credits (4,0,0) hrs This course provides an introduction to the application of interactive communication technologies in the field of education. INFO 199 0.75 credits (4,0,0) hrs 9credits (7,2,4) hrs The Human Condition I (4,0,1) hrs 8 wks (S) Systems, Tools, Utilities II This course provides students with the technical skills and knowledge required to install and maintain a MS Windows operating system. Primary Software: VirtualPC INFO 194 0.75 credits (4,0,0) hrs 4 wks (Su) Cross-Platform Conversion The main objective of this course is to provide students with the skills necessary for transferring interactive multimedia projects between the Macintosh and MS Windows operating environments. INFO 195 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 16 wks (F) Interactive Graphics This course provides an introduction to digital graphic production with particular attention being given to the issues specific to the development of graphic objects and layouts suitable for interactive multimedia. (F) This course provides an introduction to the key aspects of strategic planning as they relate to the design and implementation of interactive communication systems. This course provides instruction in the processes related to the development and maintenance of database architectures and applications. Students are introduced to relational database technology and learn how to organize data in a manner that facilitates easy maintenance, retrieval and reporting. 1.5credits 4 wks Interactive Project Planning and Design INTR 110 INFO 193 (S) Educational Technology Applied Database Technology Primary Software: FileMaker Pro 4 wks 15wks (F) Prerequisite: The same prerequisites needed for English 100 (i.e. E D T or LPI placement at the English 100 level, or A in English 12. For further exemptions see English Diagnostic Test in College Calendar.) One would like to think that there is no difficulty in reconciling the practice of freedom and the exercise of authority. However, many great works of literature and philosophy take as their subject the inherent tension between the exercise of freedom and the realities of power, and this tension appears as a prominent theme throughout the Western tradition. In such works as the Republic, Plato argues that individual freedom must be curtailed, while, in Leviathan, Hobbes claims that the sovereign's exercise of power is necessary for there to be any freedom at all. A related problem takes a different form in the struggle Freud sees between the reality and the pleasure principle that, he argues, shapes our lives. As we study works from Classical, Christian and modern texts, we will explore the changes and continuities in the conceptions of the relationships between power and freedom. In the process of coming to terms with these books, each of which in its own right contributes to the deepening and widening of our education, we hope to understand this tension in a way that will shed light on our own experience. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions ill INTR111 9 credits (7,2,4) hrs 15 wks (S) JAPN 110 3credits (4,2,0) hrs 15wks (F) The Human Condition II Basic Japanese I Prerequisite: The same prerequisites needed for English 100 (i.e. E D T or LPI placement at the English 100 level, or A in English 12. For further exemptions see English Diagnostic Test in College Calendar.) This course develops basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese, through the study of vocabulary, grammar, culture, and introduction to word processing. The content of Interdisciplinary Studies 111 is really a continuation of Interdisciplinary Studies 110, though the one is not a prerequisite for the other. See description for Interdisciplinary Studies 110. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 100 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F,Su) Beginning Japanese I This course offers a comprehensive introduction to modem Japanese through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture. The beginning of the course will be devoted to learning the Japanese writing systems (hiragana and katakana). Fifty to 100 Chinese characters (kanji) will also be taught. Students will develop basic language skills in a socio-culturally functional way. Note: This is a very demanding course which requires serious commitment. JAPN 101 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Beginning Japanese II Prerequisite: JAPN 100. This course is a continuation of JAPN 100 and must be taken in order to complete First Year level of Japanese. Students will learn more about the structure of modern Japanese and further develop their language skills in a socio-culturally functional way. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 102 1.5 credits (4,2,1) hrs 8 wks (F) Introduction to Japanese I JAPN 111 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Basic Japanese II Prerequisite: JAPN 110. This course is a continuation of Japanese 110. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. JAPN 200 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Intermediate Japanese I Prerequisite: JAPN 101. This course provides students with further sociocultural knowledge at an intermediate level of Japanese. Emphasis will be placed on developing a comprehensive knowledge of modem Japanese through authentic materials and will include reading and writing practice. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 201 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intermediate Japanese II Prerequisite: JAPN 200. This course continues to develop higher skills at the intermediate level and provides the students with a solid foundation on which to base further study of the language and to develop socio-culturally functional competence. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. This course develops basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture, including business culture. JAPN 202 Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Prerequisite: Equivalent of "Level III" (Advanced Beginner's Level) of the Japanese Proficiency Test or higher. JAPN 103 3 credits (4,2,1) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Japanese II JAPN 103 continues developing basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Course 278 Descriptions 1.5 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to Japanese III This course is designed to provide A P M C P students with intermediate practical Japanese communication skills for daily and job-related circumstances in Japan. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 203 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) JAZZ 106 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Japanese IV Traditional Harmony and Composition Prerequisite: J A P N 202. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 103 or equivalent. This course is a continuation of JAPN 202. Corequisite: J A Z Z 107. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. A study of traditional principles of voice leading with harmonic vocabulary extending to the secondary dominant, and bll aug. 6th and including tonicization, simple modulation and pivot chords. Binary and ternary forms will be introduced. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 280 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) JAZZ 107 Introduction To Japanese V Prerequisite: Equivalent of Level Three (Advanced Beginners Level) of the Japanese Proficiency Test or higher. An intermediate course designed to provide students with functional Japanese communication skills. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. JAPN 281 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: JAPN 280. This course is a continuation of Japanese 280. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) The Language of Music Corequisite: J A Z Z 184 (or M U S . 112) and J A Z Z 114. An examination of the basics of tonal music including the study of the overtone series, intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, figured bass, roman numeral analysis, melodic inharmonics, phrase structure, diatonic triads and voice leading. JAZZ 105 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 103 or equivalent. Corequisite: J A Z Z 106. An introduction to jazz theory including: chord scales, extended chords, functional analysis of chord progression, primary and secondary root motion, and analysis and composition of music in the style of jazz standards and the blues. JAZZ 114 1 credit (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Class Piano I Corequisite: J A Z Z 103. Intro To Japanese VI JAZZ 103 1.5 credits Jazz Theory and Composition I (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Rhythm Section Writing This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practise on the department's pianos. JAZZ 115 1 credit (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Class Piano II Prerequisite: J A Z Z 114. Corequisite: J A Z Z 106 and 107. A continuation of J A Z Z 114. In addition, keyb6ard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 103. Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. JAZZ 136 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Vocal Jazz Master Class I An introductory course intended to develop the student's solo vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. Successful completion does not guarantee acceptance into higher level vocal courses. Course Descriptions 279 1.5 credits JAZZ 137 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) JAZZ 204 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks Vocal Jazz Master Class II Jazz Theory 8i Composition III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 136. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 203. A continuation of J A Z Z 136. Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modem jazz chord progression, parallel harmony, 70s jazz theory of modal areas, modem voicing techniques, reharmonization. 3 credits JAZZ 170 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) History of Jazz A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. 1.5 credits JAZZ 172 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks JAZZ 214 (S) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 103, to be taken with or after J A Z Z 107 and 105. A study of four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Sight Singing/Ear Training I Corequisite: J A Z Z 103. Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sight singing. JAZZ 185 (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Class Piano III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 115. Arranging I JAZZ 184 1 credit (S) 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) For students who have taken J A Z Z 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Emphasis will be on developing the skills necessary to use the piano as a tool in writing and arranging. JAZZ 215 1 credit (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Sight Singing/Ear Training II Class Piano IV Corequisite: J A Z Z 106 and 107. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 214. A continuation of J A Z Z 184. A continuation of J A Z Z 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. JAZZ 194 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) JAZZ 236 Small Ensemble I For all instruments, requirements include several hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and rehearsal. JAZZ 195 1.5credits (0,3,0) hrs 15wks (S) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs Studio Vocal Performance I A course designed to develop the student's studio performance ability through preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the College's recording studio. JAZZ 237 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs Studio Vocal Performance II A continuation of J A Z Z 194. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 236. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs JAZZ 238 Prerequisite: J A Z Z 106 and 107. Vocal Jazz Master Class I Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 137. Course 280 Descriptions 15 wks (S) 15 wks (F) A continuation of J A Z Z 236. Jazz Theory & Composition II Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. (F) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 137. Small Ensemble II JAZZ 203 15 wks This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians. JAZZ 239 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) JAZZ 282 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Vocal Jazz Master Class II Improvisation I Prerequisite: J A Z Z 238. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 107, 115 and 185. A continuation of J A Z Z 238. A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. JAZZ 240 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Form and Analysis Prerequisite: J A Z Z 106 or M U S . 101. A study of complete works exhibiting the most significant formal designs of the 18th and 19th centuries, using a variety of visual means to clarify the roles of harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic structure in the articulation of musical form. JAZZ 241 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Counterpoint Prerequisite: J A Z Z 106 or MUS.101, J A Z Z 240, 203. A study of 18th Century tonal counterpoint and its connections with tonal music in general. Analysis and composition based upon 2-part works of J.S. Bach. JAZZ 271 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) JAZZ 283 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs JAZZ 284 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 172 and J A Z Z 105. Corequisite: J A Z Z 203. Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Sight Singing/Ear Training IV Corequisite: J A Z Z 204. A continuation of J A Z Z 284. JAZZ 294 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs Small Ensemble III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 195. At this level, the student will receive instruction in ensemble performance for the recording studio. Students will perform and produce under supervision. Live performance will include 'standard' repertoire. 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 15 wks (S) Small Ensemble IV Music History II Prerequisite: J A Z Z 294. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 271. A continuation of J A Z Z 294. A continuation of History I covering the classical period through the 20th century. As in Music History I, repertoire will be contextualized both within the framework of European cultural history and in the broader context of world music. (S) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 284. JAZZ 295 JAZZ 273 15 wks Corequisite: J A Z Z 203. JAZZ 285 1.5 credits (F) Sight Singing/Ear Training III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 106, 170, E N G L 100 or 102 plus one of E N G L 103, 104, 105 or 106. Arranging II 15 wks Prerequisite: J A Z Z 185. A continuation of J A Z Z 185. JAZZ 272 (5) A continuation of J A Z Z 282. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chord-scale analysis. At the end of this term, students should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any standard jazz tune. Music History I A chronological exploration of the repertoire, style, and social history of music to 1770 for undergraduate students in the Jazz Studies program. Repertoire will be contextualized both within the framework of European cultural history and in the broader context of world music. 15 wks Improvisation II JAZZ 300 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 20th Century Theory Prerequisite: J A Z Z 240, 204. A survey of compositional techniques and theoretical principles utilized from 1890 to the present coupled with an examination of various major composers and masterpieces of their music. Course Descriptions 281 1.5 credits JAZZ 310 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) JAZZ 383 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Jazz Pedagogy Improvisation IV Prerequisite: J A Z Z 204. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 382. Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and comparison of textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials related to the study of jazz. A continuation of J A Z Z 382. Content will include: exploration of the harmonic resources of scales, chromatic approaches using pentatonic and altered pentatonic scales, 4th chord stacks, polychordal triad relationships, outside playing, and the philosophy of free jazz. 1.5 credits JAZZ 336 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Studio Vocal Performance III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 237. A continuation of J A Z Z 237. Seats may be restricted to vocal majors. 1.5 credits JAZZ 337 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Studio Vocal Performance IV Prerequisite: J A Z Z 336. • A continuation of J A Z Z 336. 1.5 credits JAZZ 338 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 239. A continuation of Vocal Jazz Master Class II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility. Seats may be restricted to vocal majors. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 338. (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: J A Z Z 170. A follow-up to J A Z Z 170. Detailed study of the major figures in jazz from 1940 to the present, such as Charlie Parker, John Coltrane, Bill Evans. 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs (F) A variety of jazz styles ranging from 'bebop', 'mainstream', and 'current' will be studied, and students will perform, spontaneously, 'standard' repertoire. 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Small Ensemble VI Prerequisite: J A Z Z 394. A continuation of J A Z Z 394, with further emphasis on spontaneous performance of 'standard' repertoire. JAZZ 410 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 15 wks (S) Conducting I Prerequisite: J A Z Z 204, 215, 240, 285. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs Conducting II Jazz Styles JAZZ 382 15 wks Prerequisite: J A Z Z 295. JAZZ 411 A continuation of J A Z Z 338. 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs A study of basic conducting techniques. Vocal Jazz Master Class IV JAZZ 370 1.5 credits Small Ensemble V JAZZ 395 Vocal Jazz Master Class III JAZZ 339 JAZZ 394 15 wks (F) Improvisation III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 283. This course contains both a lecture and lab components. Content includes: melodic minor modes including the "altered" scale, whole-tone and diminished symmetrical chord scales, chromaticism, and analysis and composition of solos in various styles. Prerequisite: J A Z Z 410. A continuation of Conducting I with emphasis on vocal and instrumental approaches. JAZZ 460 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Commercial Relations in Music A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. JAZZ 470 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) World Music A study of the musics of the world outside the realm of the Western European tradition. JAZZ 472 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Arranging IV Prerequisite: J A Z Z 272. Corequisite: J A Z Z 204. Course content includes writing techniques for large jazz ensemble. This course is not always offered . Course 282 Descriptions JAZZ 494 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) LAMP 508 1.5 credits (3,0,1) hrs 8 wks (F) Small Ensemble VII International Business Strategy A jazz performance ensemble for more advanced Provides the theory and tools needed to plan strategic players. Students will be required to perform in public international marketing plans. several times during the semester. LAMP 509 JAZZ 495 1.5 credits (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Small Ensemble VIII 1.5 credits (1.5,0,0.5) hrs 15 wks (F) International Career Management I Explores a range of communication and career planning tools needed for a successful international career. A continuation of J A Z Z 494. The course is directly linked to developing co-op KIN. 142 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) placements. Introduction to Kinesiology 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 wks An introduction to the range of subject areas encom- LAMP 520 passed in the discipline of kinesiology, with basic Latin American Perspectives II assessment procedures for individual status and This course is a continuation of L A M P 500. (S) performance according to growth and development, functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiol- LAMP 521 ogy, and motor learning. Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce KIN. 143 3 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F,Su) 1.5 credits (1.5,0,0.5) hrs 15 wks (S) Focuses on turning ideas into business plans and on using e-commerce as a marketing tool. Exercise Management An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology: conditioning methods, exercise techniques, and fitness appraisal. LAMP 500 6 credits LAMP 522 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) International Management Tools II (Negotiating Across Cultures) (6,0,2) hrs 15 wks (F) This course covers negotiation techniques and crosscultural communications. Latin American Perspectives I This course provides students with regional, economic, LAMP 523 social, political and cultural knowledge and sensitivity Latin American Legal Systems to be able to become effective managers in Latin 8 wks (F) concepts and systems relevant to doing business in a 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F) International Finance 1.5credits global environment, using Latin American case studies. LAMP 524 This course covers the finance principles and tools necessary for effective management in a Latin American context. LAMP 506 (4,0,0) hrs This Latin American course will look at the basic legal America. LAMP 501 1.5 credits (1.5,0,0.5) hrs 15 wks (F) 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) International Human Resource Management This class will provide basic knowledge of the Human Resource function and sensitivity to the similarities and differences of the HR function between North America and Latin America. Canadian Perspectives This course is designed as a review for Canadian LAMP 525 students or as a primer for international students. It International Project Management provides an overview of Canadian history, geography, and current events from a comparative perspective. LAMP 507 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) This course looks at the elements of managing a project through all its stages, including comparisons between (F) International Marketing I This course presents marketing principles, planning, and strategies from an international perspective. 1.5 credits non-profit and private sector management. LAMP 526 1.5 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) International Trade Principles and Logistics This course will provide an understanding of international trade flows, regional trading blocs in Latin America, trade terminology, and dispute resolution measures. Course Descriptions 283 1.5 credits LAMP 528 (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) International Business Development and Entrepreneurship 1.5 credits (1.5,0,0.5) hrs 15 wks (S) International Career Management II 0.5credits (0,0,1.5) hrs 15wks (F) Two weeks per acedemic year on focused topics like teambuilding, economics, tourism, computer applications, accounting principles, and web design skills. 6 credits (0,0,0) hrs 52 wks (Su,F,S) Co-op Work Placement Students gain direct practical work experience through a 12-month paid co-op placement with an employer in Latin America. Students work in their preferred field in private, governmental, or the non-profit sector. A co-op advisor monitors the placement, and assists the employers and students in evaluating the placement. Students are expected to write a final work term report. 3 credits LAMP 570 (0,0,1) hrs 52 wks (Su,F,S) Co-op Studies This course covers the educational activities that are expected during the work-term. Much of the learning takes place through electronic delivery. It has four major modules: 1) International Career development; 2) Mid-term Conference; 3) Sectoral Focus Groups; and 4) Latin American current affairs. LGAS 115 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Legal Document Processing Introduction to basic word processing applications in the law office using a Windows environment and state of the art software. Students will apply technology to create and format standard legal documents. Note: Transferable to S F U . LGAS 150 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Note: Transferable to S F U . 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Litigation Procedures I Workshops LAMP 560 (4,0,0) hrs An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law and current developments in the law. LGAS 152 This is a continuation of L A M P 509. LAMP 550 3 credits Evidence Students will prepare business development plans for real companies and organizations. LAMP 529 LGAS 151 15 wks (F) Introduction to procedures in the courts of B.C. The course covers basic procedures in pre-trial preparation of documents, and the use of precedents in litigation. LGAS 153 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Basic Corporate Procedures An examination of the B . C . Company Act and the C . B . C . A . and the various documents required to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Differences between reporting and nonreporting companies will be studied. LGAS 155 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Conveyancing Procedures Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures in B.C., including the role of the conveyancing assistant, the structure of a real estate sale, the system of registration in B.C., and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser and/or vendor. LGAS 157 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Wills and Probate Procedures An examination of the Wills Act, the Estate Administration Act, and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been obtained. LGAS 164 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Litigation Procedures II Prerequisite: L G A S 152. This course provides practical experience in processing uncontested divorces under the Divorce Act and the Supreme Court rules. Introduction to Study of Law Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The course will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of common law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the system; its strengths and weaknesses. Note: Transferable to S F U . Course 284 Descriptions LGAS 170 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Legal Research Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading case briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; and locating decisions and statutes. LGAS 172 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) LGAS 215 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Legal Drafting Law Office Procedures Course work includes drafting of contracts, agreements and other business documents, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on developing different writing styles, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law. Pratical information about the organization and management of law offices. The course includes instruction on timekeeping, filing, diary and bring forward systems, communication systems and law office accounting procedures (including Trust Accounts). LGAS 252 LGAS 179 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Torts I Legal Interviewing An introductory study of torts. Principal topic to be This course will give an understanding of the role of legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing. Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of interviews. studied is the law of negligence. LGAS 180 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Contracts I The objective of this course is to give the students a general understanding of the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, and privity. LGAS 181 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Contracts II Prerequisite: L G A S 180. This course is a continuation of L G A S 180. Topics include misrepresentation, interpretation, mistake, duress, and remedies. LGAS 182 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (4,0,0) hrs (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Company Law LGAS 254 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Torts II Prerequisite: L G A S 252. This is a continuation of L G A S 252. Recovery of pure economic loss, nuisance, liability of statutory authorities, intentional torts and other areas are studied. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Real Property (F) Discussion of the principles, practice and information gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments. The case method will be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. 3 credits 3 credits This course will address the law relating to business associations. An examination of rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders, as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice. LGAS 255 Creditors' Remedies LGAS 199 LGAS 253 15 wks (F,S,Su) A review of the common law relating to real property as modified by legislation will be studied in this course using the case analysis method. LGAS 256 3 credits 15 wks (S) Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, and adoption. Career Practicum LGAS 262 Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative GPA. Litigation Procedures III This includes the work portion of the Career Practicum which consists of six months in a law firm. It also includes classroom seminars and instructor/student consultations. Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must be commenced within two years of completing the Legal Assistant course requirements. (4,0,0) hrs Family Law 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: L G A S 152. This course involves the practical application of the Rules of Court relating to Pre-Trial, Discovery, Foreclosure, Small Claims and Cost. LGAS 264 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Insurance Law I An overview of Canadian insurance law including structure of the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose. Course Descriptions 285 3 credits LGAS 265 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) LGST 110 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Insurance Law II Corporate Procedures Continuation of L G A S 264 covering agents' duties and responsibilities; form and formation of the insurance contract; the claims process; and ICBC insurance issues. An examination of the B . C . Companies Act and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., will also be covered. 3 credits LGAS 267 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intellectual Property A review of the common law, legislation and international treaties and conventions affecting intellectual property including management and enforcement of intellectual property rights. 3 credits LGAS 268 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Criminal Law Substantive elements of selected criminal offenses and consideration of various defences. The effect of The Charter of Rights on rights of the accused will be also studied. Note: Transferable to S F U . LGST 105 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) This course will build keyboarding speed and accuracy skills using both general business and legal materials. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) Basic Conveyance and Mortgage Procedures This course covers the contract of purchase and sale, Land Title Act requirements for registration of title in B.C., search procedures, preparation of primary and secondary documents and forms involved in conveying title and registering charges. Emphasis will be on preparing documents acceptable to the Land Title Office, such as transfers, mortgages, and related forms for a residential conveyance. LGST 114 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S) Wills and Probate Procedures Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development LGST 107 LGST 112 15 wks (S,Su) An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate in the Supreme Court of B.C. and be familiar with documentation required for issuance of Letters of Administration. LGST 116 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 8wks (F,S) Legal Machine Transcription Introduction to the Legal System Students will gain experience in preparing legal materials on a microcomputer from recorded material which has been dictated as if from the desk of a lawyer to a competent legal secretary. This course acquaints students with a working knowledge of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. LGST 108 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S) Family Law Procedures LGST 117 Introduction to the procedures, rules and legislation applicable to divorce and family law litigation. LGST 109 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Basic Litigation Introduction to court procedures in the Supreme Court of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of precedents in the Supreme Court. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) Legal Office Procedures A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law. LGST 119 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) Practicum Work experience involving 24 lecture hours and at least 70 hours of related office experience in the legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover letter and interview. Course 286 Descriptions LGST 122 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S,Su) LSP. 100 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (S) Computer Applications in the Legal Office Introduction: Economics for Trade Unionists The student will learn to identify the components of office automation. The student will also require a practical knowledge and an understanding of basic spreadsheet and data base concepts. An economics course emphasizing both the simplicity of most economic ideas, and the relevance of economics to an understanding of the way Canadian society operates. It focuses on the reasons why economists disagree about free trade, the role of government in the economy and the role of unions, and isolates the political nature of most economic arguments. Topics discussed include the workings of the market system, the idea of competition and the reality of monopoly power, the potential benefits and costs of "free trade", and the causes and consequences of inflation and employment. LGST 123 4.5 credits (6,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Legal Document Formatting Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible microcomputer, the student will be introduced to basic through advanced word processing concepts. Proficiency working with the program will be acquired through the production of various legal documents. LGST 124 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Organizational Behaviour This course looks at the effects of individual and group behaviour in organizations. Topics include leader behaviour and power, motivation, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also learn how to apply communication, problem solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. LING 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to General Linguistics: Language Structure This course will provide an introduction to the study of human language and ultimately the human mind. Linguistics 100 is designed to introduce the field of linguistics, and develops the core areas that are involved in the description and analysis of language: morphology, syntax, phonetics and phonology. We will develop an understanding of the concepts of linguistics by looking at data from various languages around the world. LING 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to General Linguistics: Language Use Prerequisite: L I N G 100. This course is a continuation of Linguistics 100 and explores the relationship of language to other systems social, biological and cognitive. It explores the relationship between language and social systems (sociolinguistics), language change (historical linguistics), first and second language acquisition, language meaning and use (semantics and pragmatics), language typology and the nature of writing systems. LSP. 109 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (S) Legal Research Skills This course provides students with a general understanding of the fundamental principles of legal research. Students learn the basics of legal research by doing a series of specific research problems. The Labour Relations Board library and computers are used by the participants to undertake hands-on research assignments. LSP. 110 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F) B.C. Labour Law A basic but comprehensive course designed to acquaint union members as well as officers and staff with the essentials of the provincial labour law. The course covers organizing, unfair labour practices, arbitration, strikes, lockouts and picketing, amongst other topics. The sessions include detailed examination of the Labour Relations Code, important Labour Relations Board decisions, as well as court decisions dealing with labour law issues. LSP. 111 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 1 wks (S) Canada Labour Code A broad examination of the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application. Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect of the collective agreement. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 287 LSP. 112 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F) LSP. 140 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (S) Arbitration Law History of the Labour Movement in Canada This course is designed to introduce trade unionists to the basics of labour arbitration law. The students will acquire the knowledge and skills needed to identify the legal issues in common labour disputes, and to apply arbitration law to real or hypothetical cases, identify the essential facts in dispute and what evidence can help prove them, and to create a closing argument, arguing both the facts and the law. A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at specific conflicts, a good overview is obtained of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and working conditions. LSP. 141 LSP. 115 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F) Issues in Occupational Health and Safety A general background to and overview of the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C. workers in the field of health and safety. Special attention is given to the Workers' Compensation Board. LSP. 116 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F) Workers' Compensation Act and the WCB The course provides a general understanding of the Workers' Compensation Act and the W C B The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board and all phases of claims handling are examined. Students are provided with information required to represent workers with compensation appeals with special emphasis on reviewing W C B claim files, securing evidence, presenting the evidence by written submissions and at oral hearings. LSP. 118 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (F,S) Human Rights Law An examination of the essential practices and procedures in human rights law focusing on sexual harassment and the duty to accommodate. This course offers up-to-date legal information from the provincial and federal jurisdictions. It provides an assessment of legal protection under the Human Rights Code of British Columbia, the Canadian Human Rights Act, and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, as well as collective agreements and institutional policies. The course provides the participant with a thorough understanding of liability, the process of filing a complaint, and appropriate remedies in human rights law. Course 288 Descriptions 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (F.S) Telling Your Union's Story: A Course in Practical History This is a companion course for the larger course in Labour History, but it can be taken separately. It is designed to give some basic research skills, skills that can be applied toward learning the history of your union - its development, policies, past struggles and victories. It is meant to be a practical course: the participants learn how to use resources, how to apply them, and how to present the results to others. LSP. 142 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (S) History of the Labour Movement in B.C. The birth and growth of trade unionism in B . C . Through a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues of the movement are traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression. LSP. 150 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (S) Women in the Work Force This course focuses on the impacts of workplace restructuring and trends women face in the workforce. A fundamental restructuring has been taking place, with a shift away from manufacturing to service sector and a dramatic rise in contract, temporary and part-time work. The course examines what these trends mean for the wage gap, for women's abilities to unionize and for women's unpaid work. These will be put into a historical and global context. Women's experiences in B.C. will be compared with the experiences of other provinces and countries. The course explores the responses unions have made to these trends and women's organizing in communities, across the country and across borders. LSP. 155 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (F,S) Impact of First Nations Land Claims This course acquaints the participant with the position of native people on the issue of land claims. A n understanding of the implications of native land claims for the trade union movement and the history of native people in Canada and British Columbia is gained. This history is studied in relation to the whole question of land. LSP. 161 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F,S) Working with Mass Media This course is designed to acquaint trade unionists with the nature of print and electronic mass media with a view to improving techniques for relating to the media. Specific topics which emerge from the classes will be dealt with, typical of which might be media ownership and the process of newsmaking . LSP. 162 1 credit (12,0,3) hrs 1 wks (F,S) Working Culture and History of Labour Arts Since its beginning, Canadian labour has worked to build a cultural life supportive of the concerns of working people. At the same time, visual artists, film makers, dramatists, musicians, writers and other cultural workers have identified with the movement for social change embodied in organized labour. This course explores the history of Canadian labour culture, the influence of various ethnic and international currents in creating a rich cultural identity and the limits and possibilities opened by the advent of mass media. Examples of film, video, television, song, literature and visual art are used as focal points for discussion. LSP. 181 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (F,S) Collective Bargaining This course provides technical and practical information for the union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining process including preparation and development of proposals; contract language and costing. Bargaining table advocacy skills are explored. Material is available for the specific needs of public and private sector bargaining. A bargaining simulation is held as an integral part of the course. LSP. 212 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 2 wks (S) Students will acquire a knowledge of advocacy techniques and skill, and the preparation requirements needed to effectively act as counsel at hearings before tribunals. Students will have opportunities throughout the course to practice their advocacy skills. LSP. 216 1.5 credits (24,0,6) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Workers' Compensation Appeals - Intermediate Level Prerequisite: This course is open to students who have previously completed LSP. 116 or have experience in representing workers with compensation appeals. The course provides an understanding of the Workers' Compensation appeals process with special emphasis on policies, procedures and practice by preparing and presenting appeals at the Workers' Compensation Review Board. Students are provided with practical skills for reviewing medical evidence and requesting medical legal opinions. A key part of the course is a case study that involves preparation of an appeal and the presentation of the appeal to a panel of the Workers' Compensation Review Board. M.T. 320 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Improvisation I An experiential study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work. M.T. 330 3 credits (3,15,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Basic Clinical Skills An introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of introductory field work and in-class observations. M.T. 340 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Midi Synthesis Technology An introduction to the use of midi technology for the therapeutic setting. M.T. 350 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) The Influence of Music A study of the physical and psychological impact of music, and its components for music therapy. A study of healing and music in various cultures. M.T. 360 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Advocacy Before Labour Tribunals Music Therapy I Prerequisite: This course is open to students who have previously completed LSP. 110, 111 or 112. The course is also designed for trade unionists who have presented or assisted in hearings before grievance arbitration boards, labour relations boards and human rights tribunals. This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium. Course Descriptions 289 M.T. 3 credits 361 (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) M.T. 460 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Music Therapy II Music Therapy III This course presents three music therapy styles with a focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are Developmental Music Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins improvisational style, and the use of music therapy in in-patient psychotherapy. A continuation of the presentation of music therapy styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and Mary Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning will be covered in depth. M.T. 3 credits 364 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) M.T. 461 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Disabling Conditions - Adulthood Music Therapy IV An introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills and awareness including a significant section on counselling skills for music therapists. Students learn job hunting/creation skills and practise leading inservices and workshops. and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment. M.T. 3 credits 370 (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Disabling Conditions - Childhood M.T. 462 A basic introduction to abnormal child development 1.5 credits 380 (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists Communication and observation exercises to increase awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. M.T. 6 credits 391 (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s M.T. 480 Practicum III supervision. Weekly seminars examine practicum issues. (1.33,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) 6 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to M . T . 391.) M.T. 491 (S) 15 wks A continuation of Improvisation II. (S) ment music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs Improvisation III Field work, in which students design, lead and docu- 1 credit (S) An introduction to elementary research designs and M.T. 490 420 15 wks basic statistical procedures. Practicum II M.T. (4,6,0) hrs Principles of Research for Music Therapy Students and some major intervention approaches. M.T. 3 credits 6 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Practicum IV Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to M . T . 391.) Improvisation II - Guitar Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploring current popular styles and idioms. M.T. 510 9 credits (12,0,0) hrs 15 wks Internship M.T. 450 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 1,000 hours of clinical field work, including monthly The Influence of Music II seminars. A continuation of lecture and experiential exposure to MATH 091 the influence of music in conjunction with the expres- Introductory Algebra sive arts. Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT); or Princi- 1 credit (4,0,0) hrs 5 wks (F,S) ples of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 with at M.T. 451 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (5) least a " C - " grade. Music and the Creative Arts Develops the concepts of introductory algebra with An experiential exposure to leading creative arts emphasis on the real number system, the algebra of activities which can be used in conjunction with music exponents, and polynomial arithmetic at the elementary eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. level. This course is intended for students who require a basic introduction to algebra. This course meets four hours per week for approximately five weeks. Note: No duplicate credits for M A T H 090/091. Course 290 Descriptions MATH 096 2 credits (4,0,0) hrs 10 wks (F,S) Note: This course is not transferable to U B C except if Intermediate Algebra with Functions combined with M A T H 108 or 116 (for some faculties). Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the past twelve months of: M A T H 090 or M A T H 091 with at least a " B - " grade; or B M T H 045 or Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 with at least a "C+" grade. No duplicate credit for M A T H 105/107. Develops the concepts of intermediate algebra including polynomials, rational expressions, radical expressions, quadratic equations and an introduction to logarithms. This course is intended for students who have already completed a basic introduction to algebra. This course meets four hours per week for approximately ten weeks. Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 095/096. MATH 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Introduction to Statistics Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT); or M A T H 090 or M A T H 091 or B M T H 045 with at least a " C - " grade; or Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 with at least a " C " grade. An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their distribution; random sampling, normal distribution, estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 101/204. MATH 107 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the past twelve months of: Principles of Math 12 with at least a " C " grade; or B M T H 045 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 095 or M A T H 096 with at least a "C+" grade. The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. This course is not transferable to U B C unless combined with M A T H 108 (for some faculties). Note: Students who have completed within the past twelve months M A T H 095 or M A T H 096 with a " C - " or " C " grade are permitted to enrol in M A T H 107 only if they enrol in M A T H 096 concurrently. No duplicate credit for M A T H 105/107. MATH 102 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Statistical Methods MATH 108 Prerequisite: M A T H 101 with at least a " C - " grade. Calculus I for Business and Social Sciences A study of important statistical methods commonly Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the past twelve months of: Principles of Math 12 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 105 or M A T H 107 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " grade. An introduction to the mathematics of change; the concepts of calculus and the application of these concepts to business and the social sciences using a technology-based modelling approach; mathematical models of data sets using continuous functions; using the derivative and integral to investigate change; interpreting and communicating results. used in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. MATH 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Precalculus Mathematics Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the past twelve months of: Principles of Math 12 with at least a " C " grade; B M T H 045 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 095 or M A T H 096 with at least a " C + " grade. Corequisite: Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 108/116. Students who have completed within the past twelve months M A T H 095 or M A T H 096 with a " C - " or " C " grade are permitted to enrol in M A T H 105 only if they enrol in M A T H 096 concurrently. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs, mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Principles of Math 12 equivalent course. Course Descriptions 291 MATH 109 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) MATH 126 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Calculus II for Business and Social Sciences Calculus II Prerequisite: M A T H 108 or 116 with at least a " C - " Prerequisite: M A T H 116 with at least a " C - " grade. grade. Corequisite: M A T H 127. Trigonometric functions, applications of the definite integral, integration techniques. Functions of several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, multiple integrals, some techniques for solving differential equations, systems of linear equations and matrix algebra. Course Content: A study of the anti-derivative, the Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 109/126. MATH 116 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) integral, techniques of integration, applications of the integral, differential equations, polar coordinates, sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. Continued emphasis on the geometric interpretation of the concepts of calculus. Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 109/126. MATH 127 1 credit (1,1,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S,Su) Calculus I Applications of Calculus II Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the past twelve months of: Principles of Math 12 with an " A " grade; or Principles of Math 12 and Calculus 12 with at least a " B " grade in each; or M A T H 105 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " grade. Prerequisite: M A T H 117 with at least a " D " grade. Corequisite: M A T H 117. Course content: Limits, continuity, the derivative, rules of differentiation, implicit differentiation, parametric curves, related rates, curve sketching, optimization, linear approximations, transcendental functions, indeterminate forms, anti-differentiation. Throughout the course a strong emphasis is placed on the geometric interpretation of the concepts of calculus. Note: No duplicate credit for M A T H 108/116. MATH 117 1 credit (1,1,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Applications of Calculus I Corequisite: M A T H 116. Course content: Applications of differential calculus with an emphasis on the use of technology in mathematics. Topics include: models, curve fitting, Taylor polynomials, numerical stability, numerical derivatives, rates of change, optimization. MATH 124 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Discrete Mathematics I Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT) OR completion within the last twelve months of: Principles of Math 12 with an " A " grade; or Principles of Math 12 and Calculus 12 with at least a " B " grade in each; or M A T H 105 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " grade. A survey of fundamental topics in discrete mathematics including: mathematical proofs using direct arguments, indirect arguments, and induction; the algebra of sets; combinatorics; functions and relations; and graph theory. This course stresses the special role of discrete mathematics in computing science. Corequisite: M A T H 126. Course content: Applications of integral calculus with an emphasis on the use of technology in mathematics. Topics include: numerical integration, introduction to a computer algebra system, applications in science, differential equations, sequences and series. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. MATH 152 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Linear Algebra and Differential Equations Corequisite: M A T H 126. An introduction to systems of linear equations and matrices, vector spaces and linear transformations, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. The theory will be applied to first order linear differential equations, first order linear systems and engineering topics. Note: This course is intended for students in the Engineering Program. MATH 190 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F.S.Su) Mathematics For Elementary Teachers Prerequisite: Math Placement Test (MPT); or M A T H 090 or M A T H 091 or B M T H 045 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 095 or M A T H 096 with at least a " C - " grade; or Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 with at least a " C " grade. A study of selected topics in mathematics so that future elementary teachers gain an appreciation of the power, beauty, and importance of mathematics. Topics include: problem solving, number systems, geometry, measurement, probability and statistics. This course does not normally count for credit in science programs. Note: The Math Department offers a full secondyear university transfer program in math. Students planning to take 200 level math should seek advice from Math instructors. MATH 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Linear Algebra Prerequisite: M A T H 126 with at least a " C - " grade. An introduction to systems of linear equations and matrices, vector spaces and linear transformations, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. Theorems and proofs are an important component of the course. MATH 204 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Probability and Statistics for Applications Prerequisite: M A T H 108 or 116 with at least a " C - " grade. An introduction to inferencial statistical methods. Confidence intervals, t-tests, chi-square tests, correlation and regression. The emphasis will be on problem formulation, models, assumptions and interpretation. Regularly scheduled labs will introduce course participants to appropriate supporting statistical software. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Probability and Statistics Prerequisite: M A T H 126 with at least a " C - " grade. A calculus-based study of probability, discrete and continuous random variables, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S)* Introduction to Analysis Prerequisite: M A T H 126 with at least a "C+" grade. A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Integral. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. * M A T H 215 to be offered in the fall or spring term when sufficient student demand is evident. (S) Prerequisite: M A T H 124 with at least a " C - " grade. MATH 230 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Calculus III Prerequisite: M A T H 126 with at least a " C - " grade. Corequisite: M A T H 200. Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems. Note: Corequisite may be wiaved by permission of instructor. MATH 231 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Calculus IV Prerequisite: M A T H 230 and M A T H 152 or 200 with at least a " C - " grade in each. Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stokes's Theorem; applications. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Differential Equations Prerequisite: M A T H 200 and 230 with at least a " C - " grade in each. An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; higher order linear differential equations; linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications. MDIA 065 MATH 215 15 wks A continuation of the study of discrete mathematics from M A T H 124. The emphasis is on combinatorial analysis, including generating functions, set theory and graph theory, with applications to computing science including representations, algorithms, and complexity. MATH 235 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs Discrete Mathematics II No duplicate credit for M A T H 101/204. MATH 205 3 credits MATH 224 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Media Studies An introductory analysis and historical overview of media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. This is a Media Certificate Program course. MDIA 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Introduction to Video Production This course concentrates on the basic skills involved in video production with an emphasis on camera techniques and visual sequencing. Course Descriptions 293 MDIA 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) MDIA 181 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) New Media Literacy Basic Audio Production This course is an introduction to digital technology and multimedia. It will introduce students to the characteristics, applications and analysis of multimedia. This is a Media Certificate Program course. An introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/ mix facilities. MDIA 102 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs Introduction to Photography MDIA 182 This course is an introduction to photographic skills, emphasizing fundamental skills in camera and image control. This is a Media Certificate Program course. Advanced Audio Production MDIA 105 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Project Design An introduction to project design. Through the analysis of media production, students learn how to write an effective design plan for a media project. MDIA 120 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Film Studies for Animation This course will familiarize students with structural elements and basic principles of filmmaking. Students will develop a "film sense" which is a basic skill of storyboard artists and filmmakers. MDIA 150 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Introduction to Animation MDIA 156 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Basic computer skills in word processing and introductory training in graphics and desktop publishing applications as they relate to media production. This is a Media Certificate Program course. 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) Educational Media Applications: Audio An introduction to the fundamental principles of sound generation and reproduction, and to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are given special emphasis. Course 294 Descriptions MDIA 183 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Theory and Application of Photographic Production An introduction to photography relative to media production, including camera controls, artificial lighting with electronic flash, and tone control using filters. The course focuses on black and white photography and includes consideration of photosensitive materials, as well as black and white film processing and printing. In addition, digital image manipulation is introduced. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Advanced Photography Computers in Media Introduction MDIA 173 (S) The application of production techniques in a variety of situations, including multi-track recording and mixing, documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and video soundtracks and music recording, often using the department's sound production studio. MDIA 185 An introduction to the theory and application of animation techniques. Computer animation is the primary medium in this course. 15 wks The application of photographic techniques, working mainly with colour films and their properties. Control of artificial lighting is expanded upon with use of both the electronic flash and studio lights. Medium and large format cameras and films are introduced. Instruction in digital image editing is continued. MDIA 186 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Computers in Media Production An introduction to the use of computers in pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. MDIA 195 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Photography This course is taught in conjunction with M D I A 183 and expands on the areas of black and white photography, photographic chemistry, darkroom maintenance, and photographic print finishing and display. Also, the introduction to digital image editing is expanded. MDIA 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) MDIA 299 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intermediate Video I Major Projects This course is designed to build on the basics of video recording and sequencing taught in MDIA 100. Students will focus on lighting, audio recording and editing for single camera productions. Workshops and exercises will form a major part of this course as well as a final production which students will produce in production groups. Students will work in production groups to produce programs for actual clients. Students are responsible for all aspects of these productions from contact to completion. MDIA 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intermediate Video II In this course students will learn the fundamentals of developing, writing, and presenting material suitable for basic video documentary productions. MDIA 220 1.5credits (3,1,0) hrs 8wks (S) Web Site Production An introduction to web site production for Media students. This course teaches the design, layout, and production skills necessary for the creation of a web site. MDIA 231 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) MDIA 300 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Advanced Video Production This advanced production course develops students' basic production skills (taught in MDIA 100, 200 & 202) to a level suitable to produce for cablecast, broadcast and instructional and corporate settings. MDIA 303 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Media Specialist in Education and Training A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and self-awareness. A field practicum course exploring the relationship of the media specialist to education in general and the role of the media generalist in educational and instructional communication. MDIA 304 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Digital Video Post Production Educational Media Applications: Computers This course provides the student with a hands on introduction to digital image manipulation for commercial video production. The Avid M C Express and Media 100 non-linear editing systems are the work stations used. A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. MOA. 100 MDIA 250 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Documentary Scriptwriting An overview of the production planning process with an emphasis on the roles of scripts, concepts, treatments and storyboards in documentary production. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Production Resources The comparative study of media technical systems and their operation; evaluation of various resources available in the Lower Mainland; design and/or modification of systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types of systems. MDIA 271 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Educational Television Systems This course assumes background in basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered in M D I A 200 and 202 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production of educational programs. These programs are of a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge Network. (4,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Medical Document Processing I Keyboarding skill development and introduction to MS Office 2000; basic to advanced applications. (Word 2000, Windows 95, Excel 2000). MOA. 102 MDIA 263 3 credits 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development This course will build keyboarding speed and accuracy skills using both general and medical materials. MOA. 103 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Medical Machine Transcription and Computer Applications Prerequisite: M O A . 100& 111. Students will gain experience in transcribing medical and consultation letters and hospital reports on a microcomputer from recorded material. This course will also provide an introduction to a database program. Students will be required to attend a mandatory two-hour lab. Course Descriptions 295 MOA. 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) MOA. 112 3 credits Medical Administrative Procedures I Medical Terminology II Students will learn office procedures specific to the medical office including time management, medical ethics, appointments, patient record, filing, reception skills, and medical billing. Prerequisite: M O A . 111. 106 0.75 credits (2,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Medical Administrative Procedures II Continuation of M O A . 105. Students will be able to perform financial recordkeeping specific to the medical office. 107 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Clinical Procedures I Students will leam about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. Students will learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment. The course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. There is a mandatory lab component. MOA. 108 1.5 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Clinical Procedures II and Pharmacology Continuation of M O A . 107. There is a mandatory lab component. 109 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s 115 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) Directed Work Experience Following successful completion of term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student will be required to attend career preparation lectures which will include practice sessions for the employment interview. MOA. 121 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Medical Document Processing II Prerequisite: M O A . 100. Advanced MS Office 2000 applications are used in a medical environment. MOA. 122 1.5 credits (2,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Computerized Medical Billing Prerequisite: M O A . 107. MOA. (S) Prerequisite: St. John's First Aid Enhanced or Industry Certificate (16 hours). Prerequisite: M O A . 105. MOA. 15 w k s Continuation, reinforcement of terminology in M O A 111. MOA. MOA. (4,0,0) hrs (F) Prerequisite: M O A . 105, M O A . 100. Students will gain experience in computerized medical billing, appointment scheduling, and the collection of patient demographic data. A variety of office management software will be researched via the internet. Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology I A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and diagnostic tests will be studied in conjunction with the systems. MOA. 110 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Anatomy, and Related Physiology and Pathology II MUS. 100 MUS. (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Medical Terminology I Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology. Students will aquire the necessary skills to define, pronounce and correctly spell medical terms. Course 296 Descriptions (F) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. Theory II 3 credits 15 w k s Corequisite: M U S . 112. A continuation of M O A . 109. 111 (4,0,0) hrs Theory I Prerequisite: M O A . 109. MOA. 3 credits 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Prerequisite: M U S . 100. Corequisite: M U S . 113. Continued study of diatonic harmony, to include treatment of all diatonic triads and sevenths, principles of voice leading, and techniques of contrapuntal expansion. Analysis of works in binary and ternary forms. MUS. 110 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs Class Strings I 15wks (F) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Music History II A practical study of the violin family. MUS. 111 MUS. 121 Prerequisite: M U S . 120. 15wks (S) Class Strings II A study of music history of the Medieval and Renaissance periods. Note: Some concert attendance will be required. A continuation of M U S . 110. MUS. 122 MUS. 112 1.5credits (3,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Ear Training and Sight Singing I Corequisite: M U S . 100. Study of the aural recognition of intervals, chords, and harmonic movement. The student will learn to: transcribe melodies and rhythms; sight sing using Solfege and scale degrees; read rhythms. MUS. 113 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) Ear Training and Sight Singing II 1 credit Lyric Diction I 15 wks (F) Class Piano I 1 credit (2,2,0) hrs 15wks (S) Class Piano II Prerequisite: M U S . 114. A continuation of M U S . 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. MUS. 120 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks Lyric Diction II An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in French and Italian through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: M U S . 101. This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practise on the department's pianos. MUS. 115 1 credit MUS. 123 MUS. 200 (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks Theory III A continuation of M U S . 112. MUS. 114 (2,0,0) hrs An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in English and German through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Prerequisite: M U S . 112. Corequisite: M U S . 101. 1 credit Corequisite: M U S . 212. A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII, diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo forms. Investigation of the fugue. MUS. 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Theory IV Prerequisite: M U S . 200. Corequisite: M U S . 213. A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. MUS. 210 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) Class Woodwinds I 15 w k s (F) A practical study of the woodwind family. Music History I The study of music as an acoustical and structural phenomenon. To survey the major monuments of world music history in relation to the function of music in a given culture. The aim will be to introduce music as a global concept, drawing on music from Eastern and Western musical traditions. MUS. 211 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Class Woodwinds II A continuation of M U S . 210. Note: Some concert attendance will be required. Course Descriptions 297 1.5 credits MUS. 212 (3,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) MUS. 221 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Ear Training & Sight Singing III Music History IV Prerequisite: M U S . 113. Prerequisite: M U S . 220. Corequisite: M U S . 200. A survey of music history of the Romantic period and A continuation of M U S . 113. the 20th century. 1.5 credits MUS. 213 (3,0,0) hrs 15wks (5) Ear Training and Sight Singing IV Note: Some concert attendance will be required. MUS. 360 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: M U S . 212. Kodaly Methodology Corequisite: M U S . 201. This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology A continuation of M U S . 212. and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in 1 credit MUS. 214 (2,2,0) hrs a classroom. 15 wks (F) Class Piano III MUS. 361 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: M U S . 115. Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology Students are introduced to common idiomatic accom- This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology paniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Note: Students who wish to have previous keyboard experience considered in lieu of prerequisite should 1 credit a classroom. NSCP 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Networking Fundamentals Intructor led or self-study. The goal of this course is to prepare novice-networking students for the Windows Systems Professional contact instructor. MUS. 215 and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in Program. The course will introduce the student to basic (2,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Class Piano IV hardware concepts, basic command line operating system theory, basic Windows 95 operating system setup and use. The course will include techniques and Prerequisite: M U S . 214. skills related to the field of data communications and A continuation of M U S . 214 with increased complexity networking, covering aspects of networking hardware of repertoire and technique. concepts, networking operating system concepts, network standards, architecture, protocols and related 1.5credits MUS. 218 (3,0,0) hrs 15wks (F) topics. Class Brass Self-study of the material in this course can be A practical study of the brass family. achieved through the self-study guide by Microsoft MUS. 219 I.Scredits (3,0,0) hrs Press. I5wks (S) NSCP325 Class Percussion A practical study of the percussion family. MUS. 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Network III This course is an introduction to the field of local area (F) Music History III network administration, protocols and standards, hardware and software components, and PC links. Upon successful completion of this course, students Prerequisite: M U S . 120 and M U S . 121. may elect to write the Novell certification exam, which A survey of music history of the Baroque and Classical grants a Certified Netware Administrator (CNA) periods. designation. Note: Some concert attendance will be required. OCTR 001 2 credits (0,0,0) hrs 3 wks (S) Occupational Aptitudes & Strategies Students will be able to identify specific skill sets and name an appropriate occupational direction for further employment/occupational training. Course 298 Descriptions OCTR 002 3 credits (0,0,0) hrs 5 wks (S) PADM 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Occupational Health and Safety Local Government Services in BC Safety procedures on the work site and the role of the Workers' Compensation Board. Prerequisite: Current employment in a Municipality, First Nations Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting Agency and permission of the instructor. OCTR 003 4.5 credits (0,0,0) hrs 11 w k s - (S) Employability Skills To raise students' awareness of the employability skills required to obtain gainful employment: address identified employment barriers, develop effective workplace strategies. To assist students in developing and maintaining successful workplace management skills and identify and address subsequent personal barriers. OCTR 004 4.5 credits (0,0,0) hrs 10 wks (S) This course will examine the services that municipalities provide to their citizens in British Columbia. Services to be discussed include: Public Works, Protective Services including Fire and Police, Regulatory Services, Water and Sewer Services, Refuse Collection and Solid Waste disposal, Recreation and Cultural Services and Environmental Protection Services. PADM 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Customer Service Municipal Finance in British Columbia To provide the student with the opportunity to prepare for employment through theory, methods, technique and practice which will enhance his or her abilities to provide excellent Customer Service. Prerequisite: Current employment in a Municipality, First Nations Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting Agency, and permission of the instructor. OCTR 005 9 credits (0,0,0) hrs 16 wks (S) Occupational Training Aims to provide students with practical skills training and work experience. The work experiences are designed to compliment the objectives of the Post Program's other courses in providing applied general skills. PADM 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Local Government Administration in BC Prerequisite: Current employment in a Municipality, First Nations Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting Agency, and permission of the instructor. This course will include discussion of the structures and administration of local governments, as well as current issues in local governance. Topics include: the history and purposes of local government; how local governments are organized and administered, their powers and limitations; issues of sustainability; relations with aboriginal governments; and issues of public participation such as interest group lobbying and public consultation. This course will examine the practices and issues of Municipal Finance in British Columbia and will include discussion of the Municipal Act as it pertains to Financial Administration; the role of provincial government in Financial Administration, the role of the Municipal Finance Authority; the Finance Function at the Municipal/Regional levels; Accounting and Financial controls in Municipalities and Regional Districts; The Financial Planning Process including Short Term Budgets and Long Term Financial Planning; Financing Options; General Accounting/Treasury Functions; Assessment, Taxation, Collection. PADM 203 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Municipal Law in British Columbia Prerequisite: Current employment in a Municipality, First Nations Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting Agency, and permission of the instructor. This course focuses on legal principles pertaining to municipal government, with particular emphasis on its status, functions, and legal powers and constraints. It will also introduce the principles of administrative law, how legislation is created, and the powers and duties of administrative agencies. Course Descriptions 299 PCAD013 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) PCAD 024 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Introduction: Physical Disabilities Concepts Advanced Physical Disabilities Concepts This course enables students to understand the theoretical basis for the procedures needed by the personal care attendant working with people of all ages with physical and/or developmental disabilities. The procedures include the principles of body mechanics, medical asepsis, disabling conditions and their functional limitations. Both course content and assignments are integrated with lab and practicum placements in P C A D 019 and P C A D 039. This is a continuation of P C A D 013. Students learn the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to the role of the Personal Care Attendant. The course content is also integrated with lab and practicum placements in P C A D 029 and P C A D 039. PCAD 014 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Ethics and Values in Health Care In this course the student develops the knowledge and skills required to fill the role of a Personal Care Attendant in a professional, ethical and caring manner to ensure that people with disabilities are valued. This course assists facilitators to respect differences, demonstrate effective communication skills and articulate the principles of normalization and integration. PCAD 019 1.5 credits (0,4,11) hrs 15 wks (F) PCAD 029 6 credits (8,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Applied Theory: Practicum II The student spends seven weeks in three different practicum settings arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student while on practicum. Assignments are integrated with lab instruction and course work in P C A D 024 and P C A D 059. PCAD 049 2 credits (0,2.66,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants I This course exposes students through simulations and paper problems/case histories to the functional limitation of medical and physical conditions that may be encountered working as a personal atttendant. Students demonstrate and practice skills that they need to work with clients who have a disability. Applied Theory - Practicum I The first part of the practicum course is a series of field trips designed to increase the student's awareness of community resources. In the second part of the course students spend two weeks in a practicum placement arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student working in the practicum setting. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work in P C A D 013. PCAD 022 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Human Relations II This is the second course in human relations, in which the student continues to develop knowledge, skills and values related to the needs of clients with disabilities. Students explore behaviour, learning strategies, gentle teaching, IEP/IPP and community integration. PCAD 023 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Growth and Development This course is designed to introduce students to the major changes which occur in normal and abnormal development. The learner identifies basic developmental human needs, disabling conditions and techniques to empower people with mental handicaps and cognitive disorders. Course content includes role of the family, sexuality, abuse and resources for support. Course 300 Descriptions PCAD 059 1 credit (0,1.33,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants II This course enables students to integrate and apply the knowledge and skills of a personal attendant working with people with disabilities. Students demonstrate, practice, and gain feedback on their skills. The purpose of the lab is to prepare students for work with people with disabilities on practicum placements. PHIL 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Introductory Philosophy: Ethics An introduction to ethical theory and applied ethics. The course addresses questions such as: What are the origins of conscience? Why should I be moral? Are there objective moral values? What is good for human beings? What makes right actions right and wrong actions wrong? Issues of applied ethics that may be addressed include capital punishment, abortion, assisted-suicide, civil disobedience and environmental responsibility. The emphasis of the course varies among instructors. PHIL 102 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S.Su) An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live in and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: the existence and nature of God, the place of human beings in the universe, the nature of reality, human nature, human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and determinism, the relationship between mind and body, and others. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Critical Thinking II Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality PHIL 110 PHIL 120 15 wks (F,S,Su) This course focuses attention on the analysis and evaluation of inductive arguments. We begin by exploring the basic principles of inductive reasoning and then utilize these principles to explore such topics as rational decision making, the nature and testing of scientific theories in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between casual relations and correlations. Attention will also be given to the fallacies involved in the appeal to polls and statistics. Note: There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation of PHIL 110, and will appeal especially to students who have an interest in either the natural or social sciences. Critical Thinking I An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational thought. The student will be taught, through extensive examples, how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. At the instructor's discretion, the course may introduce students to classical syllogistic logic. Note: PHIL 120 is a natural continuation of this course and is recommended for those who want a thorough introduction to the concepts and principles of rational thought. PHIL 117 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F.S) Philosophy of Religion This course examines arguments in answer to two philosophical questions. First, are there any good reasons for believing some kind of God exists? Second, if rational arguments are unpersuasive, is it a mistake to believe religious claims nevertheless? In addressing the first question, the course considers the cosmological, telelogical, and ontological arguments for the existence of God, the argument from religious experience, the problem of evil, and related matters such as the attributes of God, miracles, revelation, and death. In addressing the second question, the course focusses on the conflict between faith and reason. Topics include the ethics of believing with out evidence, arguments for and against objective reasoning, and the pragmatic justification of religious belief. The course is relevant to all students, from any tradition, with or without religious faith. The only prerequisite is an interest in exploring metaphysical and epistemololgical arguments in answer to the above central questions of philosophical inquiry. PHIL 140 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law A general introduction to the fundamental principles of jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. The course addresses such philosophical questions as: What is a law?, Is law what legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is? , and How do you tell whether a law is good or bad? It also examines the history and theory of Canadian law (including the development of the Canadian Constitution), the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of members of the legal profession. Consideration is given to the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of precedent, and principles of statutory interpretation. An introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts, administrative and family law, and the process of law reform. PHIL 141 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Criminal Justice System An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment and rehabilitation through an examination of the operational practices of the Canadian criminal justice system. In the course of studying the structure and operations of the criminal justice system in its various stages from the moment of initial police involvement to the correctional disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation to police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing theory, and current correctional strategies. Note: The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131/135 and are intended for both philosophy students and those interested in pursuing further studies in the field of criminology. Course Descriptions 301 PHIL 150 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F) PHIL 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) History of Philosophy I Introduction to Formal Logic This course covers the history of philosophy from the mythopeic traditions of Homer and Hesiod to the philosophy of Thomas Aquinas and the end of the mediaeval era. Among the other philosophers to be examined are Plato, Aristotle and Augustine. The focus will be on the metaphysical and epistemological views that have shaped the European intellectual heritage. We will also examine the extent to which Christianity has given shape to the peculiar character of philosophy in the medieval era. A standard introduction to the formal techniques of argument analysis. Formal logic was invented to mirror and evaluate mathematical reasoning and is now a separate branch of Mathematics. Our interest in it will, however, not be mathematical. Instead we will concentrate on the relation of formal logic to everyday reasoning and language in general. The course is essential for students thinking of majoring in Philosophy, but also very useful to Computing Science and Mathematics majors. It is designed to transfer to S F U as their Philosophy 210 (required for both Philosophy and Computing Science majors), and to U B C as Philosophy 302. There are no prerequisites, although students may find Philosophy 110 provides useful background. Please note that this is not an introductory philosophy course, but one which introduces mathematical methods of argument analysis. It is not suitable for students merely seeking a general understanding of what philosophy has to offer. Note: This course is intended to appeal to a broad audience. Anyone with an interest in the intellectual traditions of European heritage is welcome. PHIL 151 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (S) History of Philosophy II This course covers the history of philosophy from the Renaissance to the middle of the 20th Century. We shall examine the views of such prominent figures as Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Kant and Sartre. Throughout, the focus will be on the metaphysical and epistemological views that have given shape to the European intellectual tradition. We will also examine the emergence of science and its method and the extent to which it has been shaped by, and given shape to, philosophical thought during this period. Note: This course is intended to appeal to a broad audience. Anyone with an interest in the intellectual traditions of European heritage are welcome. PHIL 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Political Philosophy This course provides an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and action. Some of the questions considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster? Does the state have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the history of political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. Open to anyone in first or second year; no prerequisites. PHIL 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Political Philosophy This course examines the values and assumptions behind the ideologies of liberalism, communism, meritocracy, conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism. Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority, private rights and the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice. Course 302 Descriptions PHIL 207 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Business Ethics This course is an introduction to contemporary philosophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers such topics as the power of multinational corporations, bribery and extortion in international business, the ethics of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities of corporations and business professionals. The course will also introduce students to a number of classical ethical theories and theories of economic justice. Open to anyone in first or second year. PHIL 208 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Environmental Ethics This course deals with ethical and political issues arising from the relationship between humans and their natural surroundings. Typical questions that will be addressed are: Do animals have rights? Is using animals for food and clothing morally wrong? Do we have an obligation to the natural environment such as an obligation to preserve species? What are our obligations to future generations? What is sustainable development? Are environmental problems fundamentally personal or are they fundamentally political and social? Open to anyone in first or second year. PHIL 209 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks PHIL 222 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Biomedical Ethics Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) This course will focus on ethical issues that arise in the health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in biology, psychology and other professions. Among the topics to be considered are abortion and reproductive technology, euthanasia, paternalism and autonomy, resource allocation, involuntary hospitalization and behaviour control. All moral problems will be examined from both an applied and theoretical point of view. Open to anyone in first or second year. An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural works. The course will provide an exploration of aesthetic theory, examining both traditional works of art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of the objectives of the course is to make sense of what a society is "saying" through its popular culture. Open to anyone in first or second year. PHIL 240 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Philosophy and Gender Relations PHIL 210 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Metaphysics and Epistemology I Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course. An introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not a course in the history of philosophy, it will cover many of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. PHIL 211 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Metaphysics and Epistemology II Founded on a wide range of philosophical readings, this course will focus on questions such as: What is the good life and its relation to intimacy and family? What is the good person? Are there different models for different genders? What constitutes a good relationship? How important are mutuality, respect, affection, sex, and interdependence to such a relationship? What counts as equality/equity? How should the answers to such questions influence our views on such social issues as affirmative action, prostitution and pornography? The impact of "Women's Liberation" and the "Men's Movement" will be discussed, as will varying suggestions for overcoming the "gender gap". This course should be of interest to men and women equally; indeed, it is assumed that the quality of class discussion will be a function of the degree to which the perspectives of both genders are well represented. Open to anyone in first or second year. Prerequisite: PHIL 210 or permission of instructor. PHIL 242 A continuation of PHIL 210. Philosophy of Human Nature PHIL 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Philosophy in Literature An examination of the lively relationship between philosophy and literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek plays to last month's best seller. Open to anyone in first or second year. PHIL 221 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) This course tackles a broad spectrum of questions and approaches the issue of human nature. Among the questions to be considered are: Are we, by nature, morally good or evil? Are we purely egocentric beingsbiological machines of some sort-or are we spiritual, immaterial beings? Is there some enduring entity that defines the self? Are we free to do as we choose? Or are we essentially passionate creatures who act strictly on the basis of our feelings? Ultimately, our goal will be to learn to think critically and independently about these issues. 15 wks 3 credits Existentialism in Literature PHYS 104 This course is, in spirit, a continuation of PHIL 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range from Dostoyevsky's 'Notes from the Underground to Sartre's Nausea'. Open to anyone in first or second year. Principles of Physics (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Prerequisite: Principles of Math 12 or B M T H 046 or M A T H 105. M A T H 105 may be taken concurrently. This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. Topics include mechanics, electricity and geometrical optics. Course Descriptions 303 4.5 credits (6,2,0) hrs PHYS 108 15 wks (F) PHYS 116 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Basic Physics Fundamental Physics III Prerequisite: Principles of Math 12 or B M T H 046 or M A T H 105. Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in PHYS 114, PHYS 108 or 110. Corequisite: M A T H 116/117. Corequisite: PHYS 115 and M A T H 126/127. The course covers the material of PHYS 110, together with those topics from high school physics needed by a student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter PHYS 111 in the Spring. Statics of particles, force-couple systems and rigid body statics. Extension of principles from PHYS 114 and application to practical and more advanced dynamics problems. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter, heat. Geometrical optics. PHYS 110 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) General Physics I This course is intended for Engineering program students transferring to U B C . Prerequisite: Physics 11 or B P H Y 042. Corequisite: M A T H 116/117. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. PHYS 111 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 15 w k s (5) Note: The Physics Department offers a full secondyear university transfer program in physics. Students planning to continue in a physics program at university may wish to consult with a physics instructor. PHYS 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) General Physics II Thermal Physics and Waves Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in either PHYS 110 or 108. Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in either P H Y S 111 or 115. Corequisite: M A T H 126/127. Corequisite: M A T H 230. Any student who has attempted PHYS 111 within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Temperature, heat, the zeroth, first, second and third laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and a mathematical treatment of waves. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Note: This course, together with P H Y S 201, 210, 211, 218 and 222 is required for students majoring in physics. PHYS 114 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 w k s ,(F,S) PHYS 201 Fundamental Physics I Prerequisite: Physics 12 or B P H Y 042 or PHYS 104. Corequisite: M A T H 116/117. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, waves and special relativity. This course, together with PHYS 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. PHYS 115 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Fundamental Physics II (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in P H Y S 111 or 115; M A T H 230. Corequisite: PHYS 211. The study of electric and magnetic fields; D C and A C circuits; LR, R C , L R C circuits; resonance; Maxwell's Equations, Fourier Analysis and electromagnetic waves. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. M A T H 231 is recommended as a prerequisite. Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in PHYS 114. Corequisite: M A T H 126/127. 3 credits Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 210 1 credit (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Physics Laboratory I Electricity and magnetism, A C circuits, physical optics, and atomic and nuclear physics. Corequisite: PHYS 218. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods, thermodynamics, electrical measurements and mechanics. Course 304 Descriptions PHYS 211 1 credit (0,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) POL. 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Physics Laboratory II Introduction to Politics and Government Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in PHYS 111 or 115; M A T H 230. This survey course is recommended for both Political Studies majors and those students interested in discovering how politics affects their lives and how they in turn can affect politics. Students are introduced to the basic concepts of Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public Policy, and Canadian Government, offering Political Studies majors a firm foundation in the methods, approaches and issues inherent in the discipline. Non-majors will find the course will help them understand the local, national, and international political events that shape their world. Corequisite: PHYS 201. A weekly three-hour lab in electricity and magnetism, electronics and mechanics. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. PHYS 218 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Computational Physics Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in either PHYS 111 or 115. Corequisite: PHYS 210, M A T H 200, M A T H 230. Use of computer software to solve numerical problems in physics. Applications include drag forces, the driven, damped oscillator, simulations of chaotic systems, random variables, techniques for handling digital data and signal processing. PHYS 222 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Mechanics Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in PHYS 111 or 115; M A T H 200, 230. Newtonian mechanics of particles and rigid bodies. Topics include rocket propulsion, collisions, central forces, rotating frames of reference, and rotation of rigid bodies. Note: (This course is required for all students planning to transfer into the Political Science Department at SFU.) POL. 102 2 credits (1,0,0) hrs (F.S) Concentration Private Music Instruction A course designed to permit students to pursue study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI. (Various Numbers) 1 credit (.5,0,0) hrs (F,S) Secondary Private Music Instruction This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's own secondary instrument. Note: To enrol in any PMI. course students must receive written permission from the program coordinator. (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Comparative Government Throughout history, humans have organized themselves into many different types of political systems, from tribes to empires, city-states to nation-states. This course will introduce students to the wide range of political systems that exist throughout the world today, be it Asia, Africa, Europe, or the Americas. By studying these systems in detail, students will gain an appreciation for how political behaviour varies throughout the world, as well as develop a better critical understanding of their own. POL. 104 PMI. (Various Numbers) 3 credits 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Canadian Government This course introduces students to the formal institutional structures and processes of Canadian government and politics. Topics to be explored will include political culture, the constitution, federalism, Quebec sovereignty and Aboriginal self-government. The course will examine the institutions of government, political parties and their impact on the quality of Canada's parliamentary democracy. Regardless of career goals or preferred disciplines, all students will benefit from an exposure to the politics of their immediate society. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. PMI. Lab This lab involves attendance at a number of concerts and is intended to broaden the musical experience of students by exposing them to performances in a variety of jazz and popular styles. Attendance is mandatory for graduation in the Jazz Studies program. Course Descriptions 305 POL. 110 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) An Introduction to Western Political Thought An introductory examination of the tradition of Westem political thought from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. The significance and contributions of Plato, Aristotle, the medieval thinkers, and Machiavelli concerning fundamental questions about the relationship between the individual and the state will be explored from an historical and philosophical perspective. This course is of particular relevance to those in the Humanities - literature, drama, fine arts, philosophy - as the shared themes provide for an interesting comprehensive analysis of Western Civilization. POL. 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Contemporary Ideologies This course explores the historical development of the commonly recognized ideologies of the modem era: Liberalism, Conservatism, Anarchism, Marxism, Fascism and Social Democracy. These underlying political ideas will provide the backdrop for a critical discussion of the more recent ideological formations such as Feminism, Ecologism, Nationalism and the different movements associated with religious fundamentalism. Students will be encouraged to think critically about the role and impact of political ideas in the world in which they live. POL. 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) International Relations Global warming, the debt crisis, child poverty, militarism, human rights violations, civil, regional and global war - what are the causes of these international problems and what are the possible solutions? Students who take this course will examine these and many other international issues in detail. In short, International Relations is for those students wishing to explore events - and the explanations for those events - in a global system so much in flux since the collapse of the Cold War and the rise of the global division of labour. POL. 202 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Government and Politics of British Columbia Prerequisite: P O L . 100. This course is an introduction to the major forces that shape politics in contemporary British Columbia. Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities of political parties and government institutions in the province. Topics explored include B.C. political culture, federal-provincial relations, the party system and an examination of legislature and executive in public policy formation (e.g. Aboriginal, fishing, forestry, health policy). Course 306 Descriptions Note: This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. POL. 104 is recommended as a prerequisite. POL. 203 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) International Organizations More and more these days, international organizations are no longer content with playing bit parts on the world stage. Be it the U N in Cambodia, N A T O in the former Yugoslavia, Greenpeace on the high seas, or the increased power of regional organizations like the European Union, A S E A N , and the O A S , international organizations seem to be challenging the sovereignty of nation-states at every turn. But are international organizations really taking on a life of their own? Are new forms of organization at the international level (such as international law or economic regimes) really taking root? Or is the state-centric system destined to continue as it has since 1648? These are some of the issues explored in this, the complementary course to International Relations. POL. 204 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Canadian Public Policy Prerequisite: P O L . 100. The centre of the political process of any society is the creation of public policy. How governments arrive at and select policies from the various competing demands placed upon them - in the areas of health, education, environment, economic development, immigration etc. - is the focus of this course. Students are introduced to the basic concepts and theories associated with the making of public policy as well as an analysis of the processes by which policy is defined, addressed and implemented. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Note: POL. 104 is recommended as a prerequisite. POL. 206 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Scope and Methods of Political Analysis This course introduces the student to the variety of approaches and tools available to those studying politics. Students will become familiar with the nature of and debates inherent to contemporary political studies, as well as the strengths and weaknesses of the various methods employed by students of politics. By developing their own research project, students will struggle first-hand with the issues central to all types of social science research: selecting from alternative models of explanation, attempting to isolate variables, and dealing with questions of cause and effect to name but a few. Students may have the opportunity to develop and work on a proto-type political studies journal as well. POL. 207 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory Prerequisite: P O L . 111. (4,1,1) hrs 15 wks Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. (4,1,1) hrs 15 wks Note: Students transferring from other institutions with one semester of introductory Psychology should consult with Advising for transferability. PSYC 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ((F,S,Su) Theories of Behaviour Prerequisite: P S Y C 100. A course for those students who desire a complete survey of the basic areas of psychology (when combined with P S Y C 100), before proceeding to an indepth study of particular areas. Course content may include topics such as research methods, biological basis of behaviour, consciousness, health, psychological disorders, and therapeutic approaches. PSYC 200 This course pregresses from beginner to intermediate Portuguese, focusing on the practical language needed to function on and off the job in Latin America. 3 credits 15 wks ((F,S,Su) A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some of the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Learning, development, personality, and other selected issues are included. (F) Introduction to Portuguese for Managers I PORT 511 (4,0,0) hrs Note: Students transferring from other institutions with one semester of introductory Psychology should consult with Advising for transferability. Note: This course transfers as a 300 level course at SFU. 3 credits 3 credits Introduction to Psychology Current themes and controversies in contemporary social and political thought is the subject of this course. Topics will shift from term to term to reflect either important issues or individual theorist's contributions to contemporary society. Areas of interest might include, for example, the role of the state in late capitalist societies, the significance of the Frankfurt School, the contradictions of the welfare state, the current debates in democratic theory, the role and place of "new" social movements in contemporary society, an examination of the meaning of liberty in complex societies, the renewal of nationalism, the place of religion (Islamic fundamentalism), the persistence of violence in civil society. Alternatively, or in conjunction with these themes, students will develop a thorough analysis of a particular theorist: for example, Arendt, Gramsci, Marcuse, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Williams, Rawls, Rorty, Pateman, Gorz and Melucci to name a few. PORT 510 PSYC 100 (S) Intermediate Portuguese for Managers II 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Social Psychology Prerequisite: P S Y C 100. A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the physical environment. Note: P S Y C 101 is recommended as a prerequisite. This course is a continuation of PORT 110. Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. PSYC 201 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Group Dynamics Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. PPMI (Various Numbers) 3 credits (1.5,0,0) hrs (F,S) Concentration Private Music Instruction for Performance Majors A course designed to permit students in the Performance Majors to pursue in-depth study of their own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one and one-half hour lessons or equivalent. A study of the behaviour of individuals in social groups and institutions, such as friendship groups, work groups, therapy groups, and families. This course provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory and allows the student to practise constructive interpersonal skills and leadership skills in a supportive, small group setting. Note: Restricted to Music Therapy Students only. Course Descriptions 307 PSYC 203 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) PSYC 213 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ( F o r S ) History of Psychology Statistical Methods in Psychology Prerequisite: P S Y C 100. Prerequisite: Principles of Math 12 or equivalent (e.g. M A T H 105), P S Y C 100 and 101. This course will examine the development of psychological thought to gain a critical understanding of contemporary psychology. Issues will range from the mind-body problem, and the nature of science, to an analysis of historical and contemporary schools in psychology. Note: P S Y C 101 is recommended as a prerequisite. A course recommended for psychology majors. This course deals with descriptive and inferential statistics as applied in psychology. These will be considered as they are used in psychological research. PSYC 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Theories of Personality PSYC 204 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Developmental Psychology Prerequisite: P S Y C 100. A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. This course will examine theories of personality including psychodynamic trait, cognitive and humanistic and other approaches. Included will be a consideration of the historical/cultural development of the theory, what the theory says about the development, structure and dynamics of personality and examples of empirical research. Note: P S Y C 101 is recommended as a prerequisite. Note: P S Y C 101 is recommended as a prerequisite. Prerequisite: P S Y C 100. PSYC 205 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) The Psychology of Aging A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs PSYC 225 Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. Biopsychology of Behaviour This course examines the biological, cognitive and social transitions of adolescence and how they affect such developmental areas as identity, autonomy, intimacy, sexuality and achievement. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to explore their own identity development. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F or S) Research Methods in Psychology Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. A course for students who intend to major in one of the social sciences; psychology majors should take this course and P S Y C 213. This course will introduce the student to current research methods in major areas of psychology. Students should understand the principles of research methodology, and be able to evaluate, design and conduct research in psychology. Course 308 Descriptions (F,S) A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and biological school view normal and abnormal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. Adolescent Psychology PSYC 212 15 wks Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. PSYC 206 PSYC 222 Abnormal Psychology 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. This course will expand on material introduced in introductory psychology dealing with the biological basis of behaviour. Students will examine functions of the nervous system, as well as studying brain anatomy and brain chemistry in relation to both normal and pathological behaviour. As well, students will discuss mind-body issues and develop an understanding of broader ethical and other issues in neuroscience. PSYC 230 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks ( F o r S ) REC. 144 3credits (3,1.5,1) hrs 15wks (S) Cognitive Psychology Outdoor Recreation Program Planning Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101. Students will develop skills in program planning, implementation, and evaluation. Leadership theory and practice relating to Outdoor Recreation programs will be covered. This course will address many of the issues relating to the thinking processes. Research into consciousness, memory, language, imagery, problem solving, creativity and artificial intelligence will be examined, as well as experiments in social cognition and cognition across the lifespan. RCAP 100 1.5 credits (5,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Health: Lifestyles and Choices This course is an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts of a health enhancing lifestyle. Students reflect on their own experiences of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. RCAP 102 1.5 credits (5,0,0) hrs 3 wks (F,S) Human Relations: Interpersonal Communications This course focuses on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students explore basic communication concepts and practical skills which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. RCAP 112 3 credits (6,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S) Special Needs in Resident Care 0 credits (0,0,0) hrs (4,0,0) hrs (S) Students will develop skills in the interpretation of weather and climate and their impact on outdoor recreation activities. Mountain and marine weather and personal forecasting will be examined using field work. REC. 152 3credits (3,3,1) hrs 15wks (F) Environmental Stewardship I An examination of the role of the outdoor recreation professional in environmental stewardship. Topics include: conservation issues, environmental ethics, policy and planning and sustainability. The course will include field work. REC. 156 3credits (3,3,1) hrs 15wks (F) Introduction to Environmental Studies An introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their indicator species will be examined through field work. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) Develops skills, knowledge and attitudes in overland travel, outdoor living, navigation and trip planning in a temperate climate. 0 wks 15 wks 15wks The Outdoor Recreation Environment REC. 157 During their time in the Outdoor Recreation Management program students are required to pursue two skills activities in their particular areas of interest. These selective skills help provide our graduates with work in the outdoor recreation, adventure travel and nature based tourism industries. 3 credits (3,1.5,1) hrs Applied Field Skills Selective Skills REC. 143 3credits Note: Courses that are offered in Squamish may be delivered in a condensed format. This course builds upon content in the other R C A courses, to help students to explore concepts and approaches which apply to the care of residents experiencing changes in mental functioning. REC. 120 REC. 151 (F) Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems An introduction to various outdoor recreation delivery systems in British Columbia, the past and present issues influencing and affecting their direction, and their career opportunities. The course will examine the inter-relationships of the various delivery systems, including the role of government. Note: Courses that are offered in Squamish may be delivered in a condensed format. REC. 163 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (S) Wilderness First Aid I Designed to meet the needs of the outdoor recreation leader or professional whose work takes them into isolated environments. Outdoor practical sessions play a large part in the delivery of the course content which addresses basic life support techniques, situation and patient assessment, recognition and treatment of injuries, medical emergencies, and environmental emergencies. Note: Courses that are offered in Squamish may be delivered in a condensed format. Course Descriptions 309 REC. 169 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) REC. 255 9 credits (12,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Landscape Interpretation Outdoor Recreation Practicum Interpretation of mountain and coastal environments, local geology and landforms. The course will include field work. The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty liaison to spend three and one-half months in an acceptable agency placement, and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty liaison and agency supervisor, and students will make a major presentation to the department at the conclusion of the practicum. Note: Courses that are offered in Squamish may be delivered in a condensed format. REC. 174 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Outdoor Recreation Business Planning I Students will take this course in their second term to become familiar with the fundamentals of Outdoor Recreation Business Planning. This course will lay the ground work for the creation of a preliminary feasability plan with a focus on developing entrepreneurial strengths and skills. A more detailed business plan will be completed in REC.274. REC. 243 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Business Law in Outdoor Recreation By the end of this course students should be able to appreciate the impact of applicable Canadian Law on outdoor recreation business ventures. Students will be introduced to relevant B.C. and Federal statute law as well as applicable judge made law. They will learn about important legal issues and legal challenges facing outdoor recreational businesses. The rights and potential liabilities of the various parties in outdoor recreational business relationships will also be discussed. REC. 249 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Computer Applications for Outdoor Recreation II Prerequisite: R E C 139. This course provides the student with hands-on experience using computer technology to process accounting transactions and to manage financial data. REC. 252 3 credits (3,4.5,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Environmental Stewardship II An examination of environmental stewardship practice and issues, and the development of nature interpretation skills. This course will include a field trip. REC. 274 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Outdoor Recreation Business Planning II Students will take this course in their third term to continue their study of the fundamentals of business planning. The plan started in R E C . 174 will be completed during this course. RMCP 155 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Retail Event Management The emphasis in this course will be to learn how to promote and produce a major event such as a trade show. This course will involve the planning, execution and promotion of such a retail event. RMCP 164 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Creative Retail Strategies Students will learn visual marketing, colour and design, retail store design, and a full range of merchandising skills. They will relate product and placement within a store environment and learn to develop comprehensive display strategies. RMCP 172 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Retail Technology/Store Management I Retail Technology is the introductory segment to Store Management I. This course provides the student with a working knowledge of cash register systems and point of sale terminals as well as the latest in Interac technologyStore Management I is a practical application to retail marketing. Students will be entirely responsible for operating the student store. The students act as store managers. They will do buying, display, promotion, accounting, scheduling and all those managerial skills involved in operating a successful retail store. Course 310 Descriptions RMCP 173 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) SART 151 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Retail Finance/Store Management II Drawing II Prerequisite: R M C P 172. Prerequisite: S A R T 150. A continuation of Store Management I. This extension of the Store Management course exposes the student to daily systems analysis, banking procedures, monthly accounting practices and money management in a practical setting. A continuation of S A R T 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and further design exploration, colour, collage and image development. An emphasis is placed on balance between control and expression. . The students will be responsible for making financial decisions as well as buying and promotional decisions for the student store. SART 163 RMCP 181 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Strategic Retail Buying This course teaches the students to access their target and primary markets and to develop a strategy to enable them to be successful retail buyers. The retail buying component involves teaching the student to buy for department stores, chain stores, regional chain operations, and independent retail stores. What to buy, when to buy, from whom to buy, and how much to buy will all be covered in this course. RMCP 190 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Co-op Work Placement Students will gain direct practical work experience through a paid co-op placement with an employer that is part of our Retail Registry. During December and January the student will work some 200 hours in a business related to their preferred area of retailing, merchandising or marketing. A faculty member will oversee this three credit course and both employers and the co-op employees will complete written reports. Students will return to their full-time studies at the end of the co-op placement. SART 150 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Drawing I An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Design elements are a major component of this course. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of design elements (line, tone, etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art I An introduction to the use of clay as an expressive medium. Hand construction and wheel forming will be presented as well as glazing, firing and clay body technology. Design, history and conceptual theory will be reviewed as it relates to the ceramic object and to general art applications. SART 165 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art II Prerequisite: S A R T 163. A continuation of S A R T 163 with greater emphasis on personal development. Mould making, glaze preparation and application and firing technology will be fundamental aspects of this course. Contemporary applications of ceramics will be explored. SART 167 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I An introduction to three-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques and materials will be explored. These will include wood assemblage, clay modelling, mould making and casting. Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in the context of the student's own work. A n examination of historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the class; however, the emphasis Will be upon developing an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. Course Descriptions 311 SART 171 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) SART 183 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal research projects and an introduction to recent and current trends in the visual arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of methods and materials. Participants will learn about the dimensions of colour and how to effectively indentify and replicate colour and form. Acrylics will be the preferred medium but students will be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both individual and group critiques will be conducted at regular intervals. Prerequisite: S A R T 182. SART 172 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II Prerequisite: S A R T 171. SART 174 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II Prerequisite: S A R T 167. A continuation of S A R T 167, but with the inclusion of the following materials and techniques: wood construction and jointing, steel welding, and plaster modelling. SART 182 3credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15wks (F) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I A foundation course for those with little or no experience. A n introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and aquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular emphasis will be given to the relationship between printmaking and painting with the student producing a number of pieces demonstrating technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed in black and white. Course 312 Descriptions A continuation of S A R T 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to imagemaking will be ongoing. SART 200 ' 3 credits (0,6,1) hrs 15 wks (F) Independent Study I Under the direction of an instructor, this independent study course enables students to research a Studio Art discipline of specific interest. This course serves as an in-depth parallel to a standard course in the same subject area, and is intended for exceptional circumstances only. Entry upon approval of program. SART 201 A continuation of S A R T 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition to designated painting problems which will require students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas of study within the program and to become more responsible for determining their own priorities and goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities in the visual arts. (S) 3 credits (0,6,1) hrs 15 wks (S) 15 w k s (F) Independent Study II A continuation of S A R T 200. SART 250 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III Prerequisite: S A R T 172. Students will be assigned painting problems relating to historically familiar genres; portrait, still life, landscape, figure and abstraction. Within these structured projects, students will be given as much freedom as possible regarding content, methods, scale etc. Students will be encouraged to re-define the painting process in terms of their own needs and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the program and to current trends in the visual arts. SART 255 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (5) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV Prerequisite: S A R T 250. A continuation of S A R T 250 but with an increased need for students to define their own areas of interest and to extend their thinking in an innovative, selfchallenging fashion. As in S A R T 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the visual arts and to other areas of the program. Experiments with images, methods and materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression. Towards the end of the course, students will be required to define their own areas of research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series of work. SART 257 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) SART 274 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture III Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art IV Prerequisite: S A R T 174. Prerequisite: S A R T 273. A resumption of the investigation of ideas, materiality and form, to broaden the participant's visual, tactile and conceptual abilities. Traditional and current sculptural ideologies and techniques will be examined in the context of 20th century developments. The course will include an increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design of functional and nonfunctional forms. Glazes and other methods of decoration will continue to be examined. SART 282 SART 262 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III Drawing III Prerequisite: S A R T 183. Prerequisite: S A R T 151. A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory. Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing. Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics to this course will include advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. SART 263 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks Drawing IV SART 283 Prerequisite: S A R T 262. Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression and image transformation. Orthographic drawings comprise a small portion of the course. The work of the three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition of perceptual exploration and portfolio presentation in the form of a small series of thematically linked work. Prerequisite: S A R T 282. SART 265 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (S) (S) Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. SART 300 12 credits (4,0,4) hrs 15 wks (F) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture IV Art Institute - Sculpture and Printmaking Prerequisite: S A R T 257. The Institute is designed to meet the needs of students with several years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have left college, art school or university and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities. The Art Institute will emphasize access to well equipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will be one day of class time and four or more days of studio time. The studios are available during the evenings and weekends. A further study of historical and current sculptural ideologies. Assignments require individual strategies to respond to social/environmental and interactive issues. Participation in group debates and critiques will foster constructive dialogue and criticism. SART 273 3 credits (4,3,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art III Prerequisite: S A R T 165. Students will undertake further exploration of processes and materials, including the development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze characteristics. Students will be encouraged to explore ways to bring to ceramic art their personal expressive interests within the context of contemporary ceramic usage. SART 301 12 credits (4,0,4) hrs 15 wks (S) Art Institute II - Sculpture and Printmaking A continuation of S A R T 300. Course Descriptions 313 SART 310 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) SETA 104 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (S) Advanced Ceramic Studies Child Growth and Development for SETA's A post-diploma studio workshop course. For students This course explores the social, emotional, physical, with considerable previous experience of wheel and language and expressive stages from birth to adoles- hand building techniques. This course will focus on the cence. Students will gain understanding of the diversity development of clays and glazes in soda and salt in learners and how observational and recording firings, as well as over and underglaze and slip decora- methods support critical documentation often used in tion. the role of a S E T A in school settings. SART 311 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) SETA 105 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 14 wks (F) Advanced Ceramic Studies II Developmental Challenges for SETA's A continuation of S A R T 310 with the introduction of Students will explore current issues emphasized in inclusive education through definition, etiology and the formulation and development of metallic lustres. implications for learning in the various areas of SETA 100 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (F) exceptionality: challenging behaviours, depression, intellectual disabilities, F A S , A D H D , E S L , giftedness, History, Philosophy and Issues in Special Education communication disorders, physical and chronic health An overview of the history of the field of special abuse, homelessness etc. Twelve hours of practical disorders, home, school and community issues such as education including key figures who have contributed to the development of this field. This introductory skills; an introduction to physical transfer, lifting , feeding and medical management is included. course includes opportunities to discuss main ideas, social trends and controversies that have had an effect on special education with the intent of helping students form their own philosophies around these issues. SETA 106 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (F) Technology for SETA's Students will become familiar with the wide range of SETA 101 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (F) Working in Schools Introductory course provides an understanding of the public school system and the role of the S E T A within that setting. Overviews of provincial policies, district and school-based proram at the elementary and secondary levels are discussed in detail. 1.5 credits SETA 102 (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (S) Interpersonal Skills for Teachers' Assistants low and high technology adaptations for students with disabilites. Common computer hardware and software used in schools are explored. Students learn how the school system and related agencies assess the needs of students with special needs and how to provide appropriate technological adaptations. Educational planning and implementation of plans are also discussed. SETA 107 3 credits (3,0,0) hrs 14 wks (F,Su) Instructional Strategies 1 S E T A 107 and S E T A 108 must be taken one after the This course presents interactive communication techniques for working with both adults and children. Students will learn about: other. They provide students with a range of instructional strategies that will assist in meeting the learning needs of the diverse population of students in our (1) types of behaviour disorders and practical class- classrooms. Students experience the application of both room behavioural management techniqes, teaching and learning strategies that facilitate the (2) conflict resolution, diffusing and managing anger, inclusion of children into mainstream settings. negotiating and compromising, listening and summa- Note: Must be combined with S E T A 108. rizing, 1.5 credits (3,0,0) hrs (3) multicultural communication skills, SETA 108 (4) communication skills to effectively work in a team Instructional Strategies 2 environment Prerequisite: S E T A 107. 1.5 credits SETA 103 (3,0,0) hrs 10 wks (S) 10 wks (F,Su) This course follows S E T A 107. Both courses provide students with a range of instructional strategies that Challenging Behaviours will assist in meeting the learning needs of the diverse Students learn about various behaviour profiles and population of students in our classrooms. Students develop a practical understanding of how to support children or adolescents with behavioural challenges in a school setting. experience the application of both teaching and learning strategies that facilitate the inclusion of children into mainstream settings. Note: Must be combined with S E T A 107. Course 314 Descriptions SETA 109 6 credits (0,30,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) SOC. 200 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs SETA Practicum Canadian Society An intensive 120-hour period which provides opportunites for students to integrate and consolidate the theory and skills developed through the S E T A program in a classroom setting (K-12) working with children or adolescents who have special needs. Students are under the direct supervision of a classroom teacher and practicum supervisor: and are required to attend one-on-one consultations and small group seminars. Students must have current Standard First Aid/CPR certificate, criminal records check and T B test prior to being placed in practicum schools. Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. 101. SOC. 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s ((F,S,Su) Social Structures Note: Both SOC. 100 and SOC. 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at S F U or UBC. SOC. 101 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s ((F,S,Su) Concepts and Theories of Society With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at a variety of sociological theories and approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism, feminism and others) and employ these approaches to analyze events of current interest, importance and impact in society. (F) An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a complex multicultural society. Issues that explore the intersection of state, capital and labour with gender, class and ethnicity will be discussed as they relate to such concerns as multiculturalism. Aboriginal peoples and Quebec society. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SOC. 201 The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the social machine or social or societal determinants. This structured aspect of society is comprised of institutions such as the family, religion, the mass media and education, for example, as well as rules, customs, laws, ideologies, etc. Our society is also embedded with structural inequalities related to gender, social class and ethnicity. Utilizing what has been termed "the sociological imagination," the course looks at how we are influenced by these aspects of society and in turn how we react to these influences. 15 w k s 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) British Columbia Society Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. 101. A sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to economic, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from its early years into a modem industrial society. Contemporary social questions surrounding such issues as education, health, labour, Native land claims and resource questions will be discussed. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SOC. 210 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Current Social Issues Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. 101. A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspective. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis. The course may explore an array of social issues or have a specific emphasis on a particular concern (e.g. popular culture, or sociology of sport). Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now, this should develop the student's sociological imagination. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Note: Both SOC. 100 and S O C . 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Course Descriptions 315 SOC. 211 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) 101. A study of the major theories of development and under-development, social, cultural and political responses to under-development, and the interrelationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under-developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Both sociological and " non-sociological" literature on the impact of globalization on Third World Societies will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to SOC. 210, Current Social Issues. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SOC. 222 3 credits 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Beginning Spanish I Sociology of the Third World Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. SPAN 100 (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F) This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language and culture. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding, reading and writing skills. SPAN 101 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Beginning Spanish II Prerequisite: S P A N 100, Grade 10 Spanish completed. A continuation of the work of S P A N 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following SPAN 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking S P A N 200 at a later date and need review work. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Sociology of the Arts Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. 101. SPAN 200 A sociological study of art and artists in western and non-western societies. The course will relate the various art forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in which they exist and to their social production; hence it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions, cultural politics and political economy. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to SOC. 101 or 223. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SOC. 223 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (F,S) Media and Society Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or SOC. An intensive study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and films. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to SOC. 222 or 100. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: S P A N 100/101, Grade 12 Spanish completed with a minimum of a " C " grade. A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and extensive conversation practice. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SPAN 201 101. 3 credits Intermediate Spanish I 3 credits (4,1.75,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Intermediate Spanish II Prerequisite: S P A N 200 with a minimum of a " C " grade. A continuation of the work of S P A N 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following S P A N 200. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. SPAN 510 3credits (4,1,1) hrs 15wks (F) Intermediate Spanish for Managers I This course progresses from intermediate to advanced Spanish, focusing on the practicial language needed to function on and off the job in Latin America. Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. Course 316 Descriptions SPAN 511 3credits (4,1,1) hrs 15wks (F) TCPP 231 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Intermediate Spanish for Managers II Data Management This course is a continuation of S P A N 510. Prerequisite: TCPP 182 with a minimum " C " grade. Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. The structure, design and control of hierarchical, network relational and object-oriented databases. Emphasis is on modeling tools as applied to business case studies. SPAN 520 3 credits (4,1,1) hrs 15 wks Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Advanced Spanish for Managers I This course focuses o n improving proficiency and vocabulary for advanced S p a n i s h speakers. TCPP 233 Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Server-Based Data Management Prerequisite: TCPP 231 with a minimum " C " grade. SPAN 521 3credits (4,1,1) hrs 15wks (F) Advanced Spanish for Managers II This course is a continuation of S P A N 520. Note: For Latin American Management Program students only. TCPP 152 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs TCPP 240 8 wks (S) Prerequisite: A minimum " C " grade i n prior program courses. An introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids i n relation to business applications using Visual Basic. 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Introduction to Systems Provides a basic understanding o f systems concepts and development o f specific skills: System Life Cycle, flowcharting, process and data modeling. TCPP200 6 credits (4,0,0) hrs 30 wks (F,S,Su) IT Management Students will gain a basic understanding of current Information Technology management issues and technologies. Topics include: e-business, financial management, project management, marketing and sales, and human resource management. TCPP 230 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) Computer Hardware & Software Prerequisite: Admission to the T C P program. Structured Programming TCPP 182 An introduction to SLQ-Server based data management. Students will install and administer SLQ-Server and the necessary middle-ware to enable data access over the network. 8 wks (Su) Operating Systems Prerequisite: Successful completion of prior program courses. Comprehensive knowledge of the widely used operating systems: UNIX, M S - D O S , LINUS and Windows NT. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/sofware errors as well as the operating systems's Job Control Language and Web server installation. To provide students with an understanding of PC hardware and troubleshooting and its relationship with DOS and Windows oeprating system. The course will be hands-on. Included in the course will be "Command line interface" commands and the hardware/ software interface with operating systems. TCPP 243 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Data Warehousing Prerequisite: TCPP 233 with a minimum " C " grade. Business intelligence is an increasingly important aspect of business. This course concentrates on the consolidation and acquisition of business intelligence though the use of O L A P integrated with data warehousing. TCPP 252 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Visual Basic Programming Prerequisite: TCPP 152 with a minimum "C+" grade. Advanced Visual Basic programming concepts, including file and database handling. Concentrates on software development and data representation, including file and database handling. TCPP 253 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) Distributed Visual Basic Programming Prerequisite: TCPP 252 with a minimum " C " grade. , A continuation of Visual Basic Programming I. Advanced Visual Basic skills are presented through a concentration on software development and design for distributed computing environments. Course Descriptions 317 3 credits TCPP 289 (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (S) TCRI 300 15 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Systems Implementation Writing Practices I Prerequisite: Successful completion of prior term's Prerequisite: B A , B F A , or equivalent. courses. This course shall provide instruction and mentorship A project based course where students implement an for writers wishing to achieve a self-determined project on-line computer system applying analysis and design in writing, whether it be completion of a manuscript or concepts from the System Development Life Cycle. exploration of new writing practices. With the help of visiting professinal writers and Capilano faculty, 6 credits TCPP 300 (0,0,35) hrs 10 wks (5) Work Term students shall be encouraged to investigate a variety of writing practices. In addition, students shall be motivated to give readings of their own work and to attend Prerequisite: Successful completion of program a number of readings and lectures by faculty and courses. visiting writers. Gain industry experience in a two-month work term. Seminars in job search skills, job retention, and career planning will be conducted to assist students make the transition to employment. TCPP 306 3 credits TCRI 301 15 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (Su) Prerequisite: Successful completion of prior program (S) Writing Practices II shall continue to pursue their own self-defined writing projects, while receiving exposure to different distinguished professional writers, and Capilano faculty. courses with a minimum " C " grade. THAI 100 This course is an introduction to a programming Beginning Thai I language such as C++ or Java. Topics include functions, structures, classes and arrays. 3 credits 15 wks In this continuation of Writing Practices 300, students Object Oriented Programming TCPP 325 (4,0,0) hrs (8,0,0) hrs 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) This course provides instruction and practice both in beginning language and in the cultural background 8 wks (Su) which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic Network III - Netware alphabet is used to avoid confusion of sounds. The This course is an introduction to the field of local area basic vocabulary and sentence structures are covered, network adminstration, protocols and standards, and social routines and common idioms are stressed as hardware and software components and PC links. well. Upon successful completion of this course, students Students have time to practise all structures introduced, may elect to write Novell exam, which grants a C N A - and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. Certified Net Ware Administrator - designation. At the end of the course students have better than survival-level fluency, and use only Thai for basic Note: Novell 5.x NetWare Administration. classroom routines. They are ready to learn to write. 3 credits TCPP 425 (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F) E-Commerce Computing Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. Prerequisite: T C P P 253 with a minimum " C " grade. 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) E-commerce and e-business are rapidly growing THAI 101 aspects of information technology. This course pro- Beginning Thai II vides the framework for the use of e-commerce Prerequisite: T H A I 100 or equivalent. technology as an integrated aspect of business informa This course reviews the basic material of T H A I 100, tion technology. and introduces the script. Students learn how to write the words they already know. More complex structures are introduced, along with more idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations. At the end of the course students know how to respond to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday information from Thais. They can read simple Thai Course 318 Descriptions passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four students. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. THTR 100 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) THTR 150 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks An introduction to the basic elements of technical theatre and theatre design. Topics include stage management, scenic carpentry, theatre lighting, and scenic design. 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks Acting I THTR 151 An introduction to a methodical approach to script, and the basic skills necessary to perform and stage contemporary monologues and scenes. Introduction to Production & Design II THTR 101 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) (F) Introduction to Production & Design I (S) A continuation of T H T R 150. Topics include properties, sound, costumes, scenic painting, and makeup. THTR 152 3 credits (0,8,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Acting II Costuming I Develops skills in non-scripted theatre. Areas of exploration include improvisation and mask work. Students will perform self-created work. An introduction to the theory and practice of the duties of the costume designer and other members of the costume department in a producing theatre company. THTR 110 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (F,S) THTR 153 3 credits (0,8,0) hrs Indroduction to Acting for the Camera Costuming II An introduction to acting with an emphasis on performing for the camera. Students will perform an oncamera close-up and scenes. An continuation of T H T R 152 THTR 116 3 credits (2,0,4) hrs 15 wks This course explores the Musical Theatre repertoire and develops presentational style through singing, dancing, and characterization. Students receive vocal theatrical coaching, and choreography in solo and group numbers. 3 credits (2,0,4) hrs THTR 155 15 wks (F) An introduction to play study and the history of theatre from its ritual beginnings to the 17th century. Lectures, seminars, play reading, and theatre attendance are part of this course. T H T R 120 is normally taken with E N G L 100 in a combined seminar. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs (F) (2,0,4) hrs 15 wks (S) Audio Engineering for Stage II A continuation of T H T R 154. (1.33,0,0) hrs 30 wks (F,S) Practicum I, II, III, IV, V, VI Elements of Theatre I THTR 121 3 credits 1 credit each (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks THTR 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195 15 wks A continuation of T H T R 116. 3 credits (2,0,4) hrs An introduction to the theory and practice of Audio Engineering for the stage. Musical Theatre II THTR 120 3 credits (S) Audio Engineering for Stage 1 Musical Theatre I THTR 117 THTR 154 15 wks 15 wks Prerequisite: Application to the coordinator at any time during the term. Students receive credit for intensive practical work on productions. The nature of the work and the amount of credit will be determined by the Department in consultation with the student. All who are cast in a department production or who are assigned to a production crew must register in this course. THTR 200 (S) Elements of Theatre II Plays in the context of the history of theatre from the Restoration to the beginnings of modern theatre. Lectures, seminars, play reading and theatre attendance are part of this course. 3 credits (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Script and Stage Prerequisite: "B+" grade in T H T R 100. An intermediate scene study course focusing on text analysis and the performance of scenes and very short one-act plays. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. Course Descriptions 319 3 credits THTR 201 (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) THTR 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Acting IV Conceptual Approaches to Theatre I Prerequisite: T H T R 200. Prerequisite: T H T R 120 or 121 or a 100-level Arts course. A scene study course which explores style in classical and contemporary plays. Scene study will emphasize acting styles in groups of representative plays. Topics, set by the Department, will vary each term. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. 3 credits THTR 205 (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) (F) An in-depth study of a specific theatre topic which will be set each term by the Department. This is a thematic, rather than a chronological approach to the study of plays and theatre. Both theoretical and practical class methods may be used. THTR 221 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) Conceptual Approaches II Bodywork A course in movement techniques. Students focus on body awareness, alignment, strength, flexibility and coordination. Prerequisite: T H T R 120 or 121 or a 100-level Arts course. The same format as T H T R 220. This course studies a different topic. 3 credits THTR 207 (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Vocal Communication I THTR 250 A course in voice production and oral interpretation designed to free the speaking voice and develop expressive communication. Senior Production Responsibilities I 3 credits THTR 211 (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. (F,S) Introduction to senior production duties including Technical Direction, Stage Management, Head Carpentry, Properties, and Scenic Design. Acting for Film and Television II 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Prerequisite: T H T R 210. THTR 251 A continuation of T H T R 210. Topics include script Senior Production Responsibilities II interpretation, emotional portrayal, and special prob- Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. lems in film acting. A continuation of T H T R 250. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of THTR 252 instructor. 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) (F) Advanced Lighting & Sound I 3 credits THTR 212 (2,4,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Film Acting I An introduction to the acting techniques and technical skills needed to perform for the camera. Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. Teaches the advanced skills required to design and run the lighting and sound for both simple and complex shows. Note: For Professional Film Studies students only. THTR 253 3 credits THTR 213 (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 1.5 credits (2,0,0) hrs (S) 15 wks (F) Advanced Lighting & Sound II Film Acting II Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. Prerequisite: T H T R 212. A continuation of T H T R 252. A continuation of T H T R 212. Topics include script interpretation and emotional portrayal. THTR 254 Note: For Professional Film Studies students only. 15 wks 4.5 credits (0,12,0) hrs Practicum in Technical Theatre/Design I Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. Students receive credit for intensive practical work on the technical or design areas of productions. Course 320 Descriptions THTR 255 4.5 credits (0,12,0) hrs 15 wks (S) THTR 373 12 credits (1,0,30) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Technical Theatre/Design Lab II Theatre Institute II - Acting Prerequisite: T H T R 150 or 151. Prerequisite: Audition or interview. A continuation of T H T R 254. This is part two of the Theatre Institute program focusing on acting. Students will work on scene study through private acting instruction. They will complete their second (if not completed in the previous term) and third performance projects. THTR 260 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Analysis for Directing and Design Teaches script analysis for students of directing and design. THTR 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295 1 credit each (1.33,0,0) hrs 30wks(F,S) Practicum VII, VII, IX, X, XI, XII Prerequisite: Three credits of T H T R 190 series and application to the coordinator at any time during the term. Students receive credit for intensive practical work on productions. The nature of the work and the amount of credit will be determined by the Department in consultation with the student. All who are cast in a department production or who are assigned to a production crew, and who have three credits in the T H T R 190 series, must register in this course. THTR 370 12 credits (1,0,30) hrs THTR 374 15 wks (F,S) Theatre Institute I - Directing This is part one of the Theatre Institute program focusing on directing. Students will attend a tutorial seminar, direct scenes, and complete their first project as an assistant director or director. 12 credits (1,0,30) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Theatre Institute II - Directing Prerequisite: Audition or interview. This is part two of the Theatre Institute program focusing on directing. Students will attend a tutorial seminar, direct scenes, and complete their second project as an assistant director or director. THTR 372 12 credits (1,0,30) hrs (1,0,30) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Prerequisite: Audition or interview. This is part one of the Theatre Institute program focusing on production and stage management. Students will attend a tutorial production seminar, and complete their first and second projects. (The second project may be done in the second term.) THTR 375 15 wks (F,S) Theatre Institute I - Acting Prerequisite: Audition or interview. This is part one of the Theatre Institute program focusing on acting. Students will work on scene study through private acting instruction. They will complete their first and second performance projects. (The second project may be done in the second term.) 12 credits (1,0,30) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Theatre Institute II - Production Prerequisite: Audition or interview. This is part two of the Theatre Institute program focusing on production and stage management. Students will attend a tutorial production seminar, and complete their second (if not completed in the previous term) and third projects. Prerequisite: Audition or interview. THTR 371 12 credits Theatre Institute I - Production TOUR 100 1.5credits (2,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) Tourism Co-op Preparation This course will include a general overview of the coop work experience. The specific areas covered will be goal setting, skills analysis, researching sectors and employers, job search techniques and preparation of resume, cover letter and thank you letter. Assistance will be given in job search by faculty. TOUR 111 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Tourism Introduction: Theory and Practice An introduction to the key concepts, language, and issues facing the tourism industry. Trends, market profiles and demographic factors, key industry sectors, tourism geography and key regional products in B.C., tourism's role in community development, social impacts of tourism, transportation, communication, and legal issues in tourism. Course Descriptions 321 TOUR 112 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) TOUR 120 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Tourism Marketing Adventure and Eco-Tourism The objectives of this course are to examine the existing tourism marketing system in Canada; to develop the student's understanding of Canadian tourism marketing and the basics of consumer marketing; and to enable the student to relate to current aspects of tourism business and how they affect Canadian tourism marketing. Adventure tourism products will be examined; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure of the industry, government's role in area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas, ecotourism issues, land use planning, and product opportunities. TOUR 113 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) 3 credits Human Resource Management in Tourism TOUR 123 Human resource issues, job analysis, recruitment, interviewing, orientation, training and development, performance management, legislation, and labourmanagement relations. Tourism Advertising TOUR 114 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks (S) TOUR 116 3credits (4,0,0) hrs 15wks TOUR 125 (F) Designed to provide future entrepreneurs and managers in the field of tourism an introductory review of the basic accounting and planning skills required for small business operations. This course will also cover basic financial statement analysis for the purpose of providing informatin to meet the needs of investors, owners and management. 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Special Events - Tourism Generators This course will cover all aspects of event management and event marketing: choosing the right event, designing a business (event) plan, event/cause marketing, sponsor proposals, managing the pre-event, event day(s) management, and post event activities. Students will design a new special event and prepare a business plan for that event. The course will aso include case studies from existing events. Course 322 Descriptions (F) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Financial Planning in Tourism II Financial Planning in Tourism I TOUR 118 15 wks This course is designed to give the student an understanding of the major aspects of Canadian tourism advertising. The course will cover advertising planning, creative strategies and execution as well as developing "real life" advertising campaigns. Organizational Behaviour in Tourism Individual behaviour, interpersonal communication skills, decision-making, group dynamics and team building, service management, conflict resolution, negotiation, and giving performance feedback. (4,0,0) hrs Using financial and strategic planning techniques, students will develop a comprehensive business plan and financing proposal for a tourism business. This is the major project for the course. In addition, students will complete the study of financial analysis and basic business accounting begun in T O U R 116. TOUR 130 10.5 credits (0,0,13.5) hrs 15 wks (Su) Tourism Co-op Work Term The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom theory and skills through work experience. Students will spend four and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates who are better able to assume productive jobs. Summer work placements are sought by the students, with faculty co-op advisors assisting them to find placement. Students apply for positions and are selected by the employees and the College. Students' work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor. Upon completion of the co-op work term, each student will make a major presentation to the class and faculty at a department retreat. TOUR 131 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) TOUR 233 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Tourism Product Development Cross Cultural Tourism With today's intense global competition for tourists combined with the subjective and tangible nature of the tourism experience, operations and destinations are now compelled to analytically and methodically develop appropriate tourism products. This course will examine how to effectively develop, package and position tourism products for success in the marketplace. An overview of cross-cultural issues in tourism. The nature of prejudice and racism is examined as are effective communication skills and behaviours in selected cultures: gender relationships, business and social customs, body language, negotiation skills and others. TOUR 143 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Business Law in Tourism This course outlines Canadian Law applicable to the tourism industry. Students will be introduced to identifying areas prone to legal risk and the rights and liabilities of relationships within the tourism industry. Topics include: constitutional law, contract law, liability, insurance, property law, human rights, labour and employment, liquor, licensing and safety of guides and guests. TOUR 149 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Computer Applications in Tourism This course provides the student with hands-on experience using computer technology to communicate using text, graphics and the internet. TOUR 227 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) In addition to acquiring practical knowledge about culture in general, participants research and present information on a variety of specific cultures, with the link between cultural knowledge/skills and the success of Tourism or Outdoor Recreation activities being stressed. TOUR 249 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Advanced Computer Applications in Tourism This course provides the student with hands-on experience using computer technology to manage financial data and strategic information. TOUR 421 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Organizational Leadership in Tourism Advanced skills in organizational leadership, including leadership approaches, motivation, understanding of organizational culture, and management of working relationships. TOUR 422 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Heritage, Cultural and Arts Planning for Tourism People Management - Human Relations in Tourism An overview of heritage cultural, and arts tourism, with emphasis on community and regionally-based planning and development approaches. A review of market demand, demographic trends, product development, development of arts and entertainment tourism, and First Nations tourism. Advanced human resource management skills and professional knowledge for application to the tourism workforce including the best practices of recruitment and selection, motivating and managing performance, compensation and benefits, and employee and labour relations techniques which align with the business strategy of the tourism operation. TOUR 232 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs International Tourism Policy and Planning TOUR 423 A geographical overview of the Asia-Pacific region including demographics, physiography, environmental issues, tourism destinations and travel patterns. A review of politics in tourism and Asia-Pacific region national tourism policies. Methodology and approach to tourism policy analysis, comparative tourism development case studies, regional tourism policy and planning. Role of development agencies and tourism organizations. Tourism Planning and Policy 15 wks (F,S) Use and apply planning and policy knowledge specific to tourism, including planning and policy negotiation skills, advanced policy and planning writing skills, and organization and leadership of planning initiatives. TOUR 424 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F.S) Entrepreneurship in Tourism Advanced capabilities in tourism product development, including innovation within the entrepreneurial process and through existing organizations with the intrapreneurial process. Course Descriptions 323 TOUR 425 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) TOUR 443 3. credits (4,0,2) hrs 15 wks Financial Management for Tourism Cultural Tourism Management Applied financial management and planning capabilities, including financial ratios, budgets, pro forma statements, risk management, and working capital management. This course deals with the management of cultural, heritage, and entertainment tourism. Topics include negotiating agreements with municipalities, planning approaches, sponsorships, protection of heritage properties, museum tourism, and performing arts and visual arts partnerships. TOUR 426 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Cultural and Community Issues Ability to apply cross-cultural communications skills and knowledge, including conflict resolution and negotiation skills, with employees, clients and customers from different cultures. Ability to apply leadership and negotiation skills to community issues in tourism. TOUR 427 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) TOUR 444 3 credits (3,0,1) hrs 15 wks International Ecotourism This comparative approach to eco-tourism in different countries will highlight issues of sustainability, planning, socio-cultural issues, and economic demand. TXTL 154 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Marketing Research for Tourism Drawing I Ability to use market research skills needed for the effective management of tourism operations, including survey techniques. Students will acquire basic drawing skills. This course encourages students to use drawing as a way of transmitting ideas, as a means of personal expression and to incorporate drawing with textile arts projects. A variety of subject matters will be used; including organic and geometric shapes and studies from live models. Students will leam to approach drawing by focusing on such aspects as line, contour, shadows, texture, shape etc. A variety of drawing media will be used and specific assignments will introduce elements of design and composition. TOUR 428 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) International Tourism Marketing Students will develop the capability to manage tourism operations in an international context — economic, political, legal, cultural, and financial environments. TOUR 440 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Graduating Seminar TXTL 158 Participants will research and present a major graduating project with direct application to the tourism industry under the guidance of a faculty supervisor. TOUR 441 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Advanced Tourism Product Development Students will develop advanced skills in product development based on market and demographic research, including marketing, pricing, competitive analysis, and conceptualizing new products across a range of industry sectors. TOUR 442 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S) Environmental Stewardship for Tourism Students will review principled negotiation, the ethics of environmental stewardship, the environmental legislative regime and provincial resource policy, geographical information system applications, negotiations of land use agreements, co-management approaches, and sustainability issues using case studies. Course 324 Descriptions 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Design I Basic design elements and principles of colour theory will be studied. Sources of inspiration and imagery will be explored using a variety of materials and processes. Two-dimensional repeat design will be studied for application to surface decoration and compositional elements will be investigated and adapted for textiles. Main project will be presented in textiles. TXTL 160 3credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15wks (F) Textile Surface Design I This is an introduction to traditional methods of printing on fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with pigment and dyes. Bound and tied resists will also be used with natural and fibre-reactive dyes and discharge effects. Design possibilities will be studied for each medium and traditional dye techniques from many cultures will be examined. TXTL 161 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: T X T L 160. This is an introduction to printing fabric with stencils using pigments, fibre-reactive and natural dyes. Katazome techniques with rice paste resists will be demonstrated. Applique and stitching techniques will be used for surface decoration and design possibilities for each medium will be explored. Fabrics from different cultures and time periods will be studied. 3credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15wks (F) Weaving I This course is divided into two parts. One segment deals with basic fibre properties and construction techniques such as felting, yarn construction, and dying. Twining and coiling for basketry will be studied and historical as well as contemporary objects from various cultures will be discussed. Tapestry is the subject of the second half of the course. A sampler is woven to learn the basic vocabulary of traditional techniques. Analysis of techniques used by medieval and contemporary artists helps students to explore the application of the basic techniques. Studies in tapestry include the discussion of the great mural tapestries of medieval Europe and the rebirth of tapestry during the 20th century. One finished piece is woven. TXTL 169 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15wks (S) Weaving II (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Prerequisite: One year full-time study in a visual arts program or equivalent experience. Students will receive an overview, resources and information, as well as practical hands-on experience in setting up a self-employed business or professional practice in the arts. They will learn basic self-management practices and gain a basic understanding of business practices, marketing, financial management, legal and copyright issues and contracts. Students will also find out about different galleries and granting agencies. A practicum with an artist, crafts person, arts organization or business is an integrated part of this course. Students will also prepare a portfolio. TXTL 240 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s (S) 3-D Fiber and Mixed Media Constructions Prerequisite: T X T L 168. Students will be introduced to new processes used in sculpture and in fibre/textile to create 3 dimensional works, installations and performance art pieces. Experimentation with traditional and non-traditional materials and processes will be emphasized as welll as incorporating textiles with other media and the expression of individual ideas. Recent developments in various related areas of art making will be introduced. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. This introduction to loom weaving includes warping the loom and drafting pattern weaves on four harnesses. Students weave samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, textures, and use of different fibres. Controlled dye techniques will be introduced and historical and contemporary weaving from different cultures will be studied. TXTL 178 3 credits Professional and Business Skills in Arts and Crafts Textile Surface Design II TXTL 168 TXTL 230 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Design II Prerequisite: T X T L 158. Elements of 2-D and 3-D design will be explored. Concepts of two-dimensional composing such as grid and other layout structures, creative uses of positive negative space, issues of emphasis and colour theory as well as text orientation with image and image on field will be studied. Three-dimensional issues involving installation and materiality offer a broad perspective of study. Cultural sources for new ideas in design including your own personal references will form the backbone of the course. An optional introduction to computer design and image manipulation will be included. Main projects will be presented first on paper then in textile form. TXTL 267 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Weaving III Prerequisite: T X T L 169. Hand-manipulated structures, ikat and painted warps will be explored. The first part of the course emphasizes weave structures for use in three-dimensional work or for imagery, i.e. double weave and weft brocade; the second part looks at graphic imagery and weaving. Both technical skills and personal expression will be developed, and traditional and contemporary textiles will be discussed in class and through research. Course Descriptions 325 3 credits TXTL 268 (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (S) TXTL 340 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Weaving IV 3-D Fiber and Mixed Media Construction II Prerequisite: T X T L 267. Prerequisite: Acceptance in Advanced Certificate Program. This is a further exploration of techniques and ideas in weaving and/or combinations with other methods of textile constructions. Students will develop a personal focus and necessary techniques for individually designed projects, involving sampling, research and final projects. Techniques include rug-weaving, more advanced tapestry weaving as a way to develop indvidual imagery, advanced multi-harness weaving, supplementary warp/weft, as well as projects that combine weaving and surface design. Critical discussions will be encouraged in class. TXTL 284 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (F) (S) Students will use advanced fibre/textile construction techniques, paper making, felt making and simple joining processes to create 3 dimensional functional and non-functional objects. Students will acquire technical knowledge with many processes and the emphasis will be on experimenting with traditional and non-traditional materials and in communicating artistic ideas. Students will study traditional and contemporary work, including recent developments in 'Fiberarts'. Students will be encouraged to combine textile processes with other media processes in order to develop a body of work. Textile Surface Design III TXTL 367 Prerequisite: T X T L 161. This study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax, screen filler and direct emulsion stencils involves a variety of methods for producing a repeat design with different registration possibilities. There will be an option for using photographic stencils for projects. Light sensitive dyes will be used for direct effects on fabric and hand-painting with different dyes and pigments will be combined with screening techniques. TXTL 285 3 credits (4,1.5,0) hrs 15 wks (S) Textile Surface Design IV Prerequisite: T X T L 284. Basic paper-making techniques will be studied, exploring the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of different pulps, colouring and making pulps from plants. Relief and 3-D fibre construction methods will be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dying techniques to create fibre structure. Direct hand-painting techniques will be introduced and different dyestuffs and pigments for natural and synthetic fabrics will be used. Chemical processes will be introduced which alter the structure of the cloth by distressing, shrinking, and destroying parts of it. TXTL 290 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Precision Dyeing Prerequisite: First year of Textile Arts program or equivalent. This course teaches precision dye methods with a range of synthetic and natural dyes for use with different yams and fabrics. It provides technical knowledge for the safe use of dyes, how to achieve a colour match and how to create various aged looks for applied situations in film or theatre or for a special project. Course 326 Descriptions 4.5 credits (4,1.5,1) hrs 15 wks (F) Weaving V Prerequisite: Acceptance in Advanced Certificate Program. Students will expand their knowledge of basic weaves through experimental pieces and finished projects. Hand-manipulated structures, such as double weave and brocading, will be explored as well as working with colour through ikat, painted and printed warps. This course emphasizes graphic approaches to weaving; the use of figurative and symbolic imagery or abstract patterning. Both technical skills and personal expression will be developed and traditional and contemporary textiles will be discussed in class and researched. TXTL 368 4.5 credits (4,1.5,1) hrs 15 wks (S) Weaving VI Prerequisite: Acceptance in Advanced Certificate Program. This is a further exploration of techniques and ideas in weaving and/or combinations with other methods of textile constructions. Students will develop necessary techniques for individually designed projects, involving sampling, research and final projects. Topics can include loom-weaving such as rug-weaving, tapestry weaving as a way to develop personal imagery, computer assisted designing for advanced pattern weaving and special techniques that combine weaving and surface design. Students will be encouraged to combine weaving with surface design processes and other media. TXTL 384 4.5credits (4,1.5,1) hrs 15 wks (F) WMST 100 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks (F,S,Su) Textile Surface Design V Introduction to Women's Studies Prerequisite: Acceptance in Advanced Certificate Program. This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian society. Topics will include the impact of Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines, the nature and origins of patriarchy, women and work, reproductive rights, pornography, and sexuality. It will investigate issues of power focussing on race, class and sexuality. It will trace the development of gender role divisions in the family and other social institutions and examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of women's social and legal status. The study of screen printing using paper, wax and direct emulsion stencils involves a variety of methods for producing single images as well as repeat designs with different registration possibilities. Photographic effects will be explored in combination with discharge and resist processes. Light sensitive chemicals will be used for direct effects on fabric and hand-painting with different dyes and pigments will be combined with screening techniques. WMST 102 TXTL 385 4.5 credits (4,1.5,1) hrs 15 wks (S) Textile Surface Design VI Prerequisite: Acceptance in Advanced Certificate Program. Basic paper-making techniques will be studied, exploring the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of different pulps, colouring and making pulps from plants. Relief and 3-D fibre construction methods will be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dying techniques to create fibre structure. Direct hand-painting techniques will be introduced and different dyestuffs and pigments for natural and synthetic fabrics will be used. Chemical processes will be introduced which alter the structure of the cloth by distressing, shrinking, and destroying parts of it. VIET 110 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks (F) Basic Vietnamese I This course introduces students to the basics of Vietnamese conversation, culture, and language structure. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program students only. VIET 111 3 credits (4,2,0) hrs 15 wks Basic Vietnamese II Prerequisite: VIET 110. This course is a continuation of Vietnamese 110. Note: For Asia Pacific Management Cooperative •Program students only. (S) 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Political Economy of Women This course will examine women's work from the preindustrial time until today. Topics such as participation in the workplace, inequality in the labour markets, exclusion of household production in the system of National Accounts and attempts to measure unpaid work will be covered. The course will also examine the impact of free trade, technology, privatization, and economic restructuring on women. Topics will also include an examination of the effects of the mounting debt and economic crisis on women in the less developed countries. Issues of current interest such as the comparable worth movement and the child care industry will be discussed. WMST 104 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Women Writers and Feminist Criticism A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden the students' awareness of, and appreciation for, literature produced by women writers with emphasis on contemporary writers. It will also introduce students to current feminist literary theory. WMST 106 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Contemporary American Women Writers A discussion-oriented literature course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of contemporary and recent important American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus will be on works published since WWII, including works of the 1990's. Although the focus will be on plays, stories, novels, and poetry, there will be some exploration of those biographical matters and issues of critical status that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to full status acceptance by the best critics today. Course Descriptions 327 WMST 110 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks WMST 140 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Women and Psychology Women, Science and Technology In this course we examine the psychological construction of gender roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adulthood. The course will examine current research in biology, socialization, personality and mental health, and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, violence against women, gender relations and the workplace. This course will provide an insight into the role that science and technology play in our society and their impact on the lives of women. Topics will include an historical review of the role women have played in the development of science, investigation of the reasons for the traditionally low participation of women in scientific and technical fields, the relationship between science and gender, and discussion sessions on a variety of topics, such as ecofeminism, ecology and the environment, reproductive technologies, sociobiology, and information technology. WMST 113 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 w k s Women in Politics This introductory course in Women's Studies will examine women's political participation in the political process from a multidisciplinary feminist format. The course will focus on Canadian examples and encourage students to examine the difficulties that affect women in particular. Students will be encouraged to research possible solutions to increasing women's political participation. WMST 122 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Women in Anthropology In this course the anthropological perspective will be applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women; women's experience in cultures of the world. WMST 130 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Women and Art This course surveys the history of women's involvement in Western art. The position of women in the visual arts and art history will be discussed and the methodological issues involved in reclaiming the history of women artists explored. Women's role as producers of art will be considered from Antiquity to the 20th century and the social, cultural and economic background of each period will be examined in order to understand the conditions under which these artists worked. The image of women in art will be looked at to reveal the underlying ideologies of each period. Note: Students taking W M S T 130 will not receive duplicate credit for AHIS 109. Course 328 Descriptions WMST 220 3 credits (4,0,0) hrs 15 wks Women & the Past: An Historical Survey We will examine the lives of women in the western world from the ancient times to 20th century North America. Private lives as well as public and political activities will be studied. Topics will include the origins of patriarchy, the role of women in Early Christianity, women in monasticism, women and the family in pre-industrial Europe, the impact of industrialization, pioneers and pathbreakers, and the rise and nature of women's movements. WSPP 351 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Windows 2000 & Operating Systems Essentials This course is an introduction to networking and network administration using Windows 2000. Networking will be examined with relation to protocols, architectures and components. Students will learn the role of user accounts and the principles of network security using Windows 2000. WSPP 352 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Supporting Windows 2000 Professional & Server This course provides the essentials for future study in networking using Windows 2000. Students will acquire the skills necessary to install and configure Windows 2000 Professional on stand-alone computers and computers that are the member of a domain or workgroup. The course also provides introductory knowledge in the installation and configuration of Windows 2000 Server for file, print and terminal services. WSPP 353 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Supporting MS Windows 2000 Network Infrastructure 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks naming strategies, delegation of administrative authority, schema and group policy and domain structures. This course provides the essential framework for the installation, configuration, maintenance and support of a Windows 2000 network and network infrastructure. Windows 2000 Server products will be used to demonstrate networking in medium, large or enterprise solutions. WSPP 354 the business needs of an organization. Topics include (F.S.Su) Implementing & Administrating Windows 2000 Directory Service Active Directory services provide the backbone of Windows 2000. This course dedicates the student's study to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure and maintain Active Directory services with Windows 2000. A focus on implementing and using Group Policy is used to manage users and computers in the network environment. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. WSPP 462 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Migration Strategy Design for Windows 2000 Prerequisite: WSPP 461. This course is dedicated to the migration of networks running Windows N T 4.0 to Windows 2000. Students will acquire the skills to select, plan and design a strategy to migrate the network with special attention to choosing a migration path, upgrading and restructuring domains, the impact of network operations, and deploying the migration strategy. WSPP 450 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Designing an MS Windows 2000 Network Prerequisite: WSPP 354 or NSCP 401. Takes the fundamentals learned in other networking courses and focuses the student's development on network security using Windows 2000. This course provides the student with the necessary skills to design a security framework for small, medium and enterprise networks by using Windows 2000 technologies. WSPP 461 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks Windows 2000 Directory Services Infrastructure Design Prerequisite: WSPP 354. Provides an advanced look at Directory Services using Windows 2000. The student will learn the skills necessary to design a network infrastructure for Directory Services. Design skills will be identified with an emphasis on how Directory Services can meet (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Windows 2000 Network Services Infrastructure Design Prerequisite: WSPP 354. Provides an advanced look at Networking Services using Windows 2000. The student will learn the skills necessary to design a network infrastructure to support required network applications. An emphasis is applied to the analysis of protocols, address configuration, routing, group management as well as internet and extranet connectivity. Note: Prerequisites may be waived by permission of instructor. WSPP 470 WSPP 410 3 credits 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Windows 2000 SQL Server Administration Prerequisite: NSCP 305 A N D NSCP 329. This course provides the student with the foundation knowledge and skills to install, configure, administer and troubleshoot Microsoft S Q L Server client/server database management system version 7.0. Students coming into the course must have completed N T Core or Supporting Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional and Server, have an understanding of relational database concepts, Transact-SQL syntax, and familiarity with the role of database administrator. The certification exam requires knowledge from WSPP 336 and WSPP 337, as well as migrating and upgrading experience and/or education. WSPP 471 3 credits (8,0,0) hrs 8 wks (F,S,Su) Windows 2000 SQL Server Implementation Prerequisite: Experience working with Windows Server Systems (3-6 months) plus and understanding of ANSI S Q L . This course provides students with the technical skills required to implement a database solution with Microsoft S Q L Server client/server database management system version 7.0. Topics include - S Q L Server overview, Transact-SQL, creating databases, implementing data integrity, planning and creating indexes, querying multiple tables, summarizing data, managing transactions and locks, distributed data, implementing triggers, and advanced text queries. Course Descriptions 329 'r'i Index Aboriginal Film and Television Production Program 206 Academic appeals 40 Academic policies 36 Academic probation 39 Academic schedule 19 Accounting Assistant program 114 Accounting Support program 115 Acting for the Camera program 149 Add/drop period 27 Administration 65 Administrative Assistant program 115 Admission/readmission 20 Admission requirements 21 Adult Basic Education 70 Adult Special Education 72 Advanced placement 24 Advising Centre 43 Alternative Career Training 72 Animation 116,142,144 Anthropology 85 Application dates 21 Applied Fisheries and Forestry Science 117 Applied Information Technology program 119 Art History 85 Art Institute 195 Arts and Entertainment Management program 120 Asia Pacific Management Cooperative program 196 Associate degree requirements 32 Athletics and recreation 50 Attendance 36 Audio-Visual Services 45 Awards 47 Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies Bachelor of Music Therapy Bachelor of Music Transfer Bachelor of Tourism Management Biology Bookstore Bursaries Business Administration Advanced Diploma Co-operative Education Diploma Degree Diploma Evening Certificate programs Business Fundamentals program 133 158 105,175 103 190 86 52 47 123 129 131 133 127 136 141 Cafeteria 53 Campus addresses 1 Campus maps . 5,6,9 Canadian Studies Specialty 83 Cap Corner (student store) 52 Capilano Canadian Institute of Higher Education (China) .212 Capilano College Foundation 64 Capilano Courier Capilano Review Capilano Students' Union Car pool Career Access Centre Career Resource Centre Career/vocational programs Certificate and diploma requirements Certified Financial Planner program Cheating and plagiarism policy Chemistry Child care China, study in Chinese College Board College Success Strategies (credit courses) Commerce Commercial Animation program Communications Community Music School Computer Learning Centre Computer Specialist program Computer system, misuse policy Computing Science Conflict Resolution Advisor Continuing Education Contracts Co-operative education Copyright policy Counselling Course challenge Course change procedures Course descriptions Course overload Criminology Dalian, study in Daycare Digital Animation program Diploma requirements Disabilities, student policy Disability Services Distance education Early Childhood Care and Education program Economics Education Council Educational travel Eldercollege Employment Centre Engineering English English as a Second Language English Diagnostic Test (EDT) English language requirements Enrolment status 52 51 51 " 69 50 113 32 206 61 87 4 9 212 88 64 70 88 142 143 205 45 134 63 89 49 205 2 0 6 48,113 62 48 29 28 217 29 90 212 see Child care 144 32 55 43 47 146 91 64 206 205 46 91 94 74 27 21,75 36 Index 333 Environmental Science program Equivalence Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations program Examination period Exemption 198 37 83 36 37 Faculty see specific program/departments Fees 30 Film Studies 149,206 Financial aid and awards 46 First aid 49 First Nations College Preparation program 75 First Nations Student Services 44 Fish Culture Technician program 47,117 Fisheries and Forestry Science 117 Fitness Centre 51 Food and beverage service 53 Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act 37 French 95 Geography 96 Geology 96 German 97 Governance 64 Graphic Design and Illustration program see Illustration/ Design: Elements & Applications (IDEA) program Grades 38 Graduation 32 Hariri Canadian University College of Technology (Lebanon) Health Services History Home Support/Personal Care Attendant program Home Support/Resident Care Attendant program Humanities Division 212 49 97 152 154 81 Illustration/Design: Elements & Applications (IDEA) program Interdisciplinary Studies Instructional year International education Infotec program 155 98 26 211 119 Japanese 99 Jazz Studies 158 Kinesiology 99 Labour Studies program Landscape Horticulture program Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Test Latin American Management program Learning specialist Lebanon, study in Legal Assistant program Legal Secretarial program Library Index 334 166 167 27 199 45 212 47,168 171 44 Linguistics 100 Loans 46 Local Government Administration Certificate program .. 137 Lost and found 53 Math Placement Test (MPT) Mathematics and Statistics Mathematics Learning Centre Media program Medical Office Assistant program Mission and values , Music Therapy, Bachelor of Music Transfer, Bachelor of 26,101 100 46 172 174 13 105,175 103 Office Assistant program Online Publishing program Outdoor Recreation Management program Parking Peer Support Centre Personal education number (PEN) Philosophy Physics Physiotherapy Plagiarism policy Policies Political Studies Post-graduate programs Pre-occupational Skills Training program Pre-university transfer level courses Preparatory programs Prior learning assessment Professional Accounting Transfer Professional Film Studies program Protection of privacy Provincial Rafting Exams Psychology Pure and Applied Sciences Division Readmission Recreation Refunds Registrar's Office Registration • Required to withdraw Retail Marketing Co-op program 177 178 179 • 52 49 37 106 106 49 61 36,54 106 195 73 69 69 25 141 149,206 37 206 108 81,84 20 50 see Fees 43 26 40 138 S A M program 77 S A R A W program 77 Scholarships 47 Security 50 Sexual harassment policy 58 Social Science Division 81 Sociology '08 Spanish Special Education Teacher Assistant program 181 Speech Assisted Reading, Writing and Math program 77 Sports see Athletics Sports Medicine Clinic 49 1 0 9 Sportsplex Streamkeepers Training Student and Instructional Media Services Students conduct policy .'. employment centre loans newspaper records rights and responsibilities services student-operated store student union students with disabilities Studio Art program Substitution Summer session 51 117 45 56 46 46 52 36 54 43 52 51 43,55 182 37 26 Technical Computer Professional program Telephone numbers (departments) Textile Arts program Thai Theatre program Tourism Management Co-op program Transcripts (student records) Transfer credit Tuition 135 11 185 109, 187 190 36 24,37 see Fees University transfer 81 Visual and Performing Arts Division 81 Watershed Restoration Technician program 117 Web site: www.capcollege.bc.ca Wilderness Leadership program Windows System Professional program Withdrawal period Women's Studies Writing Across the Curriculum Writing Centre Writing Practices program 181 139 27 82,110 82 45 200 Index 335 SAMANTHA PLETT, CGA BUTTAR C O N S U L T I N G I N C . Special "Accounting just my i s more j o bt o help than Projects numbers. Manager C e r t i f i e d 1997 As a C e r t i f i e d General Accountant i t ' s b u s i n e s s e s grow a n d p r o s p e r . " T H I N K C G A As a Certified General Accountant, you'll have a career that will open a world of possibilities. A n d C G A is the only professional accounting program that provides you with the advantages and flexibility of academic options tailored to the career direction you choose. C a l l (800) 565-121 I o r (604) 732-121 I o r visit: w w w . c g a - b c . o r g Information sessions are held every Tuesday 1:30 - 2:30 pm in the Association's office.